Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 15, 2012

Registration No. 333-________

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. and

Hamilton Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   6712   Being applied for

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

5600 Hartford Road

Baltimore, Maryland 21214

(410) 254-9700

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mr. Robert DeAlmeida

President and Chief Executive Officer

501 Fairmount Ave., Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

(410) 823-4510

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Lawrence M. F. Spaccasi, Esq.

Michael J. Brown, Esq.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:     x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Amount to be registered   Proposed maximum
offering price per share
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price
  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  3,703,000 shares   $10.00   $37,030,000 (1)   $4,244

Participation interests

  140,243 interests (2)           (2)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The securities of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Hamilton Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Hamilton Bank)

Up to 3,220,000 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 3,703,000 Shares)

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of Hamilton Bank from the mutual to the stock form of organization. We expect that the shares of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HBK.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

We are offering up to 3,220,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 3,703,000 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 2,380,000 shares in order to complete the offering.

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible current and former depositors of Hamilton Bank. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the public in a “community offering,” with a preference given to residents of our local community. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering to the general public through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.

The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be ordered by any person in the offering is 50,000 shares, and no person, together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares in the offering.

The offering is expected to expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extend1 Date]. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may approve a later date, which may not be beyond [Extend2 Date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Extend1 Date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,380,000 shares. If the offering is extended past [Extend1 Date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled, deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or payment will be returned promptly with interest at ___% per annum. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,380,000 shares, all funds delivered for the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering and the community offering will be returned promptly with interest at          % per annum. All subscribers will be resolicited and given an opportunity to place a new order within a specified period. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at Hamilton Bank and will earn interest at          % per annum until completion of the offering.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not required to purchase any of the shares of common stock that are being offered for sale.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted Maximum  

Number of shares

     2,380,000         2,800,000         3,220,000         3,703,000   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 23,800,000       $ 28,000,000       $ 32,200,000       $ 37,030,000   

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent commissions

   $ 738,500       $ 738,500       $ 738,500       $ 738,500   

Selling agent commissions (1)

   $ 333,235       $ 371,875       $ 410,515       $ 454,951   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 22,728,265       $ 26,889,625       $ 31,050,985       $ 35,836,549   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.55       $ 9.60       $ 9.64       $ 9.68   

 

(1) Selling agent commissions shown assume that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings. The amounts shown include fees and selling commissions payable by us: (i) to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in connection with the subscription and community offerings equal to 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan), or approximately $324,951 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range; and (ii) other expenses of the offering payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in the subscription and community offerings of up to $130,000. See “The Conversion and Offering—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and the other broker-dealers that may participate in a syndicated community offering. If all shares of common stock (except for shares purchased by our directors, officers, employees and their family members and our employee stock ownership plan) were sold in a syndicated community offering, the maximum selling agent commissions would be approximately $1,349,410, $1,581,250, $1,813,090 and $2,079,706 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center, toll-free, at                  .

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2012.


Table of Contents

[MAP TO BE INSERTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF HAMILTON BANK

     23   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     25   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     26   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     27   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     28   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     29   

CAPITALIZATION

     30   

PRO FORMA DATA

     31   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     35   

BUSINESS OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

     48   

BUSINESS OF HAMILTON BANK

     48   

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

     70   

TAXATION

     78   

MANAGEMENT

     80   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND SENIOR OFFICERS

     93   

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     94   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

     113   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC. FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     118   

TRANSFER AGENT

     119   

EXPERTS

     119   

LEGAL MATTERS

     120   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     120   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF HAMILTON BANK

  

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of Hamilton Bank’s mutual-to-stock conversion and the related offering of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. and Hamilton Bank, unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. as Hamilton Bancorp, and to Hamilton Bank as the “Bank.”

Hamilton Bank

Hamilton Bank is a Federal mutual savings bank that has served the banking needs of its customers since 1915. Hamilton Bank conducts business primarily from its five full service banking offices located in Baltimore City, Maryland and the Maryland counties of Baltimore and Anne Arundel.

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans (including owner-occupied and investor loans), commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans and, to a limited extent, consumer loans (consisting primarily of loans secured by deposits and automobile loans). At March 31, 2012, $94.0 million, or 54.1%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of permanent residential mortgage loans.

We also invest in securities, which consist primarily of U.S. government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and to a much lesser extent, equity securities of government-sponsored enterprises.

We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificate of deposit accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, NOW accounts and individual retirement accounts. We historically have not used borrowings to fund our operations.

We are dedicated to offering alternative banking delivery systems, including ATMs, online banking and remote deposit capture.

Hamilton Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Hamilton Bank’s executive and administrative office is located at 501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200, Towson, Maryland 21286, and its telephone number at this address is (410) 823-4510. Our website address is www.hamilton-bank.com . Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

The shares being offered will be issued by Hamilton Bancorp, a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Hamilton Bank upon completion of the Bank’s mutual-to-stock conversion. Hamilton Bancorp has not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, Hamilton Bancorp will be subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Hamilton Bancorp’s executive and administrative office is located at 501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200, Towson, Maryland 21286, and its telephone number at this address is (410) 823-4510.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Market Area

We conduct our operations from our five full-service banking offices in Maryland. Our primary deposit market includes the areas surrounding our banking offices in Cockeysville, Pasadena, Towson, and the Overlea and Hamilton areas of Baltimore City. Our primary lending market includes Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel and Baltimore. However, we occasionally make loans secured by property located outside of our primary lending market, especially to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship or who have a significant presence within our primary market. Our primary lending market contains a diverse cross section of employment sectors, with a mix of services, manufacturing, wholesale/retail trade, federal and local government, health care facilities and finance related employment. The city of Baltimore is now considered a major center for the financial services and health services industries.

In recent years Baltimore City and Baltimore County have experienced relatively slow growth, while Anne Arundel County has grown at a faster pace. The stronger population growth experienced in Anne Arundel County was reflected in stronger household growth as well as higher median household income and lower unemployment. Median household income during 2011 for Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County was approximately $36,000, $63,000 and $80,000, respectively, compared to $68,000 and $50,000 for Maryland and the United States, respectively. Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County reported unemployment rates of 10.0%, 7.1% and 6.1%, respectively, for March 2012, compared to the statewide and national averages of 6.6% and 8.2%, respectively. Unemployment rates throughout our primary lending market decreased from March 2011 to March 2012, paralleling decreases in the state and national unemployment rates. For additional information regarding our market area, see “Business of Hamilton Bank—Market Area.”

The Conversion and Our Organizational Structure

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion, Hamilton Bank will convert from a mutual (meaning no stockholders) savings bank to a stock savings bank. As part of the conversion, Hamilton Bancorp, the newly formed proposed holding company for Hamilton Bank, will offer for sale shares of its common stock in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and a syndicated community offering. Upon the completion of the conversion and stock offering, Hamilton Bancorp will be 100% owned by stockholders and Hamilton Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Hamilton Bancorp. A full description of the conversion begins on page 96 of this prospectus under the heading “The Conversion and Offering.”

Business Strategy

Our principal objective is to build long-term value for our stockholders by operating a profitable community-oriented financial institution dedicated to meeting the banking needs of retail customers and small businesses in the communities that we serve. We seek to accomplish this goal by:

 

   

Continuing to emphasize the origination of commercial business and commercial real estate loans to decrease our reliance on one- to four-family lending. In 2009, we revised our overall operating strategy to become less reliant on one- to four-family lending and began to emphasize our commercial operations, including the origination of commercial business and commercial real estate loans and the attraction of commercial deposit relationships. We also began to originate for sale in the secondary market longer term (terms of 10 years or greater) one- to four-family loans rather than retain such loans in portfolio as we did in the past. To accomplish these changes in strategy, we hired two commercial lenders with experience with such types of loans (one in fiscal 2010, and the second in fiscal 2011) and additional lending support staff. Additionally, instead of hiring additional internal underwriting staff, we determined to engage experienced third parties to conduct outsourced underwriting analysis of all our commercial and commercial real estate loans and assist us with the underwriting of our Small Business Administration guaranteed loans. We also engaged an experienced third party underwriting firm to assist us with the underwriting and sale of our longer term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition to originating commercial loans, we initially also purchased whole commercial business and commercial real

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

estate loans from other institutions and participated in commercial loans originated by other institutions. During 2010, we decided that we would not purchase or participate in commercial business or commercial real estate loans in the near future, although we may look at opportunities for participations and purchases on a case by case basis. We have recently, modified our lending strategies so that we currently do not purchase whole commercial real estate and commercial loans or enter into participations with respect to such loans. As a result of these strategies, we significantly increased our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolio and our commercial deposits during the last three years, and we intend to continue to grow our portfolios of such loans and deposits in the near term, subject to market conditions. At March 31, 2012, commercial real estate loans totaled $31.0 million, or 17.9% of total loans, compared to $6.9 million, or 4.4% of total loans, at March 31, 2009. At March 31, 2012, commercial business loans and lines of credit outstanding totaled $27.2 million, or 15.7% of total loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.8% of total loans, at March 31, 2009.

 

   

Emphasizing lower-cost core deposits from new customers through our increased commercial business and commercial real estate lending. Our emphasis on originating commercial business and commercial real estate lending relationships is also designed to encourage relationship banking and increase our core deposits, including non-interest bearing transaction accounts, and decrease our dependence on certificates of deposit. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $6.1 million from $5.7 million at March 31, 2010 to $11.8 million at March 31, 2012, and represented 4.2% of total deposits at March 31, 2012. Certificates of deposit decreased $23.8 million from $243.2 million to $219.4 million during fiscal 2012, and represented 78.1% of total deposits at March 31, 2012.

 

   

Managing interest rate risk by emphasizing the origination of shorter-term loans for retention in our portfolio and continuing to sell our newly originated longer-term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans . Our emphasis on originating commercial business and commercial real estate loans for our portfolio, and selling substantially all of our newly originated residential mortgage loans with terms longer than 10 years, is designed to decrease our interest rate risk in the current interest rate environment. Our commercial business and commercial real estate loans generally have shorter terms and repricing characteristics than fixed rate longer-term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We have also contracted with a third party to provide us with quarterly interest rate risk reports.

 

   

Maintaining prudent loan underwriting standards and improving the monitoring of our loan portfolio to improve asset quality. Hamilton Bank historically had very few non-performing loans. We recently have experienced an increase in delinquencies and non-performing loans, primarily related to commercial business and commercial real estate loans. In particular, at March 31, 2012, $5.2 million of our $9.8 million of commercial real estate and commercial business loan participations and purchased loans were non-performing. Beginning in fiscal 2010, we decided we would not participate in commercial business or commercial real estate loans in the near future, although we may look at opportunities for participations and purchases on a case by case basis. In connection with our recent emphasis on commercial business and commercial real estate lending, as well as the recent increase in such loans that are delinquent or non-performing, we have increased our lending staff and enhanced our delinquent loan monitoring system to ensure that management and the board of directors receive more up-to-date information on delinquent loans. We have also established a formal loan delinquency committee to address delinquent and non-performing loans. We also have contracted with a third party to review our commercial loans twice a year. This review focuses on large troubled loans and a sample of other loans.

 

   

Expanding our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of other financial institutions. We currently operate from five full-service banking offices and our executive and administrative office, which is a limited service banking office. We believe there are branch expansion opportunities in our primary market area and adjacent communities. We evaluate branch expansion opportunities, as well as opportunities to acquire other financial institutions, as such opportunities arise, and will continue to do so after the conversion. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to establishing new branches or any acquisition transactions.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Improving Our Operating Efficiencies Through Increased Use of Technology.  We strive to continue to increase our operating efficiencies through the upgrading of our account and data processing systems, improvement in our loan monitoring and quality control systems, upgrading of our accounting systems and relying upon outsourcing when appropriate. We are also in the process of developing an improved cost and profit center accounting to better assess the performance of our products and services and a sales activity database to better track our sales performance and market penetration. Our improved loan monitoring systems now include improved modules which perform commercial loan monitoring, financial analysis of borrowers and loan allowance and charge-off activity.

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Consistent with our business strategy, our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:

 

   

to increase capital to support future growth and profitability;

 

   

to retain and attract qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees;

 

   

to have greater flexibility to structure and finance the opportunistic expansion of our operations; and

 

   

to offer our depositors and employees an opportunity to purchase our stock.

As of March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to raise capital. As a result of the conversion, the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty.

See “The Conversion and Offering” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Terms of the Offering

We are offering between 2,380,000 and 3,220,000 shares of common stock to eligible current and former depositors of Hamilton Bank and to Hamilton Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans in a subscription offering. To the extent shares remain available, we may offer shares for sale in a community offering, with a preference given to residents of Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s. We may also offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public in a syndicated community offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 3,703,000 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock offered is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,380,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [Extend1 Date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the offering is extended past [Extend1 Date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled, deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or payment will be returned promptly with interest at ___% per annum. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,380,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled and funds delivered for the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at ___% per annum. We will give these subscribers an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time.

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares

 

 

4


Table of Contents

of common stock in the offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Hamilton Bancorp, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of May 25, 2012, this market value was $28.0 million. Based on regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $23.8 million and a maximum of $32.2 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 2,380,000 shares to 3,220,000 shares. We may sell up to 3,703,000 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

The appraisal is based in part on Hamilton Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Hamilton Bancorp. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies. Unless otherwise noted, asset size is as of March 31, 2012.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
     Exchange     

Headquarters

   Total Assets  
                        (in millions)  

Colonial Financial Services, Inc.

     COBK         NASDAQ       Bridgeton, NJ    $ 639   

Community Financial Corporation

     CFFC         NASDAQ       Staunton, VA    $ 510 (1) 

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

     ALLB         NASDAQ       Broomall, PA    $ 484   

Standard Financial Corp.

     STND         NASDAQ       Monroeville, PA    $ 449   

OBA Financial Services, Inc.

     OBAF         NASDAQ       Germantown, MD    $ 392   

FedFirst Financial Corporation

     FFCO         NASDAQ       Monessen, PA    $ 343   

Louisiana Bancorp, Inc.

     LABC         NASDAQ       Metairie, LA    $ 319   

WVS Financial Corp.

     WVFC         NASDAQ       Pittsburgh, PA    $ 307   

Athens Bancshares Corporation

     AFCB         NASDAQ       Athens, TN    $ 294   

Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     HFBL         NASDAQ       Shreveport, LA    $ 266   

 

(1) As of December 31, 2011.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Hamilton Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) and the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and stock prices as of May 25, 2012, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 34.5% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 32.2% on a price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
     Price-to-earnings
multiple
    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Hamilton Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

      

Adjusted Maximum

     NM     55.71     58.28

Maximum

     NM     51.73     54.29

Midpoint

     NM     47.80     50.33

Minimum

     NM     43.33     45.77

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

      

Averages

     19.80x        72.98     74.16

Medians

     18.36x        75.46     78.98

 

(1) *Not meaningful.

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

After-Market Stock Price Performance

The following table presents stock price performance information for all standard mutual-to-stock conversions completed between January 1, 2011 and May 25, 2012. These companies did not constitute the group of ten comparable public companies utilized in RP Financial, LC.’s valuation analysis.

Mutual-to-Stock Conversion Offerings with Closing Dates

between January 1, 2011 and May 25, 2012

 

               Percentage Price Change
From Initial Trading Date

Company Name and
Ticker Symbol

   Conversion
Date
   Exchange    One Day   One Week   One Month   Through
May 25, 2012

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. – MA (WEBK)

   1/26/12    NASDAQ    20.00%   21.00%   22.90%   45.00%

West End Indiana Bancshares, Inc. – IN (WEIN)

   1/11/12    OTCBB    12.60%   11.50%   20.00%   18.00%

Carroll Bancorp, Inc. – MD (CROL)

   10/13/11    OTCBB    0.40%   (2.50)%   4.00%   0.50%

ASB Bancorp, Inc. – NC (ASBB)

   10/12/11    NASDAQ    16.40%   14.50%   15.50%   38.50%

BSB Bancorp, Inc. – MA (BLMT)

   10/5/11    NASDAQ    3.10%   3.40%   2.50%   23.40%

Poage Bankshares, Inc. – KY (PBSK)

   9/13/11    NASDAQ    11.30%   12.30%   8.80%   20.70%

IF Bancorp, Inc. – IL (IROQ)

   7/8/11    NASDAQ    16.70%   16.50%   8.50%   23.10%

State Investors Bancorp, Inc. – LA (SIBC)

   7/7/11    NASDAQ    18.50%   16.60%   16.00%   23.20%

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. – CT (FBNK)

   6/30/11    NASDAQ    10.80%   11.60%   11.10%   30.20%

Franklin Financial Corp. – VA (FRNK)

   4/28/11    NASDAQ    19.70%   17.70%   19.60%   50.70%

Sunshine Financial, Inc. – FL (SSNF)

   4/6/11    OTCBB    12.50%   10.00%   14.00%   5.50%

Fraternity Community Bancorp, Inc. – MD (FRTR)

   4/1/11    OTCBB    10.00%   11.70%   10.00%   10.00%

Anchor Bancorp – WA (ANCB)

   1/26/11    NASDAQ    0.00%   0.40%   4.50%   7.40%

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. – MI (WBKC)

   1/20/11    NASDAQ    24.50%   22.40%   35.00%   60.00%

Average

      12.61%   11.94%   13.74%   25.44%

Median

      12.55%   12.00%   12.55%   23.15%

Stock price performance is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to: general market and economic conditions; the interest rate environment; the amount of proceeds a company raises in its offering; and numerous factors relating to the specific company, including the experience and ability of management, historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the company’s assets, and the company’s market area. None of the companies listed in the table above are exactly similar to Hamilton Bancorp, the pricing ratios for their stock offerings may have been different from the pricing ratios for Hamilton Bancorp shares of common stock and the market conditions in which these offerings were completed may have been different from current market conditions. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term performance with respect to companies that recently completed their mutual-to-stock conversions and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. The performance of these stocks may not be indicative of how our stock will perform.

Our stock price may trade below $10.00 per share, as the stock prices of certain mutual-to-stock conversions have decreased below the initial offering price. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Stock Offering

We intend that Hamilton Bancorp will invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in Hamilton Bank, loan funds to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering, and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. Assuming we sell 2,800,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering and have net proceeds of $26.9 million, we intend that Hamilton Bancorp will invest $13.4 million in Hamilton Bank, loan $2.2 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, and retain the remaining $11.2 million of the net proceeds.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

We may use the funds we retain to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock (subject to compliance with regulatory requirements), for investments, to expand our banking franchise through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of other financial institutions, or for other general corporate purposes. Hamilton Bank may use the proceeds it receives from us to support increased lending, enhance its talent (including the addition of accounting and loan underwriting and administration staff), offer self service delivery channels and other enhanced products and services, expand and enhance its branch network or acquire other financial institutions, although the Bank currently has no understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity or to establish any new branch offices.

For more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, see “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering”.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) First, to depositors with accounts at Hamilton Bank with aggregate combined balances of at least $50 at the close of business on March 31, 2011.

 

  (ii) Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (specifically Hamilton Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and its 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate a number of shares equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase a number of shares equal to 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.

 

  (iii) Third, to depositors with accounts at Hamilton Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [PR2 Date].

 

  (iv) Fourth, to depositors of Hamilton Bank at the close of business on [PR3 Date].

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public through a syndicated community offering, which will be managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.

Generally, no individual may purchase more than 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering combined, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 60,000 shares ($600,000) of common stock:

 

   

your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse who reside with you;

 

   

most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or

 

   

other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 60,000 shares ($600,000). See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Subject to Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorizing us to withdraw available funds from the types of Hamilton Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form.

Please do not submit cash or wire transfers. Hamilton Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Hamilton Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. On the stock order form, you may not designate withdrawal from Hamilton Bank accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Hamilton Bank retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Hamilton Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date]. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form or by hand delivery to Hamilton Bank’s main office located at 5600 Harford Road, Baltimore, Maryland. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at other Hamilton Bank offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Hamilton Bank. Once submitted, your order will be irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Extend1 Date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,380,000 shares.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

For a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”), or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Hamilton Bank, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, before you place your stock order. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [Expire Date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Hamilton Bank or elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

For a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings—Using Retirement Account Funds”.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Federal regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. In addition, we intend to advise the appropriate federal agencies of any person who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the stock order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all qualifying deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

Purchases by Senior Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and senior officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 157,250 shares of common stock in the offering, representing 6.6% of shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or senior officer, or the directors and senior officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Purchases by our directors, senior officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. Any purchases made by our directors or senior officers, or their associates, for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

For more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and senior officers, see “Subscriptions by Directors and Senior Officers”.

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date], unless we extend the subscription offering and/or the community offering. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

For a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings —Expiration Date”.

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 2,380,000 shares of common stock, we may take additional steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

  (i) increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

  (ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [Extend1 Date].

If we extend the offering past [Extend1 Date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled, deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or payments submitted will be returned promptly with interest at          % per annum from the date the stock order was processed. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the newly applicable limit.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

The board of directors of Hamilton Bank has approved the plan of conversion. In addition, on              , 2012, the Federal Reserve Board issued the approval required in connection with the conversion. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has conditionally approved the plan of conversion. We cannot complete the conversion unless:

 

   

The plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Hamilton Bank (depositors of Hamilton Bank) as of [PR3 Date];

 

   

We have received orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

   

We receive the final approval required from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to complete the conversion and offering.

Any approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Our Dividend Policy

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors, including the following: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; statutory and regulatory limitations; and general economic conditions. See “Our Dividend Policy” in this prospectus for additional information regarding our dividend policy.

Market for Common Stock

We expect that our common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HBK.” Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated currently intends to make a market in the shares of our common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for the Common Stock” in this prospectus.

Delivery of Stock Certificates in the Subscription and Community Offerings

Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to purchasers at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form. Stock certificates will be sent to purchasers by first-class mail as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, which is expected to occur as soon as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described above in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day immediately following the completion of the conversion and stock offering. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 3,703,000 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $23.8 million or above $37.0 million, then, after consulting with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, we may:

 

   

terminate the stock offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds received in the subscription and community offerings with interest at          % per annum;

 

   

set a new offering range; or

 

   

take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at          % per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and commence a resolicitation. In connection with the resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of Hamilton Bank that is being called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after member approval with the concurrence of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return funds, as described above.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our employees, to purchase a number of shares equal to 8% of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering. If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, the employee stock ownership plan will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 8% of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering. This would reduce the number of shares available for allocation to eligible depositors. For further information, see “Management—Benefit Plans—Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

Purchases by the employee stock ownership plan in the offering will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares have been sold in the offering. Subject to market conditions and receipt of regulatory approval, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the offering in order to fill all or a portion of the employee stock ownership plan’s intended subscription.

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares sold in the offering, or up to 128,800 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range, for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will also reserve a number of shares equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, or up to 322,000 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range, for the exercise of stock options granted to key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted after one year from the date of the completion of the conversion, the 4% and 10% limitations described above will no longer apply, and we may adopt stock-based benefit plans encompassing more than 450,800 shares of our common stock assuming the maximum of the offering range. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that would be available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
    Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased (2)     Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
       
      Value of Grants (1)  
  At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
    At
Maximum
of Offering
Range
    As a
Percentage

of Common
Stock to be
Issued
      At
Minimum
of
Offering
Range
    At
Maximum of
Offering
Range
 

Employee stock ownership plan

    190,400        257,600        8.00     N/A % (3)     $ 1,904,000      $ 2,576,000   

Stock awards

    95,200        128,800        4.00        3.85        952,000        1,288,000   

Stock options

    238,000        322,000        10.00        9.09        794,920        1,075,480   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    523,600        708,400        22.00     12.28      $ 3,650,920      $ 4,939,480   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.34 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0% ; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 2.23%; and a volatility rate of 19.79%. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(3) Represents the dilution of stock ownership interest. No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because these shares are assumed to be purchased in the offering.

In addition to the stock-based benefit plans that we may adopt, Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank each intend to enter into employment agreements with Robert A. DeAlmeida, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Hamilton Bank also intends to enter into change in control agreements with James F. Hershner, our Executive Vice President. See “Management—Executive Compensation” in this prospectus for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements.

Tax Consequences

Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received an opinion of Rowles & Company, LLP regarding the material Maryland state tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Taxation” for additional information regarding taxes.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is 1-                      . The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our recent emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial business loans has increased our credit risk.

We have significantly increased our origination of commercial real estate and commercial business loans during the last three years, and we intend to continue to grow our portfolios of such loans in the near term, subject to market conditions. At March 31, 2012, commercial real estate loans totaled $31.0 million, or 17.9% of total loans, compared to $6.9 million, or 4.4% of total loans, at March 31, 2009. At March 31, 2012, commercial business loans and lines of credit outstanding totaled $27.2 million, or 15.7% of total loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.8% of total loans, at March 31, 2009.

Commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally have more risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate and commercial business loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans may also involve relatively large loan balances to individual borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, a downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely affect the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrower’s business, thereby increasing the risk of nonperforming loans. See “Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans,” below.

Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans.

Beginning in 2009, we changed our business strategy to become less reliant upon one- to four-family lending and emphasize commercial business and commercial real estate lending. To support this strategy, we have hired two commercial real estate and commercial loan officers with commercial lending experience (one in fiscal 2010, and the second in fiscal 2011) and utilize third parties to conduct the underwriting analysis of such loans. We have also purchased whole commercial business and commercial real estate loans from other institutions and participated in commercial business and commercial real estate loans originated by other institutions. We recently have experienced an increase in delinquent and non-performing commercial and commercial real estate loans, particularly in our portfolio of loan participations and purchased loans. During fiscal 2012, loans 90 or more days past due increased $5.8 million, or 354%, from $1.6 million to 7.4 million, and commercial business and commercial real estate loans 90 or more days past due increased $4.1 million, or 478%, from $860,000 to $5.0 million. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, our total non-performing loans increased $5.9 million from $1.5 million to $7.4 million. Our commercial business and commercial real estate loan purchases and participations, which totaled $9.8 million at March 31, 2011, contributed $5.2 million to the $5.9 million increase in non-performing loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and comprised $5.2 million of our $7.4 million of non-performing loans at March 31, 2012. Our non-performing commercial loans at March 31, 2012, also included two internally originated commercial loans to one borrower with an outstanding balance of $1.1 million. Given the recent emphasis on commercial business and commercial real estate lending and that our portfolio of commercial business and commercial real estate loans is not seasoned, we have a limited loss history with which to measure the risk in our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolio and the effectiveness of our commercial business and commercial real estate loan underwriting processes and personnel. We make no assurances that delinquencies and loan losses related to our commercial real estate and commercial business loans will be reduced or that delinquencies and charge-offs will not instead increase as we continue to emphasize this type of lending activity.

 

15


Table of Contents

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. The unseasoned nature of much of our commercial real estate and commercial business loans increases the risk that our allowance may be insufficient. See “—Our recent emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial business loans has increased our credit risk,” and “—Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans,” above. While our allowance for loan losses was $3.6 million, or 2.0% of total loans at March 31, 2012, material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the past four years it has been the policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, yields on securities we have purchased, and to a lesser extent, market rates on the loans we have originated, have been at levels lower than were available prior to 2008. Consequently, the average yield on our interest earning assets has decreased during the recent low interest rate environment. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which has resulted in increases in net interest income in the short term. However, our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates in the near future. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability. For information with respect to changes in interest rates, see “—Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.”

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our profitability depends substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand (which would also decrease our ability to generate non-interest income through the sale of loans into the secondary market and related fees for continuing to service those sold loans, particularly SBA loans sold) and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans. In addition, as market interest rates rise, we will have competitive pressures to increase the rates we pay on deposits. Because interest rates we pay on our deposits would be expected to increase more quickly than the increase in the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income would be adversely affected.

We also are subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities.

We could potentially recognize goodwill impairment charges.

As of March 31, 2012, we had $2.7 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of our Pasadena, Maryland branch office in 2009. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently

 

16


Table of Contents

if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of Hamilton Bank be compared to the carrying amount of the Bank’s net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of the Bank is less than book value, an expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. We test for impairment of goodwill during February of each year. As a result of impairment testing performed during February 2012, no impairment charge was recorded. There can be no assurance that our banking franchise value will not decline in the future to a level necessitating goodwill impairment expense that is material to our earnings.

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry within our market area is intense. In our market area we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and broader range of deposit and loan products offered by our competition may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets and profitability. We expect competition to remain intense in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our ability to successfully implement our business plan, and could adversely affect our results of operations in the future.

A continued downturn in the local economy or a decline in real estate values could hurt our profits.

Our local economy may affect our future growth possibilities and operations in our primary market area. Our future growth opportunities depend on the growth and stability of our regional economy and our ability to expand our market area. In addition, nearly all of our loans are to customers in Maryland, and particularly Baltimore City and Baltimore and Anne Arundel Counties. A continued downturn in our local economy may limit funds available for deposit and may negatively affect our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans on a timely basis, both of which could have an impact on our profitability. Also, a decline in real estate valuations in this market would lower the value of the collateral securing our loans.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is volatile, and we may incur losses or charges with respect to our secondary mortgage market operations which would negatively affect our earnings.

We generally sell in the secondary market all residential mortgage loans that we originate with terms over 10 years on a servicing released basis, earning non-interest income in the form of gains on sale. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the number of loans available for sale. In addition to interest rate levels, weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand. Although we sell loans in the secondary market without recourse, we are required to give customary representations and warranties to the buyers. If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers can require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase.

Government responses to economic conditions may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has changed the bank regulatory framework. For example, it has created an independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies, established more stringent capital standards for banks and bank holding companies and given the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System exclusive authority to regulate savings and loan holding companies. The legislation has also resulted in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank

 

17


Table of Contents

holding companies. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Hamilton Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. Banks and savings institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also weakens the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the federal banking agencies to promulgate rules requiring mortgage lenders to retain a portion of the credit risk related to loans that are securitized and sold to investors. We expect that such rules would make it more difficult for us to sell loans into the secondary market. Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations. Ongoing uncertainty and adverse developments in the financial services industry and in the domestic and international credit markets, and the effect of new legislation and regulatory actions in response to these conditions, may adversely affect our operations by restricting our business activities, including our ability to originate or sell loans, modify loan terms, or foreclose on property securing loans.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will not be known until all of the regulations implementing the statute are adopted and implemented. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and will likely result in additional costs and divert management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

Furthermore, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in an attempt to help the overall economy, has, among other things, adopted a low interest rate policy through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. If the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System increases the federal funds rate, market interest rates would likely rise, which may negatively affect the housing markets and the U.S. economic recovery.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, our chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as the insurer of our deposits. As a savings and loan holding company, Hamilton Bancorp also will be subject to regulation and oversight by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution and its holding companies may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, including changes in the regulations governing savings and loan holding companies, could have a material impact on Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp, and our operations.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur and may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of our pro forma market value and is subject to review and approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, our return on average equity was 0.36% and 3.22%. The decrease in our return on equity during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in the provision for loan losses. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $54.9 million at the minimum of the offering range and $66.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our earnings for the year ended March 31, 2012, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be (0.12)% and (0.26)% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. Based upon our earnings for the year ended March 31, 2011, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 1.67% and 1.22% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan which we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income through investment of the proceeds of the offering in higher yielding longer term assets and noninterest income, we expect our return on equity to remain relatively low compared to our peer group, which may reduce the value of our shares of common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

We intend to invest between $11.4 million and $15.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $17.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Hamilton Bank. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock (subject to applicable regulatory requirements), pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes. Hamilton Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, enhance its talent (including the addition of accounting and loan underwriting and administration staff), add self service delivery channels and other enhanced products and services, expand and enhance its retail banking franchise by opening or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions as opportunities arise, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening or acquiring new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and/or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long it will take to reinvest the net proceeds.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock sold in the stock offering, with funds borrowed from Hamilton Bancorp. The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan will be between $1.9 million at the minimum of the offering range and $3.0 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We also intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the stock offering that would award participants (at no cost to them) shares of our common stock and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares reserved for awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares sold in the offering, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may reserve shares of common stock for stock awards and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; the options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; the dividend yield on the stock is 0%; the expected option life is ten years; the risk free interest rate is 2.23% (based on the ten-year Treasury rate) and the volatility rate on the shares of common stock is 19.79% (based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions), the estimated grant-date fair value of the options using a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.34 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with all the stock options would be $247,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $296,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Moreover, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.

The fair value of the shares of restricted stock on the date granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over the vesting period of the shares. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Hamilton Bancorp), and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to

 

20


Table of Contents

the stock-based benefit plan would be between $1.0 million at the minimum of the offering range and $1.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. These stock-based benefit plans will be funded either through open market purchases of shares of common stock, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.3% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options and awards of shares of common stock under these plans in an amount equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval. Historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

The corporate governance provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the federal stock charter of Hamilton Bank, and the corporate governance provisions under Maryland law, may prevent or impede the holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors and may impede takeovers of the company that our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interest of Hamilton Bancorp or its stockholders.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the federal stock charter of Hamilton Bank, may prevent or impede holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors and may make takeovers of Hamilton Bancorp more difficult. For example, our board of directors is divided into three classes, only one of which will stand for election annually. A classified board makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. In addition, our articles of incorporation include a provision that no person will be entitled to vote any shares of our common stock in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. This limitation does not apply to the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us. Hamilton Bank’s federal stock charter will contain a provision that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion, no person other than Hamilton Bancorp may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Hamilton Bank. This limitation does not apply to the purchase or voting of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us, as well as other acquisitions specified in the federal stock charter. In addition, our articles of incorporation and bylaws restrict who may call special meetings of stockholders and how directors may be removed from office. Additionally, in certain instances, the Maryland General Corporation Law and our bylaws could require a supermajority vote of our stockholders to approve a merger or other business combination with a large stockholder, if the proposed transaction is not approved by a majority of our directors. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.”

Our stock value may be negatively affected by federal regulations that restrict takeovers.

For three years following the stock offering, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without the prior written approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or successor regulator. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Hamilton Bancorp” for a discussion of applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations regarding acquisitions. Certain prospective investors may choose to purchase shares of a company if they believe that the company will be acquired, thereby potentially increasing its stock value. Because federal regulations will restrict any such acquisition of us or Hamilton Bank for at least three years after the completion of the conversion, these regulations may negatively affect our stock value.

 

21


Table of Contents

We have never issued capital stock and there is no guarantee that a liquid market for our common stock will develop.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, will not be very large. As a result, it is possible that an active trading market for the common stock will not develop, or that if an active market develops, it will not continue. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are available to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 ( the “JOBS Act”). We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. We also will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”), including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. In addition, we are eligible to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and we intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our common stock less attractive, which could hurt our stock price.

We may remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities in the stock offering; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain depositors of Hamilton Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of RP Financial, LC., that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

22


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

OF HAMILTON BANK

The following tables set forth selected historical financial and other data of Hamilton Bank and its subsidiaries for the periods and at the dates indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the financial statements of Hamilton Bank and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years then ended is derived in part from the audited financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years then ended is derived in part from audited financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

              

Total assets

   $ 318,468       $ 335,443       $ 320,539       $ 230,121       $ 223,460   

Cash and cash equivalents

     35,250         39,473         47,205         27,520         25,566   

Investment securities

     18,823         37,668         58,717         4,178         6,236   

Mortgage-backed securities

     76,008         63,483         18,410         30,786         25,845   

Loans, net (1)

     169,904         177,891         180,221         158,117         157,901   

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta

stock at cost

     502         504         455         404         396   

Bank-owned life insurance

     8,307         7,997         6,801         6,504         4,278   

Deposits

     281,015         298,613         284,683         195,751         189,396   

Total equity

     35,065         34,091         33,247         32,689         32,156   

 

     For the Years Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011      2010      2009      2008  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Selected Operating Data:

             

Interest income

   $ 12,463      $ 12,762       $ 11,227       $ 10,698       $ 11,577   

Interest expense

     3,863        5,288         5,787         6,891         8,277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     8,600        7,474         5,440         3,807         3,300   

Provision for loan losses

     2,718        616         53         14         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for

loan losses

     5,882        6,858         5,387         3,793         3,300   

Noninterest income

     947        994         945         336         372   

Noninterest expense

     6,815        6,228         5,015         3,670         5,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)

     14        1,624         1,317         459         (1,359

Income taxes (benefit)

     (117     511         289         83         (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 131      $ 1,113       $ 1,028       $ 376       $ (877
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale of $-0-, $-0-, $331,000, $135,000 and $-0- at March 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

23


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

          

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

     0.04     0.34     0.40     0.17     (0.39 )% 

Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

     0.36     3.22     3.11     1.16     (2.70 )% 

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.62     2.20     1.92     1.27     1.23

Net interest margin (2)

     2.77     2.37     2.19     1.73     1.60

Efficiency ratio expressed as a percentage (3)

     71.38     73.54     78.54     88.58     137.00

Non-interest expense to average total assets

     2.09     1.88     1.94     1.62     2.25

Non-interest income to average assets

     0.29     0.30     0.37     0.15     0.17

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     111.65     109.79     111.77     114.56     109.07

Average equity to average total assets

     11.04     10.44     12.80     14.06     14.19

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Non-performing assets to total assets

     2.55     0.48     0.04     0.24     0.05

Non-performing loans to total loans

     4.25     0.91     0.06     0.34     0.08

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     48.20     72.84     488.79     94.83     416.67

Allowance for loan losses to gross loans

     2.05     0.66     0.31     0.32     0.32

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.20     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Capital Ratios:

          

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     20.66     17.72     20.03     23.32     25.44

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     19.40     17.07     19.66     22.95     24.99

Tier 1 capital (to total adjusted assets)

     9.91     9.41     9.60     14.00     14.24

Equity to total assets

     11.01     10.16     10.37     14.21     14.39

Tangible equity to tangible assets

     9.91     9.41     9.60     14.00     14.24

Number of:

          

Number of full service offices

     5        5        5        4        4   

Full time equivalent employees

     51        47        47        36        34   

 

(1) The interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

 

24


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

   

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

   

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

   

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

   

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

   

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

 

   

adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

   

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

   

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;

 

   

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

   

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and

 

   

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

25


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $22.7 million and $31.1 million, or $35.8 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
     2,380,000 Shares     2,800,000 Shares     3,220,000 Shares     3,703,000 Shares (1)  
     Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 23,800        $ 28,000        $ 32,200        $ 37,030     

Less offering expenses

     (1,072       (1,110       (1,149       (1,193  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds (2)

   $ 22,728        100.0   $ 26,890        100.0   $ 31,051        100.0   $ 35,837        100.0
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Distribution of net proceeds:

                

To Hamilton Bank

   $ 11,364        50.0   $ 13,445        50.0   $ 15,526        50.0   $ 17,919        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

   $ 1,904        8.4   $ 2,240        8.3   $ 2,576        8.3   $ 2,962        8.3

Retained by Hamilton Bancorp

   $ 9,460        41.6   $ 11,205        41.7   $ 12,950        41.7   $ 14,956        41.7

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that all shares of common stock are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Hamilton Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

Hamilton Bancorp may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

   

to invest in securities;

 

   

to pay cash dividends to our stockholders;

 

   

to repurchase shares of our common stock subject to compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

to finance the acquisition of financial institutions, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in investment grade securities, including securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under applicable Federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans.

 

26


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

   

to fund new loans;

 

   

to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;

 

   

to invest in securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises;

 

   

to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or to establish or acquire any new branch offices; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of opportunities to expand our operations thru establishing or acquiring new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, our ability to receive regulatory approval for any such expansion activities, and overall market conditions.

We expect our return on equity to decrease as compared to our performance in recent years, until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the stock offering. See “Risk Factors—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.”

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by regulations and policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

We will file a consolidated Federal tax return with Hamilton Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

27


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.” Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Hamilton Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Hamilton Bank and earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock retained by Hamilton Bancorp and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency impose limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

Any payment of dividends by Hamilton Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Hamilton Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Hamilton Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Hamilton Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “—State Taxation.”

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HBK”. In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock, and we believe we will be able to comply with this requirement. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins.

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should have a long-term investment intent if you purchase shares of our common stock and you should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of our common stock.

 

28


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Hamilton Bank at March 31, 2012, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Hamilton Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes the receipt by Hamilton Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     Hamilton Bank
Historical at
March 31, 2012
    Pro Forma at March 31, 2012, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
     2,380,000 Shares     2,800,000 Shares     3,220,000 Shares     3,703,000 Shares (2)  
     Amount      Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

   $ 35,065         11.01   $ 44,525        13.58   $ 46,270        14.04   $ 48,014        14.49   $ 50,021        15.00

Core capital

   $ 31,506         9.91   $ 40,966        12.51   $ 42,711        12.98   $ 44,456        13.44   $ 46,462        13.96

Core requirement (4)

     15,896         5.00     16,369        5.00     16,456        5.00     16,544        5.00     16,644        5.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 15,610         4.91   $ 24,597        7.51   $ 26,255        7.98   $ 27,912        8.44   $ 29,818        8.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based

capital (5)

   $ 31,506         19.40   $ 40,966        24.93   $ 42,711        25.94   $ 44,456        26.94   $ 46,462        28.09

Risk-based requirement

     9,744         6.00     9,858        6.00     9,879        6.00     9,899        6.00     9,924        6.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 21,762         13.40   $ 31,108        18.93   $ 32,832        19.94   $ 34,557        20.94   $ 36,538        22.09
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based

capital (5)

   $ 33,552         20.66   $ 43,011        26.18   $ 44,757        27.18   $ 46,502        28.18   $ 48,508        29.33

Risk-based requirement

     16,240         10.00     16,429        10.00     16,464        10.00     16,499        10.00     16,539        10.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 17,312         10.66   $ 26,582        16.18   $ 28,293        17.18   $ 30,003        18.18   $ 31,969        19.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Hamilton Bank:

  

Net proceeds

  

  $ 11,364        $ 13,445        $ 15,526        $ 17,919     

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

   

    (1,904       (2,240       (2,576       (2,576  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

  

  $ 9,460        $ 11,205        $ 12,950        $ 14,956     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with funds we lend. Pro forma capital calculated under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(3) Core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(4) The current core capital requirement is 3% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4% to 5% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions.
(5) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Hamilton Bank at March 31, 2012 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Hamilton Bancorp after giving effect to the conversion and offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Hamilton  Bank
Historical at
March 31, 2012
    Pro Forma at March 31, 2012
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of
 
     2,380,000
Shares
    2,800,000
Shares
    3,220,000
Shares
    3,703,000
Shares (1)
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (2)

   $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015   

Borrowed funds

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015      $ 281,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion)

     —          —          —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3)

     —          24        28        32        37   

Additional paid-in capital (4)

     —          22,704        26,862        31,019        35,800   

Retained earnings (5)

     34,434        34,434        34,434        34,434        34,434   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     631        631        631        631        631   

Less:

          

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     —          (1,904     (2,240     (2,576     (2,962

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (7)

     —          (952     (1,120     (1,288     (1,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 35,065      $ 54,937      $ 58,595      $ 62,252      $ 66,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shares outstanding

       2,380,000        2,800,000        3,220,000        3,703,000   

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)

     11.01     16.24     17.13     18.01     19.00

Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets

     10.09     15.37     16.28     17.16     18.16

Tangible book value per share

   $ —        $ 21.85      $ 18.42      $ 19.88      $ 17.16   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans.
(4) On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock to be outstanding.
(5) The retained earnings of Hamilton Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Regulation and Supervision.”
(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Hamilton Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from Hamilton Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Hamilton Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Hamilton Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases by Hamilton Bancorp. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Hamilton Bancorp accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plan, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval.

 

30


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarize historical data of Hamilton Bank and pro forma data of Hamilton Bancorp at and for the year ended March 31, 2012. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

   

all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering;

 

   

157,250 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates;

 

   

our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with a loan from Hamilton Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime interest rate, adjusted annually) over a period of 20 years;

 

   

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a success fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans (except individual retirement accounts); and

 

   

expenses of the stock offering, other than fees and expenses to be paid to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will be $738,500.

Pro forma earnings on net proceeds have been calculated assuming the stock has been sold at the beginning of the period and the net proceeds have been invested at a yield of 1.04% for the year ended March 31, 2012. This represents the five-year U.S. Treasury Note rate as of March 31, 2012, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The pro forma after-tax yield on the net proceeds from the offering is assumed to be 0.69% for the year ended March 31, 2012, based on an effective tax rate of 34%.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.34 for each option. In

 

31


Table of Contents

addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 19.79% for the shares of common stock, no dividend yield, an expected option life of ten years and a risk-free interest rate of 2.23%. Finally, we assumed that 25% of the stock options were non-qualified options granted to directors, resulting in a tax benefit (at an assumed tax rate of 34%) for a deduction equal to the grant date fair value of the options.

We may reserve shares for the exercise of stock options and the grant of stock awards under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest more rapidly than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Hamilton Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use portions of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to: (i) withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering; (ii) our results of operations after the stock offering; or (iii) changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, bad debt reserve or the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

32


Table of Contents
     At or for the Year Ended March 31, 2012
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     2,380,000
Shares
    2,800,000
Shares
    3,220,000
Shares
    3,703,000
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 23,800      $ 28,000      $ 32,200      $ 37,030   

Less: Expenses

     (1,072     (1,110     (1,149     (1,193
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     22,728        26,890        31,051        35,837   

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

     (1,904     (2,240     (2,576     (2,962

Less: Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (952     (1,120     (1,288     (1,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 19,872      $ 23,530      $ 27,187      $ 31,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended March 31, 2012

        

Consolidated net earnings:

        

Historical

   $ 131      $ 131      $ 131      $ 131   

Pro forma adjustments:

        

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     136        162        187        215   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (63     (74     (85     (98

Stock awards (3)

     (126     (148     (170     (196

Stock options (4)

     (145     (171     (197     (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ (67   $ (100   $ (134   $ (174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Historical

   $ 0.06      $ 0.05      $ 0.04      $ 0.04   

Pro form adjustments:

        

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.06        0.06        0.06        0.06   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03

Stock awards (3)

     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06

Stock options (4)

     (0.07     (0.07     (0.07     (0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share

   $ (0.04   $ (0.05   $ (0.06   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

     NM        NM        NM        NM   

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

     2,194,360        2,581,600        2,968,840        3,414,166   

At March 31, 2012

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 35,065      $ 35,065      $ 35,065      $ 35,065   

Estimated net proceeds

     22,728        26,890        31,051        35,837   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (1,904     (2,240     (2,576     (2,962

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (952     (1,120     (1,288     (1,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity (5)

   $ 54,937      $ 58,595      $ 62,252      $ 66,458   

Less: Intangibles

     (2,928     (2,928     (2,928     (2,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders equity

   $ 52,009      $ 55,667      $ 59,324      $ 63,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

        

Historical

   $ 14.73      $ 12.52      $ 10.89      $ 9.47   

Estimated net proceeds

     9.55        9.60        9.64        9.68   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (5)

   $ 23.08      $ 20.92      $ 19.33      $ 17.95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     43.33     47.80     51.73     55.71

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     45.77     50.33     54.29     58.28

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

     2,380,000        2,800,000        3,220,000        3,703,000   

(Footnotes begin on following page)

 

33


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Hamilton Bancorp. Hamilton Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Hamilton Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Hamilton Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective tax rate of 34%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 9,520, 11,200, 12,880, and 14,812 shares were committed to be released during the year ended March 31, 2012 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by Hamilton Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Hamilton Bancorp or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Hamilton Bancorp. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the year, and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective tax rate of 34%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.8%.
(4) If approved by Hamilton Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.34 for each option, and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%.
(5) The retained earnings of Hamilton Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

34


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited and unaudited financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Hamilton Bank provided in this prospectus.

Overview

Hamilton Bank has grown from $223.5 million in assets at March 31, 2008, to $318.5 million in total assets at March 31, 2012. A significant portion of our growth over this period resulted from our acquisition of our Pasadena, Maryland branch office from K Bank in December 2009. As part of the K Bank branch acquisition, we acquired $57.0 million in assets, consisting of $25.6 million in loans, $27.6 million in cash, $758,000 in premises and equipment, and $434,000 recorded as a core deposit intangible. A total of $57.0 million in liabilities, consisting entirely of deposits, was also part of the sales contract. The branch acquisition resulted in the Bank recording $2.7 million in goodwill.

Although we reached $335.4 million in assets at March 31, 2011, our asset size decreased $17.0 million, or 5.1% during fiscal 2012. This decrease reflects a decrease of $8.0 million in net loans receivable, a decrease of $6.3 million in investment securities and a decrease of $4.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in loans was primarily due to our origination of fewer loans during fiscal 2012 combined with the repayment of loans in our portfolio. The decrease in assets also reflects our decision to allow higher priced certificates of deposit to runoff at maturity, which resulted in a decrease in securities and cash and cash equivalents.

Hamilton Bank historically had very few non-performing loans. We recently have experienced an increase in delinquencies and non-performing commercial business and commercial real estate loans, particularly in our loan participations and purchased loans. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, our non-performing loans increased $5.9 million, from $1.5 million to $7.4 million. Our commercial business and commercial real estate loan purchases and participations, which totaled $9.8 million at March 31, 2011, contributed $5.2 million to the $5.9 million increase in non-performing loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and comprised $5.2 million of our $7.4 million of non-performing loans at March 31, 2012. Our non-performing commercial loans at March 31, 2012, also included two internally originated commercial loans to one borrower with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.1 million which was non-performing due to the failure of the borrower’s business. Given the recent emphasis on commercial and commercial real estate lending and that our portfolio of commercial business and commercial real estate loans is not seasoned, we have limited loss history with which to measure the risk in our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolio or the effectiveness of our commercial business and commercial real estate loan underwriting processes and personnel. In connection with our recent emphasis on commercial business and commercial real estate lending, as well as the recent increase in such loans that are delinquent or non-performing, we have increased our lending staff and enhanced our delinquent loan monitoring system to ensure that management and the board of directors receive more up-to-date information on delinquent loans. We have also established a formal loan delinquency committee to address delinquent and non-performing loans. However, we can make no assurances that delinquencies or loan losses related to our commercial real estate and commercial business loans will be reduced or will not increase as we continue to emphasize this type of lending activity. See “Risk Factors—Our recent emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial business loans has increased our credit risk” and “—Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans.”

At March 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted entirely of securities and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, including stock in the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. The principal and interest on our mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by the issuing entity.

Business Strategy

Our principal objective is to build long-term value for our stockholders by operating a profitable community-oriented financial institution dedicated to meeting the banking needs of our customers. Our board of directors has sought to accomplish this objective with a strategy designed to increase profitability, while maintaining a strong capital position and high asset quality. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement our business strategy.

 

35


Table of Contents

Highlights of our business strategy are as follows:

 

   

Continuing to emphasize the origination of commercial business and commercial real estate loans to decrease our reliance on one- to four-family lending. In 2009, we revised our overall operating strategy to become less reliant on one- to four-family lending and began to emphasize our commercial operations, including the origination of commercial business and commercial real estate loans and the attraction of commercial deposit relationships. We also began to originate for sale in the secondary market longer term (terms of 10 years or greater) one- to four-family loans rather than retain such loans in portfolio as we did in the past. To accomplish these changes in strategy, we hired two commercial lenders with experience with such types of loans (one in fiscal 2010, and the second in fiscal 2011) and additional lending support staff. Additionally, instead of hiring additional internal underwriting staff, we determined to engage experienced third parties to conduct outsourced underwriting analysis of all our commercial and commercial real estate loans and assist us with the underwriting of our Small Business Administration guaranteed loans. We also engaged an experienced third party underwriting firm to assist us with the underwriting and sale of our longer term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition to originating commercial loans, we initially also purchased whole commercial business and commercial real estate loans from other institutions and participated in commercial loans originated by other institutions. During 2010, we decided that we would not purchase or participate in commercial business or commercial real estate loans in the near future, although we may look at opportunities for participations and purchases on a case by case basis. We have recently, modified our lending strategies so that we currently do not purchase whole commercial real estate and commercial loans or enter into participations with respect to such loans. As a result of these strategies, we significantly increased our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolio and our commercial deposits during the last three years, and we intend to continue to grow our portfolios of such loans and deposits in the near term, subject to market conditions. At March 31, 2012, commercial real estate loans totaled $31.0 million, or 17.9% of total loans, compared to $6.9 million, or 4.4% of total loans, at March 31, 2009. At March 31, 2012, commercial business loans and lines of credit outstanding totaled $27.2 million, or 15.7% of total loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.8% of total loans, at March 31, 2009.

 

   

Emphasizing lower-cost core deposits from new customers through our increased commercial business and commercial real estate lending. Our emphasis on originating commercial business and commercial real estate lending relationships is also designed to encourage relationship banking and increase our core deposits, including non-interest bearing transaction accounts, and decrease our dependence on certificates of deposit. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $6.1 million from $5.7 million at March 31, 2010 to $11.8 million at March 31, 2012, and represented 4.2% of total deposits at March 31, 2012. Certificates of deposit decreased $23.8 million from $243.2 million to $219.4 million during fiscal 2012, and represented 78.1% of total deposits at March 31, 2012.

 

   

Managing interest rate risk by emphasizing the origination of shorter-term loans for retention in our portfolio and continuing to sell our newly originated longer-term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Our emphasis on originating commercial business and commercial real estate loans for our portfolio, and selling substantially all of our newly originated residential mortgage loans with terms longer than 10 years, is designed to decrease our interest rate risk in the current interest rate environment. Our commercial business and commercial real estate loans generally have shorter terms and repricing characteristics than fixed rate longer-term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We have also contracted with a third party to provide us with quarterly interest rate risk reports.

 

   

Maintaining prudent loan underwriting standards and improving the monitoring of our loan portfolio to improve asset quality. Hamilton Bank historically had very few non-performing loans. We recently have experienced an increase in delinquencies and non-performing loans, primarily related to commercial business and commercial real estate loans. In particular, at March 31, 2012,

 

36


Table of Contents
 

$5.2 million of our $9.8 million of commercial real estate and commercial business loan participations and purchased loans were non-performing. Beginning in fiscal 2010, we decided we would not participate in commercial business or commercial real estate loans in the near future, although we may look at opportunities for participations and purchases on a case by case basis. In connection with our recent emphasis on commercial business and commercial real estate lending, as well as the recent increase in such loans that are delinquent or non-performing, we have increased our lending staff and enhanced our delinquent loan monitoring system to ensure that management and the board of directors receive more up-to-date information on delinquent loans. We have also established a formal loan delinquency committee to address delinquent and non-performing loans. We also have contracted with a third party to review our commercial loans twice a year. This review focuses on large troubled loans and a sample of other loans.

 

   

Expanding our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of other financial institutions. We currently operate from five full-service banking offices and our executive and administrative office, which is a limited service banking office. We believe there are branch expansion opportunities in our primary market area and adjacent communities. We evaluate branch expansion opportunities, as well as opportunities to acquire other financial institutions, as such opportunities arise, and will continue to do so after the conversion. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to establishing new branches or any acquisition transactions.

 

   

Improving Our Operating Efficiencies Through Increased Use of Technology.  We strive to continue to increase our operating efficiencies through the upgrading of our account and data processing systems, improvement in our loan monitoring and quality control systems, upgrading of our accounting systems and relying upon outsourcing when appropriate. We are also in the process of developing an improved cost and profit center accounting to better assess the performance of our products and services and a sales activity database to better track our sales performance and market penetration. Our improved loan monitoring systems now include improved modules which perform commercial loan monitoring, financial analysis of borrowers and loan allowance and charge-off activity.

Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense

Following the completion of the conversion, our non-interest expense is expected to increase because of the increased costs associated with operating as a public company, and the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. For further information, see “Summary—Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion;” “Risk Factors—Our stock-based benefit plans would increase our expenses and reduce our income;” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.” In addition, after the conversion, we expect that we will add additional accounting and lending staff, which will increase our compensation costs.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles used in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting

 

37


Table of Contents

pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

The following represent our critical accounting policies:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover inherent, but unconfirmed, credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for losses on loans which is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management makes significant estimates and has identified this policy as one of our most critical accounting policies.

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the allowance for loan losses. Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing this estimate including, but not limited to, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower, results of internal loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.

The analysis has two components, specific and general allocations. Specific percentage allocations can be made for unconfirmed losses related to loans that are determined to be impaired. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. If the fair value of the loan is less than the loan’s carrying value, a charge is recorded for the difference. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions and geographic and industry concentrations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general reserve. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowances we have established which could result in a material negative effect on our financial results.

Securities Valuation and Impairment . We classify our investments in debt and equity securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. Securities classified as held-to maturity are recorded at cost or amortized cost. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. We obtain our fair values from a third party service. This service’s fair value calculations are based on quoted market prices when such prices are available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimates of fair value are computed using a variety of techniques, including extrapolation from the quoted prices of similar instruments or recent trades for thinly traded securities, fundamental analysis, or through obtaining purchase quotes. Due to the subjective nature of the valuation process, it is possible that the actual fair values of these investments could differ from the estimated amounts, thereby affecting our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If the estimated value of investments is less than the cost or amortized cost, we evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. If such an event or change has occurred and we determine that the impairment is other-than-temporary, we expense the impairment of the investment in the period in which the event or change occurred. We also consider how long a security has been in a loss position in determining if it is other than temporarily impaired. Management also assesses the nature of the unrealized losses taking into consideration factors such as changes in risk-free interest rates, general credit spread widening, market supply and demand, creditworthiness of the issuer, and quality of the underlying collateral. At March 31, 2012, all of our securities were issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and the principal and interest on 99.9% of our securities were guaranteed by the issuing entity.

Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid for our Pasadena branch over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Bank is considered the Reporting Unit for purposes of impairment testing. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of the Bank be

 

38


Table of Contents

compared to the carrying amount of the Bank’s net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of the Bank exceeds the book value, no write-down of recorded goodwill is required. If the fair value of the Bank is less than book value, an expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. We test for impairment of goodwill during February of each year. We estimate the fair value of the Bank utilizing three valuation methods including the Comparable Transactions Approach, the Public Market Peers Approach, and the Discounted Cash Flow Approach.

Based on our impairment testing during February 2012, there was no evidence of impairment of the Bank’s goodwill or intangible assets.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income also depends on the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them, respectively.

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011

Total assets decreased $17.0 million, or 5.0%, to $318.5 million at March 31, 2012 from $335.4 million at March 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily the result of an $8.0 million decrease in net loans receivable, a $6.3 million decrease in securities and a $4.2 million decrease in cash and cash equivalents.

Net loans receivable decreased by $8.0 million, or 4.5%, to $169.9 million at March 31, 2012 from $177.9 million at March 31, 2011. The decrease in loans receivable during this period was due to a decrease of $17.8 million, or 15.9%, in total residential mortgage loans, a decrease of $2.9 million, or 15.0%, in home equity loans and lines of credit, and a decrease of $2.6 million, or 40.7%, in construction loans, partially offset by a $10.0 million, or 47.5%, increase in commercial real estate loans and a $7.7 million, or 39.8%, increase in commercial business loans. The increases in commercial real estate and commercial business loans reflected our continued emphasis on originating these types of loans. The decrease in residential mortgage loans was primarily due to our origination of fewer loans during fiscal 2012 and the repayment of residential mortgage loans in our portfolio.

Investment securities decreased $6.3 million, or 6.2%, to $94.8 million at March 31, 2012. The decrease in securities during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the need to fund the decrease in deposits as part of our strategy to allow higher costing certificates of deposit to runoff at maturity, and gradually replace them with lower-cost core deposits.

During the year ended March 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $4.2 million, or 10.7%, to $35.2 million, and foreclosed real estate increased from none at March 31, 2011, to $756,000 at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2012, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $8.3 million, an increase of $310,000 from $8.0 million at March 31, 2011. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable. Federal regulations generally limit our investment in bank-owned life insurance to 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus our allowance for loan losses.

Total deposits decreased $17.6 million, or 5.9%, to $281.0 million at March 31, 2012 from $298.6 million at March 31, 2011. During fiscal 2012, certificates of deposit decreased $23.8 million, or 9.8%, to $219.4 million, and money market accounts increased $1.9 million, or 7.9%. Statement savings and NOW accounts remained relatively the same between March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, with statement savings accounts increasing $403,000 to $15.7 million and NOW accounts decreasing $72,000 to $7.5 million. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $4.1 million, or 53.4%, from $7.7 million at March 31, 2011 to $11.8 million at March 31, 2012.

As part of our efforts to rely less on certificates of deposit, we allowed higher costing certificates of deposit to runoff at maturity during fiscal 2012, as we increased our emphasis on increasing the level of core deposits.

 

39


Table of Contents

We had no borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2012 or 2011. At March 31, 2012, we had the ability to borrow approximately $48.1 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, subject to our pledging sufficient assets.

Total equity increased $973,000, or 2.9%, to $35.1 million at March 31, 2012 from $34.1 million at March 31, 2011. The increase was attributable to net income of $131,000 and an $842,000 increase in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from increases in the market value of available for sale securities.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011

General. Net income decreased $982,000, or 88.2%, to $131,000 for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $1.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The reasons for the decrease were a $2.1 million increase in the provision for loan losses, a $588,000 increase in noninterest expense and a $47,000 decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million in net interest income.

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased by $1.1 million, or 15.1%, to $8.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $7.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase primarily resulted from a decrease of $1.4 million in interest expense, partially offset by a decrease of $299,000 in interest and dividend income. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by declining market interest rates during the year ended March 31, 2012. Rates for deposits, in particular, certificates of deposit, declined faster than the average yield on our interest-earning assets. As a result, our net interest margin increased 40 basis points to 2.77% for the year ended March 31, 2012 from 2.37% for the year ended March 31, 2011, and our net interest rate spread increased 42 basis points to 2.62% for the year ended March 31, 2012 from 2.20% for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase was also positively impacted by a $4.3 million increase in our net interest-earning assets for fiscal 2012.

Interest and Dividend Income . Interest and dividend income decreased $299,000 to $12.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $12.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease resulted primarily from a $648,000 decrease in interest income on loans and a $60,000 decrease in interest on cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by an increase in interest and dividend income on securities of $410,000.

Interest income on loans decreased $648,000, or 6.1%, to $10.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $10.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. This decrease primarily resulted from a 20 basis point decrease in the average yield to 5.66% for the year ended March 31, 2012 from 5.86% for the year ended March 31, 2011, reflecting decreases in market interest rates. The decrease was also due in part to a decrease in the average balance of loans of $5.0 million, or 2.8%, to $176.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $181.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Interest and dividend income on total securities increased $410,000 to $2.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $2.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase resulted from a $756,000 increase in interest income on mortgage-backed securities and a $346,000 decrease in interest and dividend income on investment securities. The increase in interest income from mortgage-backed securities was primarily due to a $33.9 million increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a 28 basis point decrease in the average yield on mortgage-backed securities. The decrease in interest income on investment securities was primarily due to a $15.9 million decrease in the average balance of investment securities and, to a significantly lesser extent, a 5 basis point decrease in the average yield on investment securities. Although the average yield on mortgage-backed securities decreased more than the average yield on investment securities during fiscal 2012, the average yield on mortgage-backed securities during fiscal 2012 was still 50 basis points higher than the average yield on investment securities. Accordingly, the shift in our mix of securities during fiscal 2012 resulted in increased income on our total securities portfolio.

Interest Expense. Interest expense, consisting entirely of the cost of interest-bearing deposits, decreased $1.4 million, or 27.0%, to $3.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $5.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in the cost of interest-bearing deposits was due to a decrease of 45 basis points in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 1.39% for the year ended March 31, 2012 from 1.84% for the year

 

40


Table of Contents

ended March 31, 2011. We experienced decreases in the cost of all categories of interest-bearing deposits for the year ended March 31, 2012, especially certificates of deposit, reflecting lower market interest rates. The decrease in interest expense was also due to a $9.4 million, or 3.3%, decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $278.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $287.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decline in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits was primarily due to our strategy to allow higher costing certificates of deposit to runoff, and gradually replace them with lower-cost core deposits. The average balance of certificates of deposit decreased $13.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to the year ended March 31, 2011, while the average balances of all other deposit categories increased, including an increase in the average balance of non-interest bearing demand accounts of $3.1 million, or 50.4%, and an increase in the average balance of money market accounts of $2.5 million, or 10.7%.

Provision for Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses that are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level believed, to the best of management’s knowledge, to cover all known and inherent losses in the portfolio both probable and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 and a provision for loan losses of $616,000 for the year ended March 31, 2011. The allowance for loan losses was $3.6 million, or 48.2% of non-performing loans, at March 31, 2012, compared to $1.2 million, or 72.8% of non-performing loans, at March 31, 2011. The increased provision reflects management’s view of the losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our non-performing loans increased by $5.8 million, or 354%, to $7.4 million at March 31, 2012 from $1.6 million at March 31, 2011. During the year ended March 31, 2012, loan charge offs also increased to $349,000, compared to no charge offs during fiscal 2011. In addition, during fiscal 2012 we increased the amount of our commercial real estate and commercial business loans, which are generally considered to bear higher risk than one- to four-family mortgage loans. The increase in our non-performing loans, our view of the increased inherent loss in our loan portfolio and a weakened economy caused us to increase the overall level of our allowance for loan losses.

Noninterest Income . Noninterest income decreased $47,000 to $947,000 for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to $994,000 for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $67,000 in gain on sale of investment securities and a decrease of $35,000 in gain on sale of loans held for sale, partially offset by increases of $14,000 and $40,000 in earnings on bank-owned life insurance, and other noninterest income, respectively.

Noninterest Expense . Noninterest expense increased $588,000, or 9.4%, to $6.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $6.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The largest components of this increase were advertising, which increased by $149,000, salaries, which increased $122,000, employee benefits, which increased by $114,000, occupancy, which increased by $221,000, and furniture and equipment, which increased by $75,000. These increases were partially offset by a $178,000 decrease in FDIC assessments. Normal salary increases and increases in payroll taxes primarily accounted for the increase in salaries and employee benefits expense.

Income Tax Expense . We recorded a $117,000 income tax benefit for the year ended March 31, 2012 and a $511,000 tax expense for the year ended March 31, 2011. The income tax benefit for the year ended March 31, 2012, was the result of Hamilton Bank’s tax exempt income totaling approximately $320,000, compared to income before income taxes of approximately $14,000.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

     At March
31, 2012
    For the Years Ended March 31,  
       2012     2011     2010  
     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield/
Rate
 
           (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                          

Loans (1)

     5.74   $ 176,107       $ 9,973         5.66   $ 181,122       $ 10,621         5.86   $ 166,383       $ 9,471         5.69

Investment securities (2)

     2.10        27,831         567         2.04        43,723         913         2.09        27,453         664         2.42   

Mortgage-backed securities

     3.38        72,601         1,846         2.54        38,666         1,091         2.82        22,803         1,024         4.49   

Cash and cash equivalents

     0.15        33,938         77         0.23        52,121         137         0.26        31,252         68         0.22   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     4.27        310,477         12,463         4.01        315,632         12,762         4.04        247,891         11,227         4.53   

Non-interest-earning assets

       15,098              14,870              10,604         
    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

     $ 325,575            $ 330,502            $ 258,495         
    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                          

Certificates of deposit

     1.49   $ 229,460         3,706         1.62      $ 242,621         5,038         2.08      $ 189,001         5,550         2.94   

Money market

     0.47        25,434         119         0.47        22,978         165         0.72        16,749         164         0.98   

Statement savings

     0.20        15,572         32         0.21        15,339         72         0.47        11,765         62         0.53   

NOW accounts

     0.07        7,617         6         0.08        6,550         13         0.20        4,276         11         0.26   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1.27        278,083         3,863         1.39        287,488         5,288         1.84        221,791         5,787         2.61   

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

                          

Non-interest bearing deposits

       9,280              6,169              2,288         

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

       2,281              2,327              1,330         
    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities

       289,644              295,984              225,409         

Total equity

       35,931              34,518              33,086         
    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 325,575            $ 330,502            $ 258,495         
    

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest income

        $ 8,600            $ 7,474            $ 5,440      
       

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

    

Net interest rate spread (3)

             2.62           2.20           1.92
          

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest-earning assets (4)

        $ 32,394            $ 28,144            $ 26,100      
       

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

    

Net interest margin (5)

             2.77           2.37           2.19
          

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

             111.65           109.79           111.77
          

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale aggregating $7.3 million, $1.25 million and $186,000 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) Includes U.S. agency securities, and to a much lesser extent, FHLMC debt securities and Federal Home Loan Bank equity securities.
(3) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

42


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the fiscal years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Year Ended March 31,
2012 vs. 2011
    Year Ended March 31,
2011 vs. 2010
 
     Increase (Decrease)  Due
to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease) Due to     Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume     Rate       Volume      Rate    
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

             

Loans

   $ (294   $ (354   $ (648   $ 838       $ 312      $ 1,150   

Investment securities

     (332     (14     (346     394         (145     249   

Mortgage-backed securities

     957        (202     755        712         (645     67   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (47     (13     (60     46         23        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   $ 284      $ (583   $ (299   $ 1,990       $ (455   $ 1,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

             

Certificates of deposit

   $ (274   $ (1,058   $ (1,332   $ 1,576       $ (2,088   $ (512

Money market

     18        (64     (46     61         (60     1   

Statement savings

     1        (41     (40     19         (9     10   

NOW accounts

     2        (9     (7     6         (4     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (253     (1,172     (1,425     1,662         (2,161     (499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 537      $ 589      $ 1,126      $ 328       $ 1,706      $ 2,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management of Market Risk

General . Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our board of directors.

Historically, we have operated as a traditional thrift institution. A significant portion of our assets consist of longer-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans and securities, which we have funded primarily with deposits. Since 2009, in an effort to improve our earnings and to decrease our exposure to interest rate risk, we generally have sold all newly originated residential mortgage loans with terms of over ten years and we have shifted our focus to originating commercial real estate and commercial business loans. Such loans generally have shorter maturities than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.

Net Interest Income Analysis. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income simulation model which is provided to us by an independent third party. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. We also estimate the impact over a five year time horizon. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning March 31, 2012 resulting from potential changes in interest rates. These estimates require

 

43


Table of Contents

certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income. Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

Rate Shift (1)

   Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
   Year 1 Change
from Level

+400

   $10,342,731    18.6%

+300

   $10,122,456    16.1%

+200

   $10,042,738    15.1%

+100

   $  9,603,022    10.1%

Level

   $  8,722,208    0.0%

-100

   $  8,156,096    (6.5%)

-200

   $  8,069,254    (7.5%)

-300

   $  8,135,996    (6.7%)

 

(1) The calculated changes assume an immediate shock of the static yield curve.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. We also analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model, which is also provided to us by an independent third party. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the present value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. As with the net interest income simulation model, the estimates of changes in the economic value of our equity require certain assumptions to be made. These assumptions include loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on the economic value of our equity. Although our economic value of equity analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the economic value of our equity and will differ from actual results.

 

Rate Shift (1)

   Economic Value of Equity    % Change In Equity
from Level

+400

   $23,138,039    (49.2%)

+300

   $28,816,845    (36.8%)

+200

   $35,133,196    (22.9%)

+100

   $41,040,473    (9.9%)

Level

   $45,562,394      0.0%

-100

   $47,988,923      5.3%

-200

   $53,302,537      17.0%

-300

   $58,418,227      28.2%

 

(1) The calculated changes assume an immediate shock of the static yield curve.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, scheduled amortization and prepayments of loan principal and mortgage-backed securities, maturities and calls of investment securities and funds provided by our operations. In addition, we have the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. At March 31, 2012, we had the capacity to borrow approximately $48.1 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, subject to our pledging sufficient assets. However, we have historically not used Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings to fund our operations, and at March 31, 2012 and 2011, we had no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.

 

44


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank may also borrow up to $5.0 million from a correspondent bank under a secured federal funds line of credit, and $1.0 million under an unsecured line of credit. We would be required to pledge investment securities to draw upon the secured line of credit.

Loan repayments and maturing securities are a relatively predictable source of funds. However, deposit flows, calls of securities and prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities are strongly influenced by interest rates, general and local economic conditions and competition in the marketplace. These factors reduce the predictability of these sources of funds.

Our primary investing activities are the origination of one- to four-family real estate loans, commercial real estate, commercial business, construction and consumer loans, and the purchase of securities. For the year ended March 31, 2012, loan originations totaled $36.7 million, compared to $15.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. Purchases of investment and mortgage-backed securities totaled $57.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 and $107.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Total deposits decreased $17.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, while total deposits increased $13.9 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. Deposit flows are affected by the level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors and other factors. At March 31, 2012, certificates of deposit scheduled to mature within one year totaled $133.2 million. Our ability to retain these deposits will be determined in part by the interest rates we are willing to pay on such deposits.

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Based on our deposit retention experience and current pricing strategy, we anticipate that a significant portion of maturing time deposits will be retained.

At March 31, 2012 and 2011, we exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. Our core (Tier 1) capital was $31.5 million and $31.3 million, or 9.91% and 9.41% of total assets, at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In order to be classified as “well-capitalized” under federal banking regulations, we were required to have core capital of at least $15.9 million, or 5.0% of assets, as of March 31, 2012. To be classified as a well-capitalized savings bank, we must also have a ratio of total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.0%, and a Tier 1 risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6%. At March 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a total risk-based capital ratios of 20.66% and 17.72%, respectively, and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of 19.40% and 17.07%, respectively. Our regulatory capital ratios increased during fiscal 2012 due to a $17.0 million, or 5.1%, decrease in assets, and a $973,000, or 2.9%, increase in total equity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

ASU No. 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860)—Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” ASU 2011-03 is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their

 

45


Table of Contents

maturity. ASU 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. ASU 2011-03 became effective for Hamilton on April 1, 2012, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 amends Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 became effective for Hamilton on April 1, 2012, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 amends Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income,” to require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present, on the face of the financial statements, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 became effective for Hamilton on April 1, 2012; however, certain provisions related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments have been deferred by ASU 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” as further discussed below. In connection with the application of ASU 2011-05, our financial statements include separate statements of comprehensive income.

ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU 2011-08 amends Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” to give entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. ASU 2011-08 became effective for Hamilton on April 1, 2012, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210)—“Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 amends Topic 210, “Balance Sheet,” to require an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, such as sales and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending arrangements, and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on April 1, 2013, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU 2011-12 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB time to redeliberate whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 became effective for Hamilton on April 1, 2012 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated financial data presented herein regarding Hamilton Bank have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of Hamilton Bank’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on Hamilton Bank’s performance than does the effect of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services, because such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates.

 

47


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

Hamilton Bancorp is a Maryland corporation, organized on June 7, 2012. Upon completion of the conversion, Hamilton Bancorp will become the holding company of Hamilton Bank.

Initially following the completion of the conversion, Hamilton Bancorp’s assets will be the stock of Hamilton Bank as well as the net proceeds it retains from the stock offering, part of which will be used to make a loan to the Hamilton Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and will have no significant liabilities. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” Hamilton Bancorp intends to use the support staff and offices of Hamilton Bank and will pay Hamilton Bank for these services. If Hamilton Bancorp expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

Hamilton Bancorp intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

BUSINESS OF HAMILTON BANK

Hamilton Bank

Hamilton Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Towson, Maryland. Our primary business activity consists of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans (including both owner-occupied and investor loans), commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans and, to a much lesser extent, consumer loans (consisting primarily of loans secured by deposits and automobile loans). At March 31, 2012, $76.7 million, or 44.2%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of owner occupied one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At that same date, $17.3 million, or 9.9% of our total loans, was comprised of loans to investors for the purchase of one- to four-family residential properties that are not owner-occupied.

We also invest in securities, which historically have consisted primarily of U.S. government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and to a much lesser extent, equity securities of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and securities of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

We offer a variety of deposit accounts to consumers and small businesses, including certificate of deposit accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, NOW accounts and individual retirement accounts. We historically have not used borrowings to fund our operations.

Market Area

We conduct our operations from our five full-service banking offices in Maryland. Our primary deposit market includes the areas surrounding our banking offices in Cockeysville, Pasadena, Towson, and the Overlea and Hamilton areas of Baltimore City. Our primary lending market includes Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel and Baltimore. However, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, especially to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

Our primary lending market contains a diverse cross section of employment sectors, with a mix of services, manufacturing, wholesale/retail trade, federal and local government, health care facilities and finance-related employment. Like most previously industrial cities in the United States, Greater Baltimore’s employment base has experienced a gradual shift away from manufacturing and heavy industry and toward services and retail trade. The city of Baltimore is now considered a major center for the financial services and health services industries.

 

48


Table of Contents

In recent years Baltimore City and Baltimore County have experienced relatively slow growth, while Anne Arundel County has grown at a faster pace. According to data from SNL Financial, from 2010 to 2011, Baltimore City and Baltimore County’s population increased at annual rates of 0.2% and 0.1%, respectively, while the annual population growth rate for Anne Arundel County was 0.6%, which exceeded the comparable Maryland growth rate of 0.5%. The stronger population growth experienced in Anne Arundel County was reflected in stronger household growth as well. SNL Financial projects that our market area will experience population and household growth in line with recent historical trends over the next five years, except for Baltimore City, which is projected to experience a slight decline.

Income levels in our market area reflect the nature of the markets served, with higher income levels in the faster growing suburban markets. Median household income for 2011 for Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County was approximately $36,000, $63,000 and $80,000, respectively, compared to $68,000 and $50,000 for Maryland and the United States, respectively. Between 2011 and 2016, median household income is projected to grow at 2.0%, 4.1% and 2.4% for Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County, respectively, compared to growth rates of 2.9% and 2.6% for Maryland and the United States, respectively.

Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County reported unemployment rates of 10.0%, 7.1% and 6.1%, respectively, for March 2012, compared to the statewide and national averages of 6.6% and 8.2%, respectively. Unemployment rates throughout our primary market area decreased from March 2011 to March 2012, paralleling the decreases in the state and national unemployment rates.

Competition

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business while maintaining our position as a community bank.

As of June 30, 2011 (the latest date for which information is available), our market share was 0.56% of total deposits in Baltimore City, making us the 10th largest out of 36 financial institutions in Baltimore City based upon deposit share as of that date. In addition, as of June 30, 2011, our deposit market share was 0.68% and 0.57% of total deposits in Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County, respectively, making us the 22nd largest out of 42 financial institutions in Baltimore County and the 18th largest out of 32 financial institutions in Anne Arundel County.

Lending Activities

General. Historically, our principal lending activity was the origination, for retention in our portfolio, of mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate located within our primary market area. However, in 2009 we changed our business strategy to become less reliant upon one- to four-family lending and to emphasize commercial business and commercial real estate lending. In connection with this strategy, we have hired two commercial real estate and commercial business loan officers with experience with such types of loans (one in 2010, and the second in 2011), and utilize third parties to conduct the underwriting analysis of such loans based on our underwriting policies. We have also purchased commercial business and commercial real estate loans and participated in commercial and commercial real estate loans originated by other institutions. We currently sell almost all of our one- to four-family mortgage loans with terms over 10 years into the secondary market. In addition to commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans and residential mortgage loans, we also make home equity loans and lines of credit, residential and commercial construction loans, and, to a much lesser extent, consumer loans. A portion of the loans that we make for one- to four-family properties, are made to investors who reside in our community.

 

49


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. Set forth below is selected information concerning the composition of our loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages as of the dates indicated. Amounts shown do not include loans held for sale equal to $-0-, $-0-, $331,000, $135,000 and $-0- at March 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

     At March31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

               

Residential mortgage loans:

               

One- to four-family residential

   $ 76,687         44.2   $ 92,144         51.5   $ 117,635         65.0

One- to four-family investor

     17,265         9.9        19,568         10.9        19,949         11.0   

Construction

     3,865         2.2        6,514         3.6        2,837         1.6   

Commercial real estate

     31,018         17.9        21,034         11.7        11,421         6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     128,835         74.2        139,260         77.7        151,842         83.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

     27,158         15.7        19,425         10.8        8,574         4.7   

Consumer:

               

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     16,344         9.4        19,224         10.8        19,196         10.7   

Other consumer

     1,181         0.7        1,310         0.7        1,353         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     17,525         10.1        20,534         11.5        20,549         11.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     173,518         100.0     179,219         100.0     180,965         100.0
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Premium on purchased loans

     38           61           84      

Net deferred loan origination fees and costs

     (100)           (206)           (261)      

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,552)           (1,183)           (567)      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 169,904         $ 177,891         $ 180,221      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     At March 31,  
     2009     2008  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

Residential mortgage loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 120,616        76.0   $ 127,502        80.4

One- to four-family investor

     8,426        5.3        6,751        4.3   

Construction

     1,815        1.1        1,393        0.9   

Commercial real estate

     6,946        4.4        3,192        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     137,803        86.8        138,838        87.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

     1,331        0.8        396        0.2   

Consumer:

        

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     19,362        12.2        19,186        12.1   

Other consumer

     248        0.2        183        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     19,610        12.4        19,369        12.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     158,744        100.0     158,603        100.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Premium on purchased loans

     —            —       

Net deferred loan origination fees and costs

     (248       (202  

Allowance for loan losses

     (514       (500  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 157,982        $ 157,901     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

50


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at March 31, 2012. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.

 

XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
    One- to Four-Family
Residential Real Estate
    One- to Four-Family
Investor Real Estate
    Construction Real Estate     Commercial Real Estate  
  Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
  (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years

Ending March 31,

               

2013

  $ 197        6.37   $ —          0.00   $ 1,337        6.75   $ 4,602        6.16

2014

    662        5.43        329        6.48        —          0.00        1,807        5.84   

2015

    227        4.96        243        6.34        —          0.00        1,630        5.43   

2016 to 2017

    5,106        5.09        8,096        7.15        —          0.00        17,435        6.39   

2018 to 2022

    16,174        4.75        6,862        6.45        260        5.00        4,950        6.95   

2023 to 2027

    6,339        4.92        623        5.38        —          0.00        77        5.75   

2028 and beyond

    47,982        5.55        1,112        6.25        2,268        7.50        517        6.50   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 76,687        5.30   $ 17,265        6.73   $ 3,865        7.07   $ 31,018        6.37
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
    Commercial
Business
    Home Equity Loans  and
Lines of Credit
    Other Consumer     Total  
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)              

Due During the Years

Ending March 31,

               

2013

  $ 11,135        5.45   $ 237        4.27   $ 38        5.24   $ 17,546        5.73

2014

    1,045        7.04        354        5.00        13        6.14        4,210        6.05   

2015

    4,782        5.81        229        5.11        29        6.05        7,140        5.69   

2016 to 2017

    2,198        7.27        1,128        5.46        19        6.50        33,982        6.40   

2018 to 2022

    7,387        6.94        1,887        5.86        —          0.00        37,520        5.84   

2023 to 2027

    315        6.75        4,896        3.87        —          0.00        12,250        4.58   

2028 and beyond

    296        6.93        7,613        4.81        1,082        3.99        60,870        5.53   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 27,158        6.16   $ 16,344        4.70   $ 1,181        4.14   $ 173,518        5.74
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Fixed and Adjustable-Rate Loan Schedule. The following table sets forth at March 31, 2012, the dollar amount of all fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans due after March 31, 2013.

 

     Due after March 31, 2013  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
            (In thousands)         

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 75,018       $ 1,472       $ 76,490   

One- to four-family investor

     17,142         123         17,265   

Construction

     2,528         —           2,528   

Commercial

     24,772         1,644         26,416   

Commercial business loans

     12,965         3,058         16,023   

Consumer loans:

        

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     9,037         7,070         16,107   

Other consumer

     1,143         —           1,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 142,605       $ 13,367       $ 155,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Loans. Hamilton Bank originates mortgage loans secured by owner occupied one-to four-family residential properties. To a lesser extent, we have also made loans to investors for the purchase of one- to four-family residential properties that are not owner-occupied. As of March 31, 2012, we had a total of $94.0 million of residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family properties, of which $76.7 million, or 81.6%, were secured by properties serving as the primary residence of the owner. The remaining $17.3 million, or 18.4%, of such loans were secured by non owner-occupied properties. Almost all of our residential mortgage loans are secured by properties in the Greater Baltimore area.

 

51


Table of Contents

Historically, the terms of our one- to four-family mortgage loans retained in our portfolio ranged from 10 to 30 years. In order to lower our interest rate risk, beginning in 2009 we have sold to the secondary market almost all one- to four-family loans that we originate with terms exceeding 10 years. During fiscal 2012 and 2011, we sold $6.9 million and $1.5 million of one- to four-family mortgage loans that we originated, respectively. Our residential mortgage portfolio is almost entirely comprised of fixed-rate loans, with 98.3% of residential mortgage loans due after March 31, 2013 having fixed rates at March 31, 2012. During the year ended March 31, 2012, we originated no residential mortgage loans with adjustable-rates.

We generally do not make new one- to four-family mortgage loans on owner-occupied properties with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 95% at the time the loan is originated, and all loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% require private mortgage insurance. Loan to value ratios on refinances may not exceed 80%, and loan-to-value ratios for non-owner occupied properties may not exceed 65%. In addition, borrower debt may generally not exceed 36% of the borrower’s monthly cash flow. With respect to borrower debt on loans secured by non-owner occupied properties, we look to the investor’s aggregate debt and cash flows from all investment properties the investor operates. We require all properties securing residential mortgage loans to be appraised by a board-approved independent appraiser.

Loans secured by non-owner occupied properties typically have 7 year terms and amortize over a 30 year period. Because of the increased risk associated with non-owner occupied properties, interest rates on such loans are higher than for owner-occupied properties, and are currently at 8%. We have generally only originated loans secured by non-owner occupied properties to investors that reside in our market area.

In an effort to provide financing for first-time home buyers, we offer 30-year fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95%, which cannot be readily sold to the secondary market and are held in portfolio. In fiscal 2012, we originated $354,000 of such loans which we did not sell.

We also make “jumbo loans” (loans above $417,000, the current maximum conforming loan amount as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency) that we retain in our portfolio. Jumbo loans that we originate typically have 7 year terms, 30 year amortization and maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80%. At March 31, 2012, our largest outstanding jumbo residential mortgage loan was for $1.7 million and was performing in accordance with its original terms.

Beginning in 2009, applications for loans that we intend to sell are processed through Mortgage Department Services, LLC (“MDS”), a company in which we have a minority interest. Prior to delivering applications to MDS, we review each application to ensure that the loan meets MDS’ standards for sale to the secondary market. However, we have outsourced the loan processing and loan underwriting to MDS as a cost savings measure. See “—Loan Originations, Participations, Purchases and Sales”. We receive an origination fee for each loan processed and sold to the secondary market through MDS. All such loans are sold with servicing released and without recourse to Hamilton Bank other than for breaches of customary representations and warranties to the buyers.

All residential mortgage loans that we originate include “due-on-sale” clauses, which give us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance for the benefit of Hamilton Bank. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. We originate commercial real estate loans in the Greater Baltimore area that are secured by properties used for business purposes such as small office buildings or retail facilities. We have increased our origination of commercial real estate loans over the last several years, and intend to continue to grow this portion of our loan portfolio in the future. At March 31, 2012, commercial real estate loans totaled $31.0 million, which amounted to 17.9% of total loans, compared to approximately $3.2 million, or 2.0% of total loans, at March 31, 2008.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our commercial real estate loans are underwritten by a third-party underwriter, based on our loan underwriting polices. These third parties provide Hamilton Bank with a report on each loan application, which our lending officers then present to the board of directors or the appropriate loan committee. Our policies provide that such loans may be made in amounts of up to 80% of the appraised value of the property, provided that the property is more than 50% owner-occupied, or 75% of the appraised value of the property if it is not owner-occupied. Our commercial real estate loans have terms of up to 5 years and amortize for a period of up to 20 years. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable if adjustable then they are generally based on the Prime rate of interest.

Our loans-to-one borrower limit is 15% of Hamilton Bank’s unimpaired capital, which limit was $5.3 million at March 31, 2012. We generally target commercial real estate loans with balances of $250,000 to $3.0 million. At March 31, 2012, our average commercial real estate loan had a balance of $722,000. At that same date, our largest commercial real estate relationship included two loans totaling $2.6 million. These loans were secured by a country club, and were performing in accordance with their original terms at March 31, 2012.

Commercial real estate lending involves additional risks compared to one- to four-family residential lending because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, and/or the collateral value of the commercial real estate securing the loan. Repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than residential loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Also, commercial real estate loans typically involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Commercial real estate loans generally have a higher rate of interest and shorter term than residential mortgage loans because of increased risks associated with commercial real estate lending. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards. However, we have recently experienced an increase in delinquencies and non-performing loans in our commercial real estate loan portfolio. See “Risk Factors—Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans.”

Commercial Business Loans. We originate commercial business loans and lines of credit secured by non-real estate business assets. These loans are generally originated to small businesses in our primary market area. Our commercial business loans are generally used for working capital purposes or for acquiring equipment, inventory or furniture, and are primarily secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. We have increased our origination of commercial business loans over the last few years, and intend to continue to grow this portfolio at a moderate pace. At March 31, 2012, commercial business loans and lines of credit outstanding totaled $27.2 million, which amounted to 15.7% of total loans, compared to approximately $1.3 million, or 0.8% of total loans, at March 31, 2009. At March 31, 2012, we also had $8.2 million of unfunded commitments on such loans.

Our commercial business loans have terms up to 5 years at both fixed and adjustable rates of interest, although, adjustable rates of interest are preferred and obtained when possible. Our commercial business loans are underwritten by the same third-party underwriter who underwrites our commercial real estate loans, based on our commercial business loan underwriting policies. Our commercial real estate loans are underwritten by a third-party underwriter, based on our loan underwriting polices. These third parties provide Hamilton Bank with a report on each loan application, which our lending officers then present to the board of directors or the appropriate loan committee. Our lending policies require that commercial business loans secured by accounts receivable do not exceed 75% of the value of the outstanding receivables less than 90 days past due. Commercial business loans in excess of $1.0 million require an audit of the accounts receivable aging report by an outside accounting firm. Commercial business advances secured by inventory are not to exceed 40% of the inventory book value and those secured by equipment are not to exceed 90% of the equipment’s carrying cost. We typically avoid making commercial business loans to purchase highly specialized, custom made equipment which may be difficult to dispose of in the event of default. When making commercial business loans, we consider the financial statements, lending history and debt service capabilities of the borrower (generally requiring a minimum debt service coverage ratio of 1.25:1.00), the projected cash flows of the business, and the value of the collateral, if any. Virtually all commercial business loans are guaranteed by the principals of the borrower.

Hamilton Bank is also qualified to make Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans. The SBA program is an economic development program which finances the expansion of small businesses. Under the SBA program,

 

53


Table of Contents

we originate and fund SBA 7(a) loans which qualify for guarantees up to 90% of principal and accrued interest. We also originate 504 chapter loans in which we generally provide 50% of the financing, taking a first lien on the real property as collateral. We do not treat the SBA guarantee as a substitute for a borrower meeting our credit standards, and, except for minimum capital levels or maximum loan terms, the borrower must meet our other credit standards as applicable to loans outside the SBA process. During fiscal 2012, we originated $4.3 million of loans under SBA programs. No such loans were originated prior to fiscal 2012.

We focus on the origination of commercial business loans in amounts between $500,000 and $1.5 million. At March 31, 2012, our average commercial business loan had a balance of $367,000. At that same date, our largest commercial business loan was a $3.5 million line of credit to a security guard agency secured by accounts receivable, of which $2.3 million was outstanding. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at March 31, 2012.

Commercial business loans generally have a greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards. However, we have recently experienced an increase in delinquencies and non-performing loans in our commercial business loan portfolio. See “Risk Factors—Our entry into commercial real estate and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses on our loans.”

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit . In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence. At March 31, 2012, we had $16.3 million, or 9.4% of our total loan portfolio in home equity loans and lines of credit. At that date we also had $16.4 million of undisbursed funds related to home equity lines of credit.

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan. Our home equity loans are primarily originated with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to 20 years. Our home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable-rates based on the prime rate of interest minus an applicable margin and require interest paid monthly. Our adjustable-rate lines of credit have floors of 4% and ceilings of 18%. Home equity loans and lines of credit are available in amounts of between $10,000 and $250,000.

Home equity loans and lines of credit secured by second mortgages have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans and lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property securing the loan.

Construction Loans. We originate construction loans for both commercial and residential real estate. Construction loans we originate generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase. At the end of the construction phase, the loan converts to a permanent mortgage loan at the same rate of interest. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, Hamilton Bank requires detailed cost estimates to complete the project and an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. Hamilton Bank also reviews and inspects each property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of completion method. Construction loans for one- to four-family residential real estate may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80%. Commercial construction loans generally may not exceed a loan-to-value ratio of 75%.

 

54


Table of Contents

Construction lending generally involves a greater degree of risk than other one- to four-family mortgage lending. The repayment of the construction loan is, to a great degree, dependent upon the successful and timely completion of construction. Various potential factors including construction delays or the financial viability of the builder may further impair the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.

At March 31, 2012, total construction loans represented $3.9 million, or 2.2%, of Hamilton Bank’s total loans, of which $3.6 million consisted of commercial construction loans. At March 31, 2012, the unadvanced portion of total construction loans totaled $495,000. At March 31, 2012, our largest construction loan had a principal balance of $2.3 million, and was performing in accordance with its original terms. However, this loan is classified as Special Mention due to potential cash flow issues and has been evaluated for impairment. Management has set up a specific reserve on this loan for $419,000 and has a $332,000 unadvanced balance remaining.

Other Consumer Loans. We make loans secured by deposit accounts up to 90% of the amount of the depositor’s deposit account balance. On a more limited basis, we also originate automobile loans to our customers. Other consumer loans totaled $1.2 million, or 0.7% of our total loan portfolio, at March 31, 2012.

Loan Originations, Participations, Purchases and Sales. Most of our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel operating at our corporate headquarters and banking office locations. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures, although we currently outsource most of our loan processing and underwriting to third parties. While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and the pricing levels as set in the local marketplace by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of real estate loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our real estate loan originations can vary from period to period.

Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, in the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have sold on a servicing-released basis almost all of the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with maturities over 10 years that we have originated. All loan applications that we have the intention of selling are processed through MDS. We have outsourced the loan processing and loan underwriting to the MDS as a cost savings measure. We pay a flat fee to MDS for each loan settled and we receive a fee per loan in return for delivery of the loan to the secondary market. All loans sold through MDS are sold without recourse to Hamilton Bank other than for breaches of customary representations and warranties to the buyers.

From time to time, we have purchased loan participations in commercial loans in which we are not the lead lender that are secured by real estate or other assets within the state of Maryland, but not necessarily our primary lending area. With regard to all loan participations, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies, and although we may be only approving and servicing a portion of the loan, we underwrite the loan request as if we had originated the loan to ensure cash flow and collateral are sufficient. At March 31, 2012, our loan participations totaled $18.0 million, or 10.4% of our total loan portfolio, the majority of which were in our primary market area. Of these $18.0 million in participations, $3.4 million were non-performing at March 31, 2012. We do not expect to enter into additional loan participations in the near future, however, we do look at opportunities for participations on a case by case basis.

During fiscal 2010, in connection with the acquisition of our Pasadena, Maryland office from K Bank, we purchased approximately $25.6 million of K Bank’s loans. As of March 31, 2012, the remaining balance of loans purchased from K Bank totaled $15.2 million, or 8.8% of total gross loans. Of these $15.2 million in purchased loans, $2.2 million were non-performing at March 31, 2012. We do not expect to acquire whole loans from other financial institutions in the near future, however, we do look at opportunities for such purchases on a case by case basis.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table shows our loan origination, repayment and sale activities for the years indicated.

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Total loans at beginning of year

   $ 179,219      $ 180,965   

Loans originated:

    

Real estate loans:

    

Residential mortgage loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     5,231        9,631   

One- to four-family investor

     124        368   

Construction

     400        3,960   

Commercial real estate

     7,825        18,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     13,580        32,127   

Commercial business loans

     15,633        22,351   

Consumer:

    

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1,688        3,178   

Other consumer

     5        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,693        3,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     30,906        57,885   

Deduct:

    

Principal repayments

     30,650        47,118   

Unused lines of credit

     4,383        5,262   

Loan sales

     1,574        7,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan activity

     (5,701     (1,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans at end of year

   $ 173,518      $ 179,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, our policies provide for the review of the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower. We will also evaluate a guarantor when a guarantee is provided as part of the loan. As a cost saving measure, we have outsourced most of the processing and underwriting of our loan applications to third parties. These third parties provide Hamilton Bank with a report on each loan application, which our lending officers then present for approval.

Hamilton Bank’s policies and loan approval limits are established by our board of directors. Residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit of up to $1.0 million may be approved by a Loan Committee consisting of our President, our Executive Vice President and our Vice President—Risk Compliance. All real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit above $1.0 million must be approved by the full board of directors. All commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans require two levels of approval. The first level of approval is the Vice President of Business Banking or other senior loan officer presenting the loan. The second level of approval required depends on the amount of the loan as follows: (i) secured commercial loans up to $1.0 million must be approved by a loan committee consisting of the President and Executive Vice President; (ii) secured commercial loans up to $2.0 million must be approved by an executive loan committee consisting of the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Executive Vice President; and (iii) secured commercial loans over $2.0 million, loans that would bring the total loan relationship above $2.0 million, and all unsecured commercial loans, must be approved by the full board of directors. We currently have no unsecured commercial business loans.

Collection Procedures. When a residential mortgage borrower fails to make required payments on a loan, we take a number of steps to induce the borrower to cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. With respect to residential real estate loans, we generally send a written notice of non-payment to the borrower 15 days after a loan is first past due. When a loan becomes 90 days past due, the loan is turned over to our attorneys to ensure that further collection activities are conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. All loans

 

56


Table of Contents

past due 90 days are put on non-accrual and reported to the board of directors monthly. If our attorneys do not receive a response from the borrower, or if the terms of any payment plan established are not followed, then foreclosure proceedings will be implemented. Management submits an Asset Classification Report detailing delinquencies to the board of directors on a monthly basis. Our attorneys issue a monthly report to the board of directors regarding the status of any loans on which they are working.

With respect to home equity loans and lines of credit, a complete listing of all delinquent accounts is given to senior management for evaluation on a monthly basis. The data center produces and sends late charge notifications to customers that alert customers of their payment status. If the account remains past due when the next late charge notice is produced, a collection letter is sent requiring delinquent accounts to be brought current within 10 days. Failure to comply or respond to collection efforts will result in the loan being turned over to our attorneys for collection.

Commercial loan officers are responsible for the prompt follow up with borrowers who become delinquent on commercial loans. Officers determine the cause of the delinquency and work with the borrower to institute a short-term plan to eliminate the delinquency. Commercial loans that become over 30 days delinquent are reported to the Vice President of Business Banking for collection. If no reasonable plan to cure a delinquency over 60 days is reached, the Bank will initiate legal action, repossession, foreclosure, non-accrual or charge-off. When a commercial loan becomes 75 days delinquent, the Vice President of Business Banking is required to re-verify all documentation, including adequate insurance coverage. Commercial loans 90 days delinquent are placed on non-accrual and evaluated for charge-off. All loans over 90 days delinquent are reported to the board of directors monthly. All charged-off loans and subsequent recoveries are reported in aggregate on a monthly basis to the Vice President of Business Banking. Prior to the extension of non-accrual status beyond six months, a request for extension must be properly executed with appropriate approval signed by the President or Executive Vice President. At the time the loan is placed in non-accrual, the accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed against the loan account in accordance with the Bank’s non-accrual policy. A loan may not be removed from non-accrual status without prior approval of the board of directors and Vice President of Business Banking.

 

57


Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth certain information regarding delinquencies in our loan portfolio.

 

     60 to 89
Days Delinquent
     90 or More
Days Delinquent
     Total  
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At March 31, 2012:

                 

Real Estate Loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     1       $ 7         8       $ 706         9       $ 713   

One- to four-family investor

     —           —           4         305         4         305   

Construction

     —           —           1         1,337         1         1,337   

Commercial

     —           —           2         2,598         2         2,598   

Commercial business loans

     —           —           5         2,375         5         2,375   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           —           2         30         2         30   

Other consumer

     1         1         3         18         4         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     2       $ 8         25       $ 7,369         27       $ 7,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2011:

                 

Real Estate Loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     —         $ —           9       $ 757         9       $ 757   

One- to four-family investor

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           1         695         1         695   

Commercial business loans

     —           —           2         165         2         165   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     2         55         —           —           2         55   

Other consumer

     —           —           2         7         2         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     2       $ 55         14       $ 1,624         16       $ 1,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2010:

                 

Real Estate Loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     5       $ 208         3       $ 110         8       $ 318   

One- to four-family investor

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial business loans

     2         1,350         —           —           2         1,350   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1         25         —           —           1         25   

Other consumer

     2         34         1         6         3         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     10       $ 1,617         4       $ 116         14       $ 1,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2009:

                 

Real Estate Loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     4       $ 309         7       $ 514         11       $ 823   

One- to four-family investor

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial business loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     2         164         1         28         3         192   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     6       $ 473         8       $ 542         14       $ 1,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2008:

                 

Real Estate Loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     4       $ 166         1       $ 120         5       $ 286   

One- to four-family investor

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial business loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1         3         —           —           1         3   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     5       $ 169         1       $ 120         6       $ 289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in loans 90 or more days delinquent between March 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 resulted primarily from increases in non-performing commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans. See the discussion of non-performing loans below for additional information regarding loans that are 90 or more days delinquent.

 

58


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 706      $ 757      $ 87      $ 326      $ 120   

One-to-four family investor

     305        —          —          —          —     

Construction

     1,337        —          —          —          —     

Commercial

     2,598        695        —          —          —     

Commercial business loans

     2,375        —          —          —          —     

Consumer loans:

          

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     30        —          —          28        —     

Other consumer

     18        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     7,369        1,452        87        354        120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

     —          —          23        188        —     

One-to-four family investor

     —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial business loans

     —          165        —          —          —     

Consumer loans:

          

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other consumer

     —          7        6        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing

     —          172        29        188        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     7,369        1,624        116        542        120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

     —          —          —          —          —     

One-to-four family investor

     —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial

     756        —          —          —          —     

Commercial business loans

     —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer loans:

          

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other consumer

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned and foreclosed assets

     756        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 8,125      $ 1,624      $ 116      $ 542      $ 120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

     1,417        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 9,542      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

          

Non-performing loans to total loans

     4.25     0.91     0.06     0.34     0.08

Non-performing assets to total assets

     2.55     0.48     0.04     0.24     0.05

Non-performing loans totaled $7.4 million at March 31, 2012 compared to $1.6 million at March 31, 2011. The increase in non-performing loans during fiscal 2012 resulted primarily from a $2.4 million increase in non-performing commercial business loans, a $1.9 million increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans and a $1.3 million increase in non-performing construction loans.

 

59


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2012, non-performing commercial business loans consisted of five loans. Two of these loans, with outstanding balances totaling approximately $600,000, were made to one borrower and are secured by the business assets, primarily accounts receivable, of a failed heating and air conditioning business. At March 31, 2012, the Bank had allocated $571,000 of its allowance for loan losses for these loans. During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Bank took a charge-off of $600,000 for these loans. Three non-performing commercial loans, with a total outstanding principal balance of $1.8 million, were made to one borrower and are secured by the business assets of three separate dental practices located in the Washington, D.C and northern Virginia area. One of these loans, with a balance of $298,000 was paid in full subsequent to March 31, 2012. A second dental practice with an outstanding balance of $298,000 is currently under contract for sale and is expected to close prior to July 2012. The Bank expects to be paid in full upon the sale of this practice. The borrower is currently trying to refinance the third loan, which has an outstanding balance of $1.2 million. We have allocated $200,000 from our allowance for loan losses for this loan. In April and May 2012, the borrower has made two payments on this loan totaling $120,000 in an effort to bring the loan current.

Non-performing commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2012, consisted primarily of loans to two borrowers. One commercial real estate loan with an outstanding balance of $499,000 was made to the same operator of the failed heating and air conditioning business referenced above who has two non-performing commercial business loans discussed above. This loan is secured by a building in Baltimore City that was appraised in April 2012 at $460,000. As of March 31, 2012, the Bank had not allocated any of its allowance for loan losses for this loan. The second borrower has one commercial real estate loan with an outstanding balance of $2.1 million as of March 31, 2012. This loan is a 50% participation in which Hamilton Bank is not the lead lender, and is secured by a commercial shopping center located on the Eastern Shore of Maryland. The shopping center was recently valued at approximately $1.7 million. The largest tenant has moved out of the center and the current cash flow is not adequate to make monthly payments due on the loan. The Bank has been receiving smaller periodic payments from the borrower. The Bank currently has allocated $417,000 from its allowance for loan losses for this loan. At March 31, 2012, non-performing construction loans consisted of one loan with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $1.3 million. The purpose of this loan is for the purchase of land and development of residential lots to be sold to homebuilders. A minimal amount of infrastructure was completed prior to the borrower’s contractor defaulting on the contract to develop the lots. The property has been valued on an “as is” basis, including selling costs, at approximately $800,000. The Bank has allocated $573,000 of its allowance for loan losses for this loan as of March 31, 2012. This loan is a 68% participation in which Hamilton Bank is not the lead lender.

The majority of the balance of non-performing residential loans at March 31, 2012, consisted of one loan with an outstanding balance of $622,000 and a carrying value of $380,000. Based upon a recent appraisal of $380,000, net of selling costs, the Bank charged-off $242,000 of the outstanding loan balance during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

For the year ended March 31, 2012, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $268,000. Interest income recognized on such loans for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $87,000.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank had total troubled debt restructurings of $1.4 million, all of which were one- to four residential real estate loans. At March 31, 2012, all of our troubled debt restructurings were accruing and performing in accordance with their modified terms. We had no troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 or 2008.

For the year ended March 31, 2012, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our troubled debt restructurings been current in accordance with their original terms was $95,000. Interest income recognized on such loans for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $54,000.

Other Modified Loans. In 2009, we purchased 33 one- to four-family loans, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $20.8 million, secured by properties in our local market area in connection with the acquisition of our Pasadena, Maryland branch from K Bank, a bank that has since failed. At March 31, 2012, 22 of these loans remained with an aggregate outstanding balance of $13.1 million. Eight of these loans were originated with ten years of interest only payments followed by 20 years of principal and interest payments. The Bank has modified one of these eight loans so that it now has 25 years of principal and interest payments over 25 years. The modification was made at above market interest rates at the time of modification. This loan was

 

60


Table of Contents

performing in accordance with its terms prior to being modified, and is performing under its modified terms. The Bank is in the process of modifying some of the other seven loans with initial interest only terms to make them principal and interest loans as well. All such loans are currently performing under their original terms. When these loans are modified, an updated appraisal is not obtained by the Bank if the loan is performing in accordance with its original terms when modified. Due to the decrease in real estate values in our market area in recent years, the value of the property securing these loans may be less than the amount of the loan balance.

Classified Assets . Federal regulations require that each insured savings institution classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, federal examiners have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, classify them. There are three classifications for problem assets: “substandard,” “doubtful” and “loss.” Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there is a higher possibility of loss. An asset classified as a loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the institution is not warranted. Another category designated “special mention” also may be established and maintained for assets which do not currently expose an insured institution to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification as substandard, doubtful or loss. If a classified asset is deemed to be impaired with measurement of loss, Hamilton Bank will establish a charge-off of the loan pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310, “Receivables.”

The following table sets forth information regarding classified assets and special mention assets as of March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Classification of Assets:

        

Substandard

   $ 7,719       $ 2,755       $ 1,138   

Doubtful

     593         110         —     

Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Classified Assets

   $ 8,312       $ 2,865       $ 1,138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special Mention

   $ 2,286       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012, substandard assets consisted of two commercial real estate loans totaling $2.6 million, one construction loan for $1.4 million, and four commercial business loans totaling $1.8 million. At that same date, there were ten residential mortgage loans totaling $1.9 million that were classified as substandard, of which amount $1.3 million related to two loans.

At March 31, 2012, loans classified as doubtful consisted of one commercial business loan.

At March 31, 2012, special mention loans consisted of one construction loan that is current.

Potential problem loans are loans that are currently performing and are not included in non-accrual loans above, but may be delinquent. These loans require an increased level of management attention, because we have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and as a result such loans may be included at a later date in non-accrual loans. At March 31, 2012, we had no potential problem loans that are not discussed above under “— Classified Assets .”

Allowance for Loan Losses . We maintain the allowance through provisions for loan losses that we charge to income. We charge losses on loans against the allowance for loan losses when we believe the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans charged-off are restored to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed, to the best of management’s knowledge, to cover all known and inherent losses in the portfolio both probable and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date. The level of allowance for loan losses is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans principally in light of our historical experience, augmented by the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current and

 

61


Table of Contents

anticipated economic conditions in the primary lending area. We evaluate our allowance for loan losses quarterly. We have not made any changes to the external factors in the calculation during the year as we believe the local economy has stabilized. We will continue to monitor all items involved in the allowance calculation closely.

In addition, the regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination and review process, periodically review our loan portfolios and the related allowance for loan losses. Regulatory agencies may require us to increase the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.

We recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 and a provision for loan losses of $616,000 for the year ended March 31, 2011. The allowance for loan losses was $3.6 million, or 2.05% of total loans, at March 31, 2012, compared to $1.2 million, or 0.66% of total loans, at March 31, 2011. The increased provision reflects management’s view of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Our non-performing loans increased by $5.8 million, or 354%, to $7.4 million at March 31, 2012 from $1.6 million at March 31, 2011. During the year ended March 31, 2012, loan charge offs also increased to $349,000, compared to no charge offs during fiscal 2011. In addition, during fiscal 2012 we increased the amount of our commercial real estate and commercial business loans, which bear higher risk than our one- to four-family mortgage loans. In view of the increase in our delinquent and non-performing loans, the added inherent loss in our loan portfolio and a weakened economy caused us to increase the overall level of our allowance for loan losses.

The following table sets forth the analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

 

     At or For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,183      $ 567      $ 514      $ 500      $ 500   

Charge offs:

          

One- to four-family residential

     337        —          —          —          —     

One- to four-family investor

     —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial real estate

     12        —          —          —          —     

Commercial business

     —          —          —          —          —     

Home equity and lines of credit

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other consumer

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     349        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

One- to four-family residential

     —          —          —          —          —     

One- to four-family investor

     —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial business

     —          —          —          —          —     

Home equity and lines of credit

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other consumer

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     349        —          —          —          —     

Additions charged to operations

     2,718        616        53        14        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,552      $ 1,183      $ 567      $ 514      $ 500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding

   $ 173,518      $ 179,219      $ 180,965      $ 158,744      $ 158,603   

Average net loans outstanding

   $ 176,107      $ 181,122      $ 166,383      $ 157,941      $ 157,863   

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at end of year

     2.1     0.7     0.3     0.3     0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans charged off as a percent of average net loans outstanding

     0.2     —       —       —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     48.2     72.8     488.8     94.8     416.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The table also reflects each loan category as a percentage of total loans receivable. The allocation of the allowance by category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to

Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to

Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

One- to four-family residential

   $ 246         44.2   $ 554         51.5   $ 288         65.0

One- to four-family investor

     96         9.9        98         10.9        —           11.0   

Construction

     1,048         2.2        49         3.6        89         1.6   

Commercial real estate

     880         17.9        160         11.7        73         6.3   

Commercial business

     1,232         15.7        194         10.8        62         4.7   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     42         9.4        38         10.8        38         10.7   

Other consumer

     —           0.7        1         0.7        1         0.7   

Unallocated

     8         —          89         —          16         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,552         100.0   $ 1,183         100.0   $ 567         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At March 31,  
     2009     2008  
     Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

One- to four-family residential

   $ 340         76.0   $ 328         80.4

One- to four-family investor

     —           5.3        —           4.3   

Construction

     10         1.1        29         0.9   

Commercial real estate

     93         4.4        46         2.0   

Commercial business

     10         0.8        3         0.2   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     50         12.2        48         12.1   

Other consumer

     1         0.2        1         0.1   

Unallocated

     10         —          45         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 514         100.0   $ 500         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Activities

General. Our investment policy is established by the board of directors. The objectives of the policy are to: (i) ensure adequate liquidity for loan demand and deposit fluctuations, and to allow us to alter our liquidity position to meet both day-to-day and long-term changes in assets and liabilities; (ii) manage interest rate risk in accordance with our interest rate risk policy; (iii) provide collateral for pledging requirements; (iv) maximize return on our investments; and (v) maintain a balance of high quality diversified investments to minimize risk.

Our Investment Committee, consisting of our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for implementing our investment policy, including approval of investment strategies and monitoring investment performance. Each member of the Investment Committee is authorized to execute purchases or sales of securities. The board of directors regularly reviews our investment strategies and the market value of our investment portfolio.

We account for investment and mortgage-backed securities in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320, “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” Accounting Standards Codification 320 requires that investments be categorized as held-to maturity, trading, or available for sale. Our securities are

 

63


Table of Contents

generally categorized as available-for-sale based on our need to meet daily liquidity needs and to take advantage of profits that may occur from time to time. At March 31, 2012, all of our securities were classified as available for sale.

Federally chartered savings institutions have authority to invest in various types of assets, including government-sponsored enterprise obligations, securities of various federal agencies, residential mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, corporate debt instruments, debt instruments of municipalities and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac equity securities. At March 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted entirely of securities and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, including stock in the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. The principal and interest on our mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by the issuing entity. At March 31, 2012, we owned $502,000 in Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock. As a member of Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, we are required to purchase stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.

 

64


Table of Contents

Amortized Cost and Estimated Fair Value of Securities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and estimated fair values of our securities as of the dates indicated.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
            (In thousands)         

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Fannie Mae

   $ 30,975       $ 31,134       $ 18,605       $ 18,663       $ 6,362       $ 6,388   

Ginnie Mae

     22,049         22,571         11,810         11,757         4,399         4,425   

Freddie Mac

     21,992         22,303         28,553         28,515         7,281         7,597   

Other

     —           —           4,463         4,548         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     75,016         76,008         63,431         63,483         18,042         18,410   

U.S. Government agencies

     18,766         18,821         38,062         37,665         58,984         58,708   

FHLMC stock

     7         2         7         3         7         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 93,789       $ 94,831       $ 101,500       $ 101,151       $ 77,033       $ 77,127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2012 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

 

    At March 31, 2012  
    One Year or Less     More Than One
Year through Five
Years
    More Than Five
Years through Ten
Years
    More Than Ten
Years
    Total Securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage-backed securities:

                     

Fannie Mae

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 10,997        3.24   $ 19,978        3.42   $ 30,975      $ 31,134        3.36

Ginnie Mae

    —          —          41        6.05        —          —          22,008        3.21        22,049        22,571        3.22   

Other

    —          —          50        6.05        313        4.23        21,629        3.54        21,992        22,303        3.56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          91        6.05        11,310        3.27        63,615        3.39        75,016        76,008        3.38   

U.S. government agencies

    1,013        2.85        3,711        3.11        5,992        2.16        8,050        1.50        18,766        18,821        2.10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,013        2.85   $ 3,802        3.18   $ 17,302        2.88   $ 71,665        3.18   $ 93,789      $ 94,831        3.12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds.

General. Deposits, scheduled amortization and prepayments of loan principal, maturities and calls of securities and funds provided by operations are our primary sources of funds for use in lending, investing and for other general purposes. We historically have not used Federal Home Loan Bank advances to fund our operations, and we had no such advances as of March 31, 2012 or 2011.

Deposits. We offer deposit products having a range of interest rates and terms. We currently offer statement savings accounts, NOW accounts, non-interest-bearing demand accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) program to our customers. Our strategic plan includes a greater emphasis on developing commercial business activities, both deposit and lending customer relationships.

Deposit flows are significantly influenced by general and local economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, internal pricing decisions and competition. Our deposits are primarily obtained from areas surrounding our branch offices. In order to attract and retain deposits we rely on paying competitive interest rates and providing quality service.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. Our deposits are primarily obtained from areas surrounding our branch offices. In order to attract and retain deposits we rely on paying competitive interest rates and providing quality service. Based on experience, we believe that our deposits are relatively stable. However, the ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions. At March 31, 2012, $219.4 million, or 78.1% of our total deposit accounts were certificates of deposit, of which $133.2 million had maturities of one year or less.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the distribution of our average deposit accounts, by account type, for the years indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

                     

Certificates of deposit

   $ 229,460         79.8     1.62   $ 242,621         82.6     2.08   $ 189,001         84.3     2.94

Money market

     25,434         8.9        0.47        22,978         7.8        0.72        16,749         7.5        0.98   

Statement savings

     15,572         5.4        0.21        15,339         5.2        0.47        11,765         5.3        0.53   

Non-interest bearing demand

     9,280         3.2        0.00        6,169         2.1        0.00        2,288         1.0        0.00   

NOW accounts

     7,617         2.7        0.08        6,550         2.3        0.20        4,276         1.9        0.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 287,363         100.00      1.35   $ 293,657         100.00     1.80   $ 224,079         100.00      2.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

     At March 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Interest Rate:

        

Less than 2.00%

   $ 177,657       $ 193,275       $ 71,120   

2.00% to 2.99%

     24,486         21,737         110,381   

3.00% to 3.99%

     4,747         7,956         24,238   

4.00% to 4.99%

     10,982         12,485         19,867   

5.00% and above

     1,518         7,776         10,790   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 219,390       $ 243,229       $ 236,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Maturities of Certificates of Deposit Accounts. The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit accounts at the dates indicated.

 

     At March 31, 2012  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than or
Equal to
One Year
     More Than
One to

Two Years
     More Than
Two to
Three Years
     More Than
Three Years
     Total      Percent of
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Rate Range:

                 

Less than 2.00%

   $ 121,255       $ 29,926       $ 20,337       $ 6,139       $ 177,657         81.0

2.00% to 2.99%

     3,041         1,210         6,677         13,558         24,486         11.1   

3.00% to 3.99%

     570         4,001         176         —           4,747         2.2   

4.00% to 4.99%

     6,870         4,096         16         —           10,982         5.0   

5.00% to 5.99%

     1,469         49         —           —           1,518         0.7   

6.00% to 6.99%

     —           —           —           —           —           0.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 133,205       $ 39,282       $ 27,206       $ 19,697       $ 219,390         100.00 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit at Hamilton Bank in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $81.8 million. The following table presents the maturity of these certificates of deposit at such date.

 

Maturity Period

   At March 31, 2012  
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 19,377   

Over three through six months

     12,239   

Over six months through one year

     16,113   

Over one year to three years

     24,687   

Over three years

     9,385   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 81,801   
  

 

 

 

Borrowed Funds . As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, Hamilton Bank is eligible to obtain advances upon the security of the Federal Home Loan Bank common stock owned and certain residential mortgage loans, provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. Federal Home Loan Bank advances are available pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. At March 31, 2012, based on available collateral, we had the ability to borrow approximately $48.1 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. However, we historically have not used Federal Home Loan Bank advances to fund our operations, and had no such advances as of March 31, 2012 or 2011.

Hamilton Bank may also borrow up to $5.0 million from a correspondent bank under a secured federal funds line of credit, and $1 million under an unsecured line of credit. We would be required to pledge investment securities to draw upon the secured line of credit.

Employees

As of March 31, 2012, we had 51 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Subsidiary Activities

Upon completion of the Conversion, Hamilton Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of Hamilton Bancorp. Hamilton Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries, 3110 FC, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company that was formed to hold other real estate owned acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, and Belmar Services Corporation, an inactive Maryland corporation.

 

68


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, involve amounts that are believed by management to be immaterial to its financial condition or results of operations.

Expense and Tax Allocation Agreements

Hamilton Bank will enter into an agreement with Hamilton Bancorp to provide it with certain administrative support services, whereby Hamilton Bank will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

Properties

We conduct our business through our main banking office located in Baltimore City, Maryland, and four other full-service branch offices located in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Baltimore and Anne Arundel. The aggregate net book value of our premises was $2.0 million at March 31, 2012. Our facilities are adequate and suitable for our operations as conducted by us. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our offices at March 31, 2012, including lease expiration dates for leased properties.

 

Location

  

Leased or Owned

  

Year Opened/

Acquired

  

Lease Expiration

Date

Main Office:         

5600 Harford Rd.

Baltimore, Maryland 21214

   Owned    1937   
Branches:         

19 W. Pennsylvania Ave.

Towson, Maryland 21204

   Owned    1975   

6301 Belair Road

Baltimore, Maryland 21206

   Owned    1999   

9 Cranbrook Road

Cockeysville, Maryland 21030

   Leased    2000    May 1, 2015

8108 Jumpers Hole Road

Pasadena, Maryland 21122

   Owned    2009   
Executive and Administrative Office (1):         

501 Fairmount Ave. Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

   Leased    2011    November 29, 2016

 

(1) Our executive and administrative office is a limited service banking office.

 

69


Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

As a federal savings association, Hamilton Bank is subject to examination and regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and is also subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Prior to July 21, 2011, the Office of Thrift Supervision was Hamilton Bank’s primary federal regulator. However, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which is discussed further below, eliminated the Office of Thrift Supervision and transferred the Office of Thrift Supervision’s functions relating to federal savings associations, including rulemaking authority, to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, effective July 21, 2011. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which Hamilton Bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Deposit Insurance Fund.

Hamilton Bank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board”, which governs the reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. In addition, Hamilton Bank is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Hamilton Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a lesser extent, state law, including in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Hamilton Bank’s loan documents.

As a savings and loan holding company, Hamilton Bancorp will be subject to examination and supervision by, and be required to file certain reports with, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The Office of Thrift Supervision’s functions relating to savings and loan holding companies were transferred to the Federal Reserve Board on July 21, 2011 pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory restructuring. Hamilton Bancorp will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are applicable to Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on Hamilton Bancorp, Hamilton Bank and their operations.

Dodd-Frank Act

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act made significant changes to the regulatory structure for depository institutions and their holding companies. However, the Dodd-Frank Act’s changes go well beyond that and affect the lending, investments and other operations of all depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to set minimum capital levels for both bank and savings and loan holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital for holding companies were restricted to capital instruments that were then currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. Bank holding companies with assets of less than $500 million are exempt from these capital requirements. Proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets. These capital requirements do not apply to savings and loan holding companies until five years after the July 21, 2010 enactment date of the Dodd Frank Act. The legislation also established a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect upon passage, and directed the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements that take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority

 

70


Table of Contents

for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Hamilton Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets are still examined for compliance by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also weakened the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The legislation also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and noninterest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Further, the legislation requires that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, directs the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.

Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act involve delayed effective dates and/or require implementing regulations. Their impact on operations cannot yet fully be assessed. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will result in an increased regulatory burden and compliance, operating and interest expense for Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp.

Federal Banking Regulation

Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, Hamilton Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. The Dodd-Frank Act authorized, for the first time, the payment of interest on commercial checking accounts, effective July 21, 2011. Hamilton Bank may also establish subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for Hamilton Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require savings associations to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% core capital to assets leverage ratio (3% for savings associations receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system), and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.

The risk-based capital standard for savings associations requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 200%, assigned by the regulations, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings association that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale is required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the purchaser’s recourse against the savings association. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency takes into consideration, not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual associations where necessary.

 

71


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.”

Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, Hamilton Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Hamilton Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings association’s business.

Hamilton Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners’ Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank maintained approximately 91.0% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, satisfied the QTL test.

Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings association’s capital account. A federal savings association must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:

 

   

the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings association’s net income for that year to date plus the savings association’s retained net income for the preceding two years;

 

   

the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

   

the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or

 

   

the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.

Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as Hamilton Bank, must still file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.

A notice or application related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:

 

   

the federal savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

   

the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

   

the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

 

72


Table of Contents

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution shall not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings association also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to assess the federal savings association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to publicly disclose their rating. Hamilton Bank received an “outstanding” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings association’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Hamilton Bank. Hamilton Bancorp is an affiliate of Hamilton Bank because of its control of Hamilton Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. Federal regulations require savings associations to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.

Hamilton Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

  (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

  (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Hamilton Bank’s capital.

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Hamilton Bank’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

 

73


Table of Contents

Enforcement. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If such action is not taken, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Under the federal Prompt Corrective Action statute, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings institutions under its jurisdiction, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s level of capital. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital of less than 8% or a leverage ratio or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that generally is less than 4% is considered to be undercapitalized. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital less than 6%, a Tier 1 core risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”

Generally, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings association that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency within 45 days of the date a federal savings association is deemed to have received notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Any holding company of a federal savings association that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee performance under the plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the savings association’s assets at the time it was deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the amount necessary to restore the savings association to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency notifies the savings association that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. Institutions that are undercapitalized become subject to certain mandatory measures such as a restrictions on capital distributions and asset growth. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized federal savings associations, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as Hamilton Bank . Deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

 

74


Table of Contents

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates.

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 2011. Under the new rule, assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity instead of total deposits. The proposed rule revised the assessment rate schedule to establish assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Hamilton Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings associations are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Hamilton Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, Hamilton Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank was in compliance with this requirement. While Hamilton Bank’s ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta provides an additional source of liquidity, the Bank has historically not used advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank to fund its operations.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Hamilton Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Hamilton Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

75


Table of Contents
   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

   

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

   

Truth in Savings Act; and

 

   

rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The operations of Hamilton Bank also are subject to the:

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

   

Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

   

The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings associations to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

   

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

Holding Company Regulation

General . Hamilton Bancorp will be a non-diversified savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, Hamilton Bancorp will be registered with the Federal Reserve Board and be subject to regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to savings and loan holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over Hamilton Bancorp and its subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. The Federal Reserve Board assumed the regulatory authority over savings and loan holding companies previously exercised by the Office of Thrift Supervision on July 21, 2011.

 

76


Table of Contents

Permissible Activities. Under present law, the business activities of Hamilton Bancorp are generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, provided certain conditions are met, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to regulatory approval, and certain additional activities authorized by federal regulations.

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including Hamilton Bancorp, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior regulatory approval. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

The Federal Reserve Board is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:

 

  (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and

 

  (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.

The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

Capital. Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities will no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital, which is currently permitted for bank holding companies. Instruments that were issued by May 19, 2010 are grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. There is a five-year transition period (from the July 21, 2010 effective date of the Dodd-Frank Act) before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act contains an exception for bank holding companies of less than $500 million in assets, but it is uncertain at this time whether the exception will apply to similarly sized savings and loan holding companies.

Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The regulatory agencies must issue regulations requiring that all bank and savings and loan holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

Dividends. As previously noted, Hamilton Bank must notify the Federal Reserve Board thirty days before declaring any dividend to the Company. The financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the regulator and the agency has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.

Acquisition. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a savings and loan holding company. Under certain circumstances, a change of control may occur, and

 

77


Table of Contents

prior notice is required, upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock, unless the Federal Reserve Board has found that the acquisition will not result in control of the company. A change in control definitively occurs upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition.

Federal Securities Laws

Hamilton Bancorp’s common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Hamilton Bancorp is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” Hamilton Bancorp qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, Hamilton Bancorp will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Hamilton Bancorp has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank.

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Hamilton Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending March 31 st for filing its federal income tax returns. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of accounting for bad debt reserves by savings institutions, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995.

 

78


Table of Contents

Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less an exemption amount, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent tax computed this way exceeds tax computed by applying the regular tax rates to regular taxable income. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank had no minimum tax credit carryforward.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. However, as a result of recent legislation, subject to certain limitations, the carryback period for net operating losses incurred in 2008 or 2009 (but not both years) has been expanded to five years. At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank had no net operating loss carryforward.

Capital Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back capital losses to the preceding three taxable years and forward to the succeeding five taxable years. Any capital loss carryback or carryover is treated as a short-term capital loss for the year to which it is carried. As such, it is grouped with any other capital losses for the year to which carried and is used to offset any capital gains. Any undeducted loss remaining after the five year carryover period is not deductible. At March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank had a capital loss carryover of $23,256, which will expire during the year ending March 31, 2017.

Corporate Dividends. We may generally exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Hamilton Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

Audit of Tax Returns. Hamilton Bank’s federal income tax returns have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.

State Taxation

The State of Maryland imposes an income tax of 8.25% on income measured substantially the same as federally taxable income, except that U.S. Government interest is not fully taxable. Hamilton Bank’s state income tax returns have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Shared Management Structure

The directors of Hamilton Bancorp are the same persons who are the directors of Hamilton Bank. In addition, each executive officer of Hamilton Bancorp is also an executive officer of Hamilton Bank. We expect that Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank will continue to have common executive officers and directors until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

Executive Officers of Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank

The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank. Age information is as of March 31, 2012. The executive officers of Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Robert A. DeAlmeida

   57    President and Chief Executive Officer

James F. Hershner

   59    Executive Vice President

John P. Marzullo

   41    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Directors of Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank

Hamilton Bancorp has seven directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Hamilton Bank will be elected by Hamilton Bancorp as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of March 31, 2012, the years when they began serving as directors of Hamilton Bank and when their current term expires.

 

Name (1)

  

Position(s) Held With

Hamilton Bank

  

Age

  

Director

Since

  

Current Term

Expires

Russell K. Frome

   Chairman of the Board    66    1975    2013

Robert A. DeAlmeida

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director    57    2005    2015

William E. Ballard

   Director    64    2010    2014

Carol L. Coughlin

   Director    53    2010    2014

William W. Furr

   Director    63    1977    2013

James F. Hershner

   Executive Vice President and Director    59    2005    2014

Bobbi R. Macdonald

   Director    46    2008    2015

 

(1) The mailing address for each person listed is 501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200, Towson, Maryland 21286.

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Nominating Committee and the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director is also a director of Hamilton Bank. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

 

80


Table of Contents

Directors

William E. Ballard . Mr. Ballard is a partner and project manager of EFI Group, LLC, which provides a wide range of engineering and manufacturing consulting services to address industry profitability challenges. Services include strategic planning and expansion project implementation. He is responsible for maintaining EFI Group’s Project Management and Lean Manufacturing standards, assigning the right resources to projects and ensuring EFI Group’s clients have an exceptional experience overall. Prior to joining EFI Group in 2001, Mr. Ballard led capital project evaluation, capital expansion and manufacturing improvement-planning activities for a major chemical company, and also held line positions in both manufacturing and maintenance. He is a Mechanical Engineering professional and earned his MBA in Finance from the University of Baltimore. Bill is a member of the Region Manufacturing Institute, a group that promotes the growth of manufacturing throughout Maryland. Mr. Ballard’s management experience and knowledge of the local business community provides the board valuable insights regarding business development in our market area.

Carol L. Coughlin. Ms. Coughlin is the Chief Executive Officer of Bottom Line Growth Strategies, Inc., an executive financial advisory company she formed in 2006 to help organizations and entrepreneurs realize increased growth and profitability. In her role as a CFO advisor with Bottom Line Growth Strategies, Ms. Coughlin has experience with corporate turnarounds, development of financial infrastructure, negotiation of sales and mergers, development of financial and management reporting, annual planning, budget and strategy development processes. She has consulted on board and committee governance and developed a financial literacy training program for an insurance company with $1 billion in revenues. Prior to establishing Bottom Line Growth Strategies, Ms. Coughlin served as the chief financial officer of four fast growing, healthcare and insurance companies, including three turnarounds and the sale of three of the companies (two of the three were sold to publicly held companies; Ms. Coughlin led her team through the Sarbanes-Oxley process). During her time as chief financial officer, Ms. Coughlin worked with the insurance regulators and directed her team through financial audits. She served as officer of these companies and worked with their respective Boards and Audit Committees. She also serves on the board of directors of Junior Achievement and Network 2000, sits on a number of advisory boards and is active in community and civic organizations. She is a magna cum laude graduate from Loyola College in Baltimore with a Masters in Business Administration, and also holds a BS in Business/Accounting from Towson University. She is a Certified Public Accountant (active status, Maryland) and a Certified Exit Planning Advisor. Ms. Coughlin’s extensive financial and management experience, knowledge of the local business community and her community and civic involvement make her an invaluable addition to the Bank’s board of directors.

Robert A. DeAlmeida. Mr. DeAlmeida has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Hamilton Bank since 2005. Mr. DeAlmeida joined Hamilton Bank in 1990 as the Bank’s Chief Financial Officer, and was appointed Vice President and Treasurer that same year. Mr. DeAlmeida is vice chairman of the Maryland Bankers Association, and is on the board of directors of Healthy Neighborhoods, a program of the Baltimore Community Foundation which helps fund housing for first time home buyers in Baltimore City. He is also on a special committee to advise the president of the Maryland Chamber of Commerce, and is a past director of both Harbel Housing Services and Neighborhood Housing Services of Baltimore. Mr. DeAlmeida earned his bachelor’s degree in accounting from Loyola College of Maryland and his master’s degree in economics from the University of Baltimore. Mr. DeAlmeida’s 22 years of experience with Hamilton Bank and extensive knowledge of the local business and banking community make him a valuable asset to the board of directors.

Russell K. Frome. Mr. Frome has served as Chairman of the Board of Hamilton Bank since 2008. Prior to his retirement in 2000, Mr. Frome served as Maintenance Engineer at Millennium Chemicals in Baltimore. Mr. Frome has 30 years of capital budget and management experience in the chemical industry. He also served as a U.S. Army Reserve Officer on Active Duty from 1969 to 1971. Mr. Frome received a Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology, and has taken graduate courses in business at Georgia Southern and Loyola University Maryland. Mr. Frome’s management experience and knowledge of the local business community provides the board valuable insights regarding the budget process and management of the Bank, as well as business development in our market area. Mr. Frome is the brother-in-law of director Hershner.

 

81


Table of Contents

William W. Furr. Since 2005, Mr. Furr has worked as a consultant in marketing, customer service and insurance regulatory compliance for insurance operations and small businesses. In 2004, the Maryland Insurance Commissioner appointed Mr. Furr as Deputy Receiver for Carroll County Mutual Insurance (“CCMI”) with the charge to rehabilitate and save CCMI, which was founded in 1869. In August 2005, CCMI demutualized and was purchased by an investor and now operates as Westminster American Insurance Company, providing insurance products to businesses throughout the Mid-Atlantic. Prior to his work with CCMI, Mr. Furr was a manager of the Baltimore regional office of AMICA Insurance for 28 years until his retirement in 2004. He also serves on the board of directors of Westminster American Insurance Company. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Richmond and is a Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter. He has served on multiple Property/Casualty Insurance Industry Boards, including the District of Columbia Property Insurance Facility, and The Maryland Joint Insurance Association where he is still a consultant. He has also served on the Boards of a number of local non-profit organizations including the Joseph Richey Hospice and the All Saints Sisters of the Poor convent in Catonsville. Mr. Furr’s commitment to excellence, his experience as manager for an insurance company and knowledge of the local business community provides the board valuable insights regarding internal processes and also external customer service and marketing matters to support the development of business in our market area.

James F. Hershner. Mr. Hershner began his career at Hamilton Bank in June 1970. His involvement with the Bank has taken his career from a summer teller position to Executive Vice President and Director since 2005. Mr. Hershner held the position of Compliance Officer from 1990 to 2005. He is presently the Security Officer. As an Executive Officer, Mr. Hershner is involved with the underwriting and administration of residential and commercial lending. Currently he is a member of the Executive, Investment, Commercial and Residential Loan Committees. Mr. Hershner, a graduate of the Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, pursued his career with the Bank by completing numerous courses at Loyola College and the University of Baltimore. He was a student of the Institute of Financial Education from 1972 to 1979, where he graduated with a Degree of Distinction. Mr. Hershner is a past President of the Institute of Financial Education, Maryland Chapter #89, Inc. and a past President of the Maryland Chapter of Financial Managers Society and an active member of the Financial Managers Society. Mr. Hershner serves on the board of the Maryland Bank Services, Inc., a subsidiary of the Maryland Bankers Association. Growing up near the community of Hamilton, his 42 years of experience with Hamilton Bank, his extensive knowledge of the Bank’s operations and the local business and banking community, make him a valuable asset to the board of directors. Mr. Hershner is the brother-in-law of director Frome.

Bobbi R. Macdonald. Mrs. Macdonald is the Executive Director and founder of The City Neighbors Foundation, Inc. The City Neighbors Foundation strives to achieve two goals. First to provide an outstanding public education to the students who enter the three City Neighbors schools. Second, to serve as a model for urban public education that is progressive, child-centered, developmentally appropriate, arts integrated, and community engaged. The City Neighbors Foundation seeks to disseminate best practices and create forums that allow urban educators to redefine public education. Driven by a core personal vision of “nothing without joy,” Mrs. Macdonald has been a dynamic leader in the movement for transforming public education in Baltimore. Mrs. Macdonald oversees the management of $7 million of public funds and works on an annual basis to raise more funds to support the mission/work of the three City Neighbors schools. Recently, Mrs. Macdonald helped to facilitate a partnership with three schools of Northeast Baltimore and the Mainstreets Program and received community grants to build the Northeast Schools Alliance. Mrs. Macdonald is an advocate for grassroots organizing for building strong communities. She received her Bachelor’s Degree from the University of Illinois in Human Development and Family Ecology, and holds a Master’s Degree from the University of Maryland, College Park, in Curriculum and Instruction. Mrs. Macdonald is a board member of the Maryland Charter School Network, and founding member and past Chair of the Coalition for Baltimore Charter Schools. She is also an adjunct professor at the Johns Hopkins School of Education.

Executive Officer Who Is Not Also A Director

John P. Marzullo . Mr. Marzullo has served as Vice President and Treasurer of Hamilton Bank since being hired in December 2010, and will also serve as Chief Financial Officer of Hamilton Bancorp. Prior to joining Hamilton Bank, Mr. Marzullo worked at K Bank in Maryland, where he was Assistant Controller and Assistant Vice President. Mr. Marzullo has 15 years of experience in accounting, both as a certified public accountant and in the

 

82


Table of Contents

banking industry. Mr. Marzullo graduated with a bachelor’s degree in finance in 1994 and a bachelor’s degree in accounting in 1996, both from Towson University. He is a member of the Maryland Association of CPAs and the American Institute of CPAs.

Board Independence

The board of directors has determined that directors William E. Ballard, Carol L. Coughlin, William W. Furr and Bobbi Macdonald are “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Directors DeAlmeida and Hershner are not independent because they are executive officers of Hamilton Bancorp, and director Frome is not independent because he is the brother-in-law of director Hershner.

In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the board of directors reviewed accounts that directors and their affiliates had with Hamilton Bank, none of which are required to be reported under “—Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the board of directors of Hamilton Bank met 13 times. The board of directors of Hamilton Bancorp has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, a Nominating Committee and an Audit Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations.

The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees as of May 31, 2012, and the number of meetings held by the comparable committee of Hamilton Bank during fiscal 2012. The board of directors of Hamilton Bancorp has designated director Carol L. Coughlin as an “audit committee financial expert”, as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

     Nominating
Committee
  Compensation   Audit

William E. Ballard

   X     X    

Carol L. Coughlin

   X     X     X*

William W. Furr

     X*   X  

Bobbi R. Macdonald

   X*     X  

Number of Meetings

in Fiscal 2012:

   1     2     2  

 

* Denotes committee chair as of May 31, 2012.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits us from making loans to our executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by Hamilton Bank to our executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At March 31, 2012, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Hamilton Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at March 31, 2012, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table . The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to, or earned by, Mr. DeAlmeida, who serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Hershner, who serves as our Executive Vice President for the year ended March 31, 2012. We refer to these individuals as “Named Executive Officers.”

 

Summary Compensation Table for the Year Ended March 31, 2012

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
   Bonus
($)
   Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
   Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)
   All Other
Compensation (1)

($)
   Total
($)

Robert A. DeAlmeida

     President and Chief Executive Officer

   2012    208,282    —      —      —      62,280    270,562

James F. Hershner

     Executive Vice President

   2012    163,964    —      —      —      57,077    221,041

 

(1) The amounts reflect what we have paid to, or reimbursed, the applicable Named Executive Officer for various benefits which we provide. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the table immediately below.

 

All Other Compensation

Name

   Year    Perquisites (1)
($)
   Safe Harbor
Contribution
to 401(k)
Plan ( 2)

($)
   Profit
Sharing
Contribution
to 401(k)
Plan ( 3)

($)
   Life
Insurance (4)

($)
   Split
Dollar Life
Insurance (5)

($)
   Board
Fees (6)

($)
   Total
($)

Robert A. DeAlmeida

   2012    —      7,014    29,400    60    1,806    24,000    62,280

James F. Hershner

   2012    —      5,943    25,268    60    1,806    24,000    57,077

 

(1) For the year ended March 31, 2012, no Named Executive Officer received perquisites or personal benefits that, in the aggregate, were greater than or equal to $10,000.
(2) Represents the safe harbor employer contribution made to the Named Executive Officer’s 401(k) plan account for the plan year ended December 31, 2011.
(3) Represents the profit sharing contribution made by Hamilton Bank to the Named Executive Officer’s 401(k) plan account for the plan year ended December 31, 2011.
(4) Represents the annual cost incurred by Hamilton Bank for providing group life insurance coverage to the Named Executive Officer. Under the group life insurance coverage, each Named Executive Officer’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a death benefit of $50,000 in the event of the Named Executive Officer’s death while employed with Hamilton Bank.
(5) Represents the Named Executive Officer’s imputed income related to split dollar life insurance that is provided by Hamilton Bank for the year ended December 31, 2011. Such split dollar life insurance coverage is provided in accordance with the Named Executive Officer’s Executive Split Dollar Agreement with Hamilton Bank as described below under “Executive Compensation-Benefit Plans.”
(6) For the year ended March 31, 2012, Messrs. DeAlmeida and Hershner received monthly board fees of $2,000.

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

Employment Agreement with Robert A. DeAlmeida . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp intend to enter into separate employment agreements with Mr. DeAlmeida. The employment agreements have essentially identical provisions, except that the employment agreement with Hamilton Bancorp (i) provides for daily, rather than annual, renewal of the term, (ii) obligates Hamilton Bancorp to

 

84


Table of Contents

make payments not made by Hamilton Bank under its agreement with Mr. DeAlmeida (provided that no duplicate payments are made) and (iii) will not require an automatic cut-back of severance benefits payable on termination of employment in connection with a change in control in order to avoid an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

The employment agreement with Hamilton Bancorp has a three year term that will automatically renew daily so that the remaining term is always three years. The employment agreement with Hamilton Bank has an initial term of three years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors of Hamilton Bank must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify Mr. DeAlmeida at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to the anniversary date.

The employment agreements will provide Mr. DeAlmeida with an annual base salary, which currently was $208,282 for the year ended March 31, 2012. The base salary may be increased, but not decreased (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers). In addition to base salary, Mr. DeAlmeida will be entitled to participate in any bonus programs and benefit plans that are made available to management employees, and will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses incurred.

In the event of Mr. DeAlmeida’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event of his resignation for “good reason,” he will receive a severance payment equal to the base salary that he would have earned had he remained employed with the Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp from his date of termination until, and including, the last day of the remaining term of his employment agreements. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following Mr. DeAlmeida’s date of termination. In addition, Mr. DeAlmeida will be entitled to receive from Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp. Such coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (i) the completion of the remaining term of the employment agreements or (ii) the date on which Mr. DeAlmeida receives substantially similar benefits from another employer. For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (i) a material reduction in base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (ii) a material reduction in Mr. DeAlmeida’s duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of Mr. DeAlmeida’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from Hamilton Bank’s or Hamilton Bancorp’s main office location; or (iv) a material breach of the employment agreements by Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp.

If Mr. DeAlmeida’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of Hamilton Bancorp or Hamilton Bank, he would be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to three times the sum of his highest rate of base salary and annual bonus paid to, or earned by, him during the current calendar year of his date of termination or either of the three calendar years immediately preceding his date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following Mr. DeAlmeida’s date of termination. In addition, Mr. DeAlmeida would be entitled, at no expense, to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date which is three years after his date of termination or (ii) the date on which he receives substantially similar benefits from another employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments required under the Hamilton Bank employment agreement but not under the Hamilton Bancorp employment agreement in connection with a change in control will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 280G.

In addition, should Mr. DeAlmeida become disabled, he will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long-term disability plan sponsored by Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp. In the event of Mr. DeAlmeida’s death while employed, his beneficiaries will be paid his base salary for one year following death, and his family will continue to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage for one year thereafter.

 

85


Table of Contents

Upon any termination of employment that would entitle Mr. DeAlmeida to a severance payment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), Mr. DeAlmeida will be required to adhere to a one-year non-competition provision.

Change in Control Agreement with James F. Hershner . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Hamilton Bank intends to enter into a change in control agreement with Mr. Hershner. The agreement has an initial term of two years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors of Hamilton Bank must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify the executive at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to the anniversary date of the agreement.

In the event of the executive’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death, or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of Hamilton Bancorp or Hamilton Bank, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two times the sum of his highest rate of base salary and annual bonus paid to, or earned by, him during the current calendar year of his date of termination or either of the two calendar years immediately preceding his date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date which is two years after his date of termination or (ii) the date on which the executive receives substantially similar benefits from another employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments required under the agreement will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 280G. For purposes of the change in control agreement, “good reason” is defined as: (i) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Hamilton Bank that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (ii) a material reduction in the executive’s duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from Hamilton Bank’s main office location; or (iv) a material breach of the change in control agreement by Hamilton Bank.

Bonus Programs

Discretionary Bonus . The board of directors has the authority to award a discretionary bonus payment to Mr. DeAlmeida. While strict numerical formulas are not used to quantify Mr. DeAlmeida’s bonus payment, both company-wide and individually-based performance objectives are used to determine bonus payments. Company-wide performance objectives focus on growth, expense control and asset quality, which are customary metrics used by similarly-situated financial institutions in measuring performance. Individually-based performance objectives are determined based on Mr. DeAlmeida’s responsibilities and contributions to our successful operation. Both the company-wide and individually-based performance objectives are evaluated by the board of directors on an annual basis. The board of directors also takes into consideration outside factors that impact our performance, such as national and local economic conditions, the interest rate environment, regulatory mandates and the level of competition in our primary market area. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, Mr. DeAlmeida was not paid a discretionary bonus payment.

Organizational Bonus Compensation Program . The Hamilton Bank Organizational Bonus Compensation Program was adopted in order to recognize and reward employees for performance and achievement of specific annual objectives. With the exception of Mr. DeAlmeida, all full-time employees with at least six consecutive months of employment during the fiscal year are eligible to participate in the program.

Performance objectives under the program are established at both an organizational and individual level. For the year ended March 31, 2012, organizational-level objectives focused on the following specific performance metrics related to finance, compliance and growth: (i) checking account growth of 18% or greater; (ii) net income of Hamilton Bank of $1,353,974 or greater; (iii) loan growth of 3.8% or greater, (iv) commercial growth of 45% or greater and (v) no repeat audit exceptions. Individual-level performance objectives are determined based on the eligible employee’s personal goals related to his or her major projects and initiatives. Each performance objective is assigned a fixed number of points. The maximum number of points assigned to organizational-level objectives and

 

86


Table of Contents

individual-level objectives is 50 points and 50 points, respectively. Eligible employees could earn a bonus under the program based on the number of points achieved during the fiscal year. The dollar value of each point is determined annually based on the financial performance of Hamilton Bank.

For the year ended March 31, 2012, the maximum point value for Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents was 15% of base salary if the employee’s performance rating exceeded standards or 10% of base salary if the employee’s performance rating just fully achieved standards. Similarly, the maximum point value for Assistant Vice Presidents, Branch Managers and other Exempt Staff was 7.5% of base salary if the employee’s performance rating exceeded standards or 5.5% of base salary if the employee’s performance just fully achieved standards. For all other eligible employees, one point earned equaled $20.00. Each employee was eligible to receive an additional $1,000 bonus if Hamilton Bank satisfied each of its organizational goals. However, no employee would be eligible to receive a bonus under the program if: (i) Hamilton Bank did not satisfy its net income goal described above or (ii) if the employee had a performance rating of less than “fully achieves standards.” All bonus payments earned under the program by eligible employees are payable in a lump sum on the first pay period in June following the completion of the annual performance period.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, no Named Executive Officer received a bonus payment under the Organizational Bonus Compensation Program.

Benefit Plans

Hamilton Bank Agreements for Deferred Compensation of Salaries . Hamilton Bank adopted the Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Salaries on January 1, 1984. Messrs. DeAlmeida and Hershner are participants in this plan. The plan allows for the executive to defer payment of a specified percentage or fixed amount of his base salary to be paid during the next calendar year. The executive’s deferred salary is held by Hamilton Bank through a grantor trust. Legg Mason Trust, fsb serves as trustee of the grantor trust and is directed by Hamilton Bank as to the investment of the assets held by the grantor trust. If the executive elects to defer payment of his salary, the executive is required to elect (on an annual basis) the time and manner in which his deferred salary will be paid. Specifically, the executive must elect that his deferred salary will (i) either be paid on either a specified date or upon his separation from service and (ii) be paid in the form of either a lump sum distribution or equal installments over a specified period of time.

Executive Split Dollar Agreements . On January 30, 2008, Hamilton Bank entered into Executive Split Dollar Agreements with Messrs. DeAlmeida and Hershner. Under the agreements, each executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to share in the proceeds under a life insurance policy owned by Hamilton Bank in the event of the executive’s death while employed with Hamilton Bank. The death benefit for each executive is $350,000.

401(k) Plan . Hamilton Bank maintains the Hamilton Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan, for all employees who have satisfied the 401(k) Plan’s eligibility requirements. Each eligible employee can begin participating in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of the plan year quarter next following the date on which the employee attains age 18 and has completed one year of service.

A participant may contribute up to 100% of his or her compensation to the 401(k) Plan on a pre-tax basis, subject to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2012, the salary deferral contribution limit is $17,000 provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $5,500 to the 401(k) Plan. In addition to salary deferral contributions, the 401(k) Plan provides that Hamilton Bank will make a safe harbor employer contribution to each participant’s account equal to at least 3% of the participant’s compensation earned during the plan year (referred to as a “non-elective contribution”). A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral and non-elective contributions.

In addition, Hamilton Bank is permitted to make a discretionary profit sharing contribution to the 401(k) Plan that is allocated to each participant based on his or her group category. Each participant will be categorized into one of the following groups: (i) Group A will consist of the President and Chief Executive Officer; (ii) Group B will consist of the Executive Vice President; (iii) Group C will consist of Senior Officers; (iv) Group D will consist of Junior Officers; (v) Group E will consist of Managers; (vi) Group F will consist of Staff; (vii) Group G will

 

87


Table of Contents

consist of Terminated Highly Compensated Employees and (viii) Group H will consist of Terminated Non-Highly Compensated Employees. Hamilton Bank may contribute a different percentage of the profit sharing contribution to each group, with the amount contributed to be allocated to each participant in the group proportionately based on his or her compensation compared to the total compensation paid to all participants in the group during the plan year. Each participant vests in his or her profit sharing contribution at a rate 20% per year such that the participant will become 100% vested upon the completion of five years of credited service. However a participant will immediately become 100% vested in any employer contributions upon the participant’s death, disability or attainment of age 65 (or the fifth anniversary of joining the 401(k) Plan, if later) while employed with Hamilton Bank.

Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account at retirement, age 59  1 / 2 (while employed with Hamilton Bank), death, disability or termination of employment, and elect for the distribution to be paid in the form of either a lump sum or installment payments of at least $1,000.

Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) Plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of investment options or vehicles available. In addition, participants in the 401(k) Plan will be able to purchase shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock through the 401(k) Plan in connection with the conversion.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Effective January 1, 2012, Hamilton Bank adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. Eligible employees who have attained age 21 will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the later of the effective date of the employee stock ownership plan or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period. Employees who have attained age 21 and have completed 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period as of the effective date of the conversion will be eligible to immediately participate in the employee stock ownership plan.

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the total number of shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock issued in the offering. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Hamilton Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Hamilton Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See “Pro Forma Data.”

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account. Shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among the participants’ accounts on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Participants will vest in their benefit at a rate of 20% per year, such that the participants will be 100% vested upon completion of five years of credited service. Participants who were employed by Hamilton Bank immediately prior to the conversion will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon severance from employment. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

 

88


Table of Contents

Under applicable accounting requirements, Hamilton Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts. The compensation expense resulting from the release of Hamilton Bancorp common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Hamilton Bancorp’s earnings.

Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan . In connection with the conversion, Hamilton Bank intends to adopt a supplemental employee stock ownership plan (the “Supplemental ESOP”). The Supplemental ESOP is a non-tax qualified benefit restoration plan that provides additional cash benefits, equal to the participant’s account balance, at retirement or other termination of employment (or upon a change in control) to participants who are key employees who are approved by the Compensation Committee and whose benefits under the tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan described above are limited by tax limitation laws applicable to tax-qualified plans. It is expected that Mr. DeAlmeida will be the only participant in the Supplemental ESOP.

Each plan year, the Supplemental ESOP credits each participant who also participates in the tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan with an annual amount equal to the sum of the difference (denominated in shares of phantom stock) between (i) the number of shares of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp that would have been allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan, but for the tax law limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, plus earnings thereon, and (ii) the actual number of shares allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan plus earnings thereon. Hamilton Bank, at its discretion, may establish a rabbi trust to hold assets attributable to the Supplemental ESOP to fund its benefit obligation or may account for the assets of the Supplemental ESOP solely as bookkeeping entries. One share of phantom stock will have a value equal to the fair market value of one share of Hamilton Bancorp common stock. Dividends deemed paid on shares of phantom stock held in the participant’s account will immediately be deemed to be reinvested in shares of phantom stock.

The participant’s accumulated benefit under the Supplemental ESOP will be payable in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the first to occur of: (i) the participant’s separation from service; (ii) the participant’s death; (iii) the participant’s disability; or (iv) a change in control of Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp. The accumulated benefit will be paid to the participant in cash equal to the fair market value of the participant’s phantom shares as of the date of distribution.

Director Compensation

Set forth below is a summary of the compensation for each of our non-employee directors for the year ended March 31, 2012. Director compensation paid to directors who are also Named Executive Officers is reflected above in “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Director Compensation

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash (1)
($)
   Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation  Earnings

($)
   All Other
Compensation (2)
($)
   Total
($)

Russell K. Frome

   36,000    —      —      36,000

William E. Ballard

   24,500    —      —      24,500

Carol L. Coughlin

   26,000    —      —      26,000

William W. Furr

   26,500    —      —      26,500

Bobbi R. Macdonald

   25,000    —      —      25,000

 

(1) See table below for breakdown of fees earned for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.
(2) No director received any perquisites or benefits that, in the aggregate, was equal to or greater than $10,000.

 

89


Table of Contents

Director Fees

All directors received fees per board and committee meetings attended for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Each director was paid $2,000 per month, with the exception of Chairman Frome who was paid $3,000 per month. Each director was paid $500 for each compensation committee, audit and special committee meeting attended. The table below identifies the meetings, by type, for which each non-employee director received compensation from Hamilton Bank during the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

Name

   Board Fee
($)
   Committee
Meetings
($)

Russell K. Frome

   36,000   

William E. Ballard

   24,000    500

Carol L. Coughlin

   24,000    2,000

William W. Furr

   24,000    2,500

Bobbi R. Macdonald

   24,000    1,000

Director Plans

Hamilton Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Director Fees . Hamilton Bank adopted the Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Director Fees on January 1, 1984. Mr. Frome is the only participant in the plan. The plan allows for Mr. Frome to defer payment of a specified percentage or fixed amount of his director fees to be paid during the next calendar year. The deferred fees are held through a grantor trust established by Hamilton Bank and are credited with earnings based on certificate of deposit interest rates when credited. If Mr. Frome elects to defer payment of his fees, he is required to elect (on an annual basis) the time and manner in which his deferred fees will be paid. Specifically, he must elect that his deferred salary will (i) either be paid on either a specified date or upon his separation from service and (ii) be paid in the form of either a lump sum distribution or equal installments over a specified period of time.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the conversion.

The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp. If the stock-based incentive plan is established more than one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

   

non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

   

any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

   

any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

90


Table of Contents
   

the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and

 

   

accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.

We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based incentive plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Share Price

   95,200 Shares
Awarded at
Minimum of
Offering Range
   112,000 Shares
Awarded at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
   128,800 Shares
Awarded at
Maximum of
Offering Range
   148,120 Shares
Awarded at
Maximum of
Offering Range,
As Adjusted
(In thousands, except share price information)

$      8.00

     $ 762        $ 896        $ 1,030        $ 1,185  

      10.00

       952          1,120          1,288          1,481  

      12.00

       1,142          1,344          1,546          1,777  

      14.00

       1,333          1,568          1,803          2,074  

The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Exercise Price

   Grant-Date
Fair Value  Per
Option
     238,000
Options at
Minimum of
Range
     280,000
Options at
Midpoint of
Range
     322,000
Options at
Maximum of
Range
     370,300
Options at
Maximum of
Range,
As Adjusted
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  

$      8.00

   $ 2.67       $ 635       $ 748       $ 860       $ 989   

      10.00

     3.34         795         935         1,075         1,237   

      12.00

     4.01         954         1,123         1,291         1,485   

      14.00

     4.68         1,114         1,310         1,507         1,733   

 

91


Table of Contents

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

92


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND SENIOR OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and senior officers of Hamilton Bank and their associates, and by all directors and senior officers as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or senior officer, or the directors and senior officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and senior officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and senior officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 157,250 shares of common stock (for a total subscription amount of $1,572,500), including subscriptions through funds held by the individuals in Hamilton Bank’s 401(k) Plan, which is equal to 6.6% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range. The shares being acquired by the directors, senior officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
    Aggregate
Purchase  Price
    Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range
 

William E. Ballard

     6,000      $ 60,000        *   

Carol L. Coughlin

     20,000        200,000        *   

Dawn M. Cummings

     5,000        50,000        *   

Robert A. DeAlmeida

     50,500        505,000        2.1

Russell K. Frome

     55,000 (1)       550,000 (1)       *   

William W. Furr

     10,000        100,000        *   

James F. Hershner

     55,000 (2)       550,000 (2)       2.1

Bobbi Macdonald

     5,000        50,000        *   

John P. Marzullo

     3,000        30,000        *   

Carole L. McClean

     500        5,000        *   

Robin L. Theiss

     250        2,500        *   

Sharon L. Wilson

     2,000        20,000        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All directors and senior officers as a group (12 persons)

     157,250      $ 1,572,500        6.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Mr. Frome intends to subscribe for $50,000 of common stock in the offering. Under applicable regulations, the amount of common stock shown for Mr. Frome includes $500,000 of common stock that Mr. Hershner intends to subscribe for because Mr. Frome and Mr. Hershner are brother-in-laws and deemed to be associates.
(2) Mr. Hershner intends to subscribe for $500,000 of common stock in the offering. Under applicable regulations, the amount of common stock shown for Mr. Hershner includes $50,000 of common stock that Mr. Frome intends to subscribe for because Mr. Hershner and Mr. Frome are brother-in-laws and deemed to be associates.

 

93


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The board of directors of Hamilton Bank has approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by Hamilton Bank’s members (depositors). A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has conditionally approved the plan of conversion. On June 7, 2012, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) issued its approval required in connection with the conversion. However, such approvals do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board.

General

The board of directors of Hamilton Bank approved the plan of conversion on June 13, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Hamilton Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form. In connection with the conversion, Hamilton Bank has organized a new Maryland stock holding company named Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. which will sell shares of common stock to the public in an initial public stock offering. When the conversion and related stock offering are completed, all of the capital stock of Hamilton Bank will be owned by Hamilton Bancorp, and all of the common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will be owned by stockholders.

Hamilton Bancorp expects to retain between $9.5 million and $13.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $15.0 million if the offering range is increased by 15% because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions. We intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Hamilton Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the sale of at least 2,380,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan and our 401(k) plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and other members. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the public, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s. In addition, shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, acting as our agent.

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. The community offering and/or syndicated community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. See “—Community Offering” and “—Syndicated Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Hamilton Bancorp assuming the conversion and stock offering are completed. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each banking office of Hamilton Bank and as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.” The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Hamilton Bank’s application to convert from

 

94


Table of Contents

mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Consistent with our business strategy, our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:

 

   

to increase capital to support future growth and profitability;

 

   

to retain and attract qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees;

 

   

to have greater flexibility to structure and finance the opportunistic expansion of our operations; and

 

   

to offer our depositors and employees an opportunity to purchase our stock.

We have traditionally operated as a community-oriented financial institution, experiencing moderate growth over the last five years, most significantly through our acquisition of our Pasadena, Maryland branch from K Bank in fiscal 2010. However, the significant changes in the financial services industry that have occurred in recent years as a result of the severe downturn in the financial markets in 2008, the severe nationwide economic recession that followed, and the increased regulatory burden of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and implementing regulations and policies, have severely strained the financial and managerial resources of community banks and will continue to do so in the future. Management believes that Hamilton Bank will be better equipped to address these challenges as a larger, more highly capitalized stock institution. Specifically, mutual institutions cannot raise capital or issue stock to acquire branches or other financial institutions. Moreover, selling institutions often want the acquiring institution’s stock or a combination of stock and cash as consideration for a merger. Lastly, mutual institutions cannot offer stock incentives to attract and retain highly qualified management personnel. While Hamilton Bank has not required these capital tools and stock incentives in the past, they will be essential to implementing our business strategy, and management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.

As of March 31, 2012, Hamilton Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and is not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to raise capital. As a result of the conversion, the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of economic, regulatory and political uncertainty.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of members of Hamilton Bank at a special meeting of members is required to approve the plan of conversion. A special meeting of members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for _____________. The plan of conversion also must be approved by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which has given its conditional approval to the plan of conversion. On ____________, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board issued its approval required in connection with the conversion.

Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members

Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Hamilton Bank will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. After the conversion, we

 

95


Table of Contents

will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Hamilton Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Hamilton Bank and of Hamilton Bancorp after the conversion. Hamilton Bancorp will be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Hamilton Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Hamilton Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all of our depositors are members of and have voting rights in Hamilton Bank as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Hamilton Bank and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Hamilton Bank will be vested in Hamilton Bancorp as the sole stockholder of Hamilton Bank. The stockholders of Hamilton Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Hamilton Bancorp common stock.

Tax Effects . We have received opinions of counsel and our tax advisors with regard to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Hamilton Bank or its members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Hamilton Bank has both a deposit account in Hamilton Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Hamilton Bank based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Hamilton Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Hamilton Bank without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Hamilton Bank, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a mutual savings bank normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the savings bank is completely liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Hamilton Bank after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

In the unlikely event that Hamilton Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, also would be paid first, followed by distribution of a “liquidation account” to depositors as of March 31, 2011 and [PR2 Date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Hamilton Bancorp as the holder of Hamilton Bank’s capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by

 

96


Table of Contents

an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and one update, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $47,500, and will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $3,500. In the event RP Financial, LC. is required to update the appraisal more than one time, it will receive an additional fee of $5,000 for each such update to the valuation appraisal.

We are not affiliated with RP Financial, and neither we nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other. In the past three years, RP Financial has provided independent valuation services to us in the areas of goodwill impairment testing and fair value calculations for a branch acquisition. Neither RP Financial nor we has derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations or the applicable regulatory valuation guidelines or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of our independent appraiser.

We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with applicable federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC., subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between us and our peer group. Because RP Financial, LC. concluded that asset size is not a strong determinant of market value, RP Financial, LC. did not place significant weight on the pro forma price-to-assets approach in reaching its conclusions. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book value and price-to-earnings approaches in estimating pro forma market value.

In the application of the price-to-book value and price-to-earnings approaches, RP Financial, LC. reflected several qualitative adjustments relative to the average and median pricing ratios indicated by the peer group companies.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

   

our present and projected operating results and financial condition;

 

   

the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

   

certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

   

a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

   

the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

   

our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

   

the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

97


Table of Contents

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock sold in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of May 25, 2012, the estimated pro forma market value of Hamilton Bancorp ranged from $23.8 million to $32.2 million, with a midpoint of $28.0 million. Our board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 2,380,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 2,800,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 3,220,000 shares, or 3,703,000 shares if the maximum amount is adjusted because of demand for shares or changes in market conditions.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Hamilton Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. In selecting a peer group from all publicly-traded fully-converted thrift companies, RP Financial, LC. applied two “screens” with the following selection criteria: (1) thrift institutions based in the Mid-Atlantic (excluding NY) region of the U.S. with assets less than $650 million, non-performing assets less than 5% of assets and positive earnings; and (2) Southeast thrifts with assets less than $600 million and positive earnings. Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and book value as of March 31, 2012. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuer’s assets and liabilities. Tangible book value is equal to total equity minus intangible assets. The term “core earnings,” for purposes of the appraisal, was defined as net earnings after taxes, excluding the after-tax portion of income from nonrecurring items. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.5% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 31.3% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The pricing ratios result from our generally having lower levels of equity than the companies in the peer group on a pro forma basis. The pricing ratios also reflect recent volatile market conditions, particularly for stock of financial institution holding companies, and the effect of such conditions on the trading market for recent mutual-to-stock conversions. In reviewing and approving the valuation, our board of directors considered the range of price-to-core earnings ratios, price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different ranges of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
  Price-to-book
value ratio
  Price-to-tangible
book value ratio

Hamilton Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

      

Adjusted Maximum

   NM*   55.71%   58.28%

Maximum

   NM*   51.73%   54.29%

Midpoint

   NM*   47.80%   50.33%

Minimum

   NM*   43.33%   45.77%

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

      

Averages

   19.80x   72.98%   74.16%

Medians

   18.36x   75.46%   78.98%

 

* Not meaningful.

 

98


Table of Contents

Peer Group Companies

 

Peer

Group

        P/E
(x)
     P/B
(%)
     P/TB
(%)
COBK    Colonial Financial Services, Inc.    18.90x      72.14%      72.14%
CFFC    Community Financial Corporation      9.51x      45.24%      45.24%
ALLB    Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA    NM      78.47%      78.47%
STND    Standard Financial Corp.    17.82x      72.45%      82.19%
OBAF    OBA Financial Services, Inc.    NM      82.92%      82.92%
FFCO    FedFirst Financial Corporation    39.58x      71.07%      72.56%
LABC    Louisiana Bancorp, Inc.    25.16x      89.54%      89.54%
WVFC    WVS Financial Corporation      9.90x      52.99%      52.99%
AFCB    Athens Bancshares Corporation    20.55x      78.95%      79.49%
HFBL    Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA    16.98x      86.03%      86.03%

 

(1) Based on earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and book value as of March 31, 2012, or the most recent date available.

Our board of directors reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

comparison of our financial performance ratios to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and

 

   

market conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. Our board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend our pro forma market value to less than $23.8 million or more than $37.0 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Hamilton Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Hamilton Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $37.0 million, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 3,703,000 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not increase the offering range above this level or decrease the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $37.0 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 3,703,000 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $23.8 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 2,380,000 shares, then we will promptly return, with interest at a rate of ___% per annum, all funds received in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations. After consulting with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, we

 

99


Table of Contents

may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in order to complete the offering. In the event that we conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our executive and administrative office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the minimum, maximum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) on March 31, 2011 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 50,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposits of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on March 31, 2011. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all information had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or senior officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent of such portion of their subscription rights attributable to their increased deposits during the year preceding March 31, 2011.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Alternatively, subject to market conditions and receipt of regulatory approval, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the completion of the offering in order to fill all or a portion of the employee stock ownership plan’s intended subscription.

 

100


Table of Contents

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit on [PR2 Date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 50,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposits of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [PR2 Date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all information had been disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders each depositor on the voting record date of [PR3 Date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 50,000 shares of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Other Member whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [PR3 Date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Expiration Date . The Subscription Offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods of up to 90 days with the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each person eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

 

101


Table of Contents

We will not execute orders in the stock offering until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 2,380,000 shares within 45 days after the [Expire Date] expiration date, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has not consented to an extension, the stock offering will be terminated and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at a rate of ___% per annum, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled. If an extension beyond [Extend1 Date] is granted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, we will resolicit subscribers as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to the public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s (collectively, the “Community”).

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among such persons whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, instead, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in the manner described above for persons residing in the Community. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community, together with an indication that this presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. We will not execute orders in the stock offering until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. The community offering is expected to conclude at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time on ________________, 2012, but must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering.

Syndicated Community Offering

Our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering in a manner that will achieve a widespread distribution of our shares of common stock to the general public. If a syndicated community offering is held, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager and will assist us in selling

 

102


Table of Contents

our common stock on a best efforts basis. In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.

In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency permits otherwise, accepted orders for our common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering. Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription offering or the community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the expiration of the subscription and community offerings. The syndicated community offering must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering.

Normal customer ticketing is expected to be used for orders through Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or other participating broker-dealers. The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts “min/max” offerings. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering may accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering, to the extent consistent with these Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts “min/max” offerings, through a “sweep” arrangement. Under a “sweep” arrangement, a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the aggregate purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer intends to purchase in the syndicated community offering on or prior to the closing date, as determined in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and such customers must authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts and must have the funds for full payment in their accounts on such date. Funds received through a sweep arrangement, if utilized, will be promptly transmitted to a segregated account at Hamilton Bank. If the closing of the stock offering does not occur, either as a result of not confirming receipt of $23.8 million in gross proceeds (the minimum of the offering range) or the inability to satisfy other closing conditions to the offering, the funds will be promptly returned.

The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp on one hand, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, any funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us will be delivered promptly to us.

If for any reason we cannot conduct a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock, or in the event that we are unable to find purchasers from the general public to reach the minimum of the offering range, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

   

No person or entity, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares of common stock in all categories of the offering combined, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our senior officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 27% of the shares sold in the offering; and

 

   

The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, we may increase the individual or aggregate purchase limitations to an amount not to exceed 5.0% of the common stock sold in the offering. In the event that a purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% of the stock sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering do not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of the common stock sold in the offering. Whether to fill requests to purchase additional shares of common stock in the event that a purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion some other large subscribers may be given, the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (i) to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans’ subscriptions for up to 10% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering;

 

  (ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

  (iii) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (1) any corporation or organization, other than Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

  (2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (3) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either resides with the person or who is a director or officer of Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp.

 

104


Table of Contents

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated. Persons having the same address or exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address generally will be assumed to be associates of, and acting in concert with, each other. We have the right to determine, in our sole discretion, whether purchasers are associates or acting in concert.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our senior officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Hamilton Bancorp”

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

We have engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, to serve as a financial advisor in connection with the conversion and as marketing agent on a best efforts basis with respect to the offering of our common stock. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will:

 

   

act as our financial advisor for the conversion and offering;

 

   

provide administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center;

 

   

educate our employees regarding the stock offering;

 

   

target our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials; and

 

   

solicit orders for shares of common stock.

For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive an advisory and administrative fee of $25,000, which has been paid, and a fee of 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, and our tax-qualified and non-tax qualified employee benefit plans. The advisory and administrative fee will be credited against the fees payable upon the consummation of the conversion.

 

105


Table of Contents

The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. If there is a syndicated community offering, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, serving as sole book running manager, will be paid a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee, along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which will include Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated) shall not exceed 5.5% in the aggregate. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in amounts not to exceed $20,000 for the subscription offering and community offering and not to exceed an additional $20,000 for the syndicated community offering, and for attorney’s fees in the offering in an amount not to exceed $80,000.

In the event that we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will be required to provide significant additional services in connection with the resolicitation (including repeating certain services), and we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated an additional fee for those services, which will not exceed $25,000. In the event of a material delay in the offering, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may be reimbursed for additional allowable expenses not to exceed $10,000 and additional reimbursable attorney’s fees not to exceed $20,000, provided that the aggregate of all reimbursable expenses and legal fees shall not exceed $150,000.

We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated’s engagement as our financial advisor and performance of services as our financial advisor.

We have also engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to act as our records management agent in connection with the conversion and stock offering. In its role as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will, among other things:

 

   

coordinate with our data processing contacts;

 

   

consolidate deposit accounts and calculate votes;

 

   

prepare information for stock order forms and proxy cards;

 

   

interface with our financial printer;

 

   

record stock order information; and

 

   

tabulate proxy votes.

For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee of $20,000, $5,000 of which has been paid. If significant additional work is required due to unexpected circumstances, we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated additional fees for these services, not to exceed $5,000. We also will reimburse Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which are not expected to exceed $5,000. We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated’s engagement as our records management agent.

 

106


Table of Contents

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has not prepared any report or opinion constituting a recommendation or advice to us or to persons who subscribe for common stock, nor has it prepared an opinion as to the fairness to us of the purchase price or the terms of the common stock to be sold in the conversion and stock offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated expresses no opinion as to the prices at which common stock to be issued may trade.

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Hamilton Bank or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock.

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Prospectus Delivery

To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offerings receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver a prospectus any later than two days prior to that date. We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or order form by means other than U.S. Mail. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery of a prospectus in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only if preceded or accompanied by a prospectus.

In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expire Date], unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to subscribers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [Extend1 Date] would require the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency’s approval. If the offering is extended past [Extend1 Date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled, deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or payment will be returned promptly with

 

107


Table of Contents

interest at ___% per annum from the date your stock order was processed. No single extension will exceed 90 days. Aggregate extensions may not go beyond [Extend2 Date], which is two years after the special meeting of members. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at ____% per annum from the date of processing as described above.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received , not postmarked, prior to 2:00, Eastern Time, [Expire Date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the indicated address on the order form or by hand delivery to Hamilton Bank’s main office, located at 5600 Harford Road, Baltimore, Maryland. We will not accept order forms at other Hamilton Bank offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Hamilton Bank. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent or unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Extend1 Date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,703,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,380,000 shares. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.

If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Hamilton Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

  (1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Hamilton Bancorp; or

 

  (2) authorization of withdrawal from the types of Hamilton Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Hamilton Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest will remain in the account. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be cancelled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the then current statement savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal.

 

108


Table of Contents

In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Hamilton Bank and will earn interest at a rate of ___% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed, at which time, a subscriber will be issued a check for interest earned.

Regulations prohibit Hamilton Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any person to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. You may not pay by wire transfer. You may not submit cash or use a check drawn on a Hamilton Bank line of credit. We will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Hamilton Bancorp. You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Hamilton Bank retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds” for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from Hamilton Bank deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s).

We have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until completion of the stock offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Hamilton Bancorp to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase at the time of the expiration of the stock offering. Our 401(k) plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering.

Using Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account (“IRA”) funds or other retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account, such as offered by an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. By regulation, Hamilton Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Hamilton Bank IRA or other retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from your account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a self-directed retirement account before your place a stock order. If you don’t have such an account, you must establish one. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. If you are interested in using funds in a retirement account at Hamilton Bank or elsewhere to purchase shares of common stock, please contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [Expire Date] end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Stock Certificates in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering .

Certificates representing shares of common stock will be mailed by our transfer agent, by first class mail, to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following completion of the offering. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.

 

109


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, specifically the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering. On the stock order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility.

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Other Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in the state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of the state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in the state; or (c) registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is 1-                              . The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Hamilton Bank prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Hamilton Bank, including those of depositors of Hamilton Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Then, if there were any assets of Hamilton Bank remaining, members of Hamilton Bank would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Hamilton Bank immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Hamilton Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation

 

110


Table of Contents

account” to certain depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Hamilton Bancorp as the sole holder of Hamilton Bank capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the total equity of Hamilton Bank as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus.

The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Hamilton Bank after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Hamilton Bank after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder that continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Hamilton Bank, would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Hamilton Bank after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of Hamilton Bancorp. Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Hamilton Bank on March 31, 2011. Each Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on March 31, 2011 bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank on such date. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Hamilton Bank on [PR2 Date]. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on [PR2 Date] bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank on such date.

If, however, on any March 31 annual closing date commencing on or after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on March 31, 2011 or [PR2 Date], respectively, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to Hamilton Bancorp, as the sole stockholder of Hamilton Bank.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

111


Table of Contents
  1. The conversion of Hamilton Bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Hamilton Bank will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of money from Hamilton Bancorp in exchange for shares of common stock of Hamilton Bank.

 

  3. The basis and holding period of the assets received by Hamilton Bank, in stock form, from Hamilton Bank, in mutual form, will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets immediately before the conversion.

 

  4. No gain or loss will be recognized by account holders of Hamilton Bank, including Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank, in stock form, in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as held at Hamilton Bank, in mutual form. In addition, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an interest in a liquidation account in Hamilton Bank in exchange for their ownership interests in Hamilton Bank.

 

  5. The basis of the account holders deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank, in stock form, will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in Hamilton Bank, in mutual form. The basis of the Eligible Account Holders and, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders interests in the liquidation account will be zero, which is the cost of such interest to such persons.

 

  6. It is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights have no value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the subscription price for the shares of common stock in the offering. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock, provided that the amount to be paid for Hamilton Bancorp common stock is equal to the fair market value of Hamilton Bancorp common stock.

 

  7. The basis of the shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock purchased in the offering will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Hamilton Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  8. No gain or loss will be recognized by Hamilton Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock sold in the offering.

In the view of RP Financial, LC. (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of Hamilton Bancorp common stock in connection with the conversion), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. RP Financial, LC.’s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to their value, and Hamilton Bancorp could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The Internal Revenue Service will not issue private letter rulings with respect to the issue of whether nontransferable rights have value. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or the view of an independent

 

112


Table of Contents

appraiser is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. Depending on the conclusion or conclusions with which the Internal Revenue Service disagrees, the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the transaction is taxable to any one or more of Hamilton Bank, the members of Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise their subscription rights. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that Hamilton Bancorp or Hamilton Bank would prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Hamilton Bancorp’s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Maryland state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by Rowles & Company, LLP, tax advisors to Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of Hamilton Bancorp or Hamilton Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Hamilton Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations prohibit Hamilton Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

Although the board of directors of Hamilton Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Hamilton Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Hamilton Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to protect the interests of Hamilton Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp or Hamilton Bancorp’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Hamilton Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Hamilton Bank’s federal stock charter, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Hamilton Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Hamilton Bank’s federal stock charter, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Hamilton Bank’s application for conversion filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and except for Hamilton Bank’s federal stock charter, Hamilton Bancorp’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

113


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Hamilton Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Hamilton Bancorp more difficult.

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors.

The bylaws establish qualifications for directors, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Hamilton Bank and a residency requirement prior to a director’s first election to the Board. The bylaws also require that directors: (1) not have been the subject of a supervisory or enforcement action by a financial or securities regulatory agency that resulted in a formal order, agreement or other written statement which is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (2) not be currently charged with, or have been convicted of, a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (3) agree in writing to comply with all of Hamilton Bancorp’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to any confidentiality policy; (4) confirm in writing that he or she is not a party to any agreement, understanding or commitment with respect to how he would act or vote on any issue or question before the board of directors or that would otherwise impact his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties as a director; (5) not be the representative or agent of, or a member of a group acting in concert that includes, a person who is ineligible for election or appointment to the board of directors pursuant to the bylaws; and (6) not be the nominee or representative, as defined in the bylaws, of another company of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the board of directors pursuant to the bylaws. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the proposed nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and proposed nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Hamilton Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Hamilton Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Hamilton Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Hamilton Bancorp’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

   

the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Hamilton Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Hamilton Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

   

whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Hamilton Bancorp;

 

   

whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Hamilton Bancorp’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Hamilton Bancorp and its subsidiaries;

 

   

the future value of the stock or any other securities of Hamilton Bancorp or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

   

any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

   

the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

   

the ability of Hamilton Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings . The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the President, a majority of the total number of directors that Hamilton Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors, or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit; provided that such 10% limit shall not apply if a majority of the unaffiliated directors approve the acquisition of shares in excess of the 10% limit prior to such acquisition.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”), voting together as a single class.

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Hamilton Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Hamilton Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the total number of directors that Hamilton Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that Hamilton Bancorp has the authority to issue. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Hamilton Bancorp that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Hamilton Bancorp. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

115


Table of Contents

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under “— Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the board of directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii) The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the Board;

 

  (iv) The requirement that at least a majority of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

  (v) The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Hamilton Bancorp;

 

  (vii) The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

  (viii) The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ix) The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

  (x) The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Hamilton Bancorp;

 

  (xi) The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Hamilton Bancorp for money damages; and

 

  (xii) The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xi) of this list.

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

Maryland Corporate Law

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

 

116


Table of Contents

(i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

Conversion Regulations

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a savings association or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Hamilton Bank’s Federal Stock Charter

The federal stock charter of Hamilton Bank will provide that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion, no person other than Hamilton Bancorp may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Hamilton Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Hamilton Bank or Hamilton Bancorp or to underwriters in connection with a public offering. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition.

 

117


Table of Contents

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control, or holding with power to vote, of 25% or more of any class of voting stock. Federal regulations establish a rebuttable presumption of control upon ownership, control, or holding with power to vote, of 10% or more of a class of voting stock (i) where the company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (ii) no other person will own control or hold the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting securities.

The Federal Reserve Board may deny an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:

 

  the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

 

  the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution;

 

  the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person; or

 

  the acquisition would have an adverse effect on the Deposit Insurance Fund.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HAMILTON BANCORP, INC. FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

General

Hamilton Bancorp is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Hamilton Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering up to 3,703,000 shares of common stock. Hamilton Bancorp will not issue shares of preferred stock in the stock offering. Each share of Hamilton Bancorp common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of conversion all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

The shares of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends . Hamilton Bancorp can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such distribution, (i) it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and (ii) its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if Hamilton Bancorp were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution; provided, however, that even if Hamilton Bancorp’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth in (ii) above, Hamilton Bancorp may make a distribution from: (A) Hamilton Bancorp’s net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; (B) Hamilton Bancorp’s net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or (C) the sum of Hamilton Bancorp’s net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The holders of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Hamilton Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in Hamilton Bancorp. They will elect Hamilton Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to

 

118


Table of Contents

them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Hamilton Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Hamilton Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.

As a federal stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Hamilton Bank will be vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Hamilton Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Hamilton Bank will be vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Hamilton Bank, which will be Hamilton Bancorp, and voted at the direction of Hamilton Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will not have direct control of Hamilton Bank.

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Hamilton Bank, Hamilton Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of Hamilton Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Hamilton Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Hamilton Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Hamilton Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Hamilton Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Hamilton Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of Hamilton Bancorp’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for Hamilton Bancorp’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Hamilton Bank as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the years then ended, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Rowles & Company, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Hamilton Bancorp setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

 

119


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Hamilton Bancorp and Hamilton Bank, has issued to Hamilton Bancorp its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Rowles & Company, LLP has provided an opinion to us regarding the Maryland income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated by Elias, Matz, Tiernan & Herrick L.L.P., Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Hamilton Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Hamilton Bancorp The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

Hamilton Bank has filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency an application with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application filed by Hamilton Bank. Hamilton Bank’s application may be examined at the principal office of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency located at 250 E Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20219, and the Northeast District Office of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency located at 340 Madison Avenue, Fifth Floor, New York 10173. A copy of the plan of conversion is available, upon request, at Hamilton Bank’s home office.

In connection with the offering, Hamilton Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Hamilton Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, Hamilton Bancorp has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

120


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

HAMILTON BANK

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-2   

Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

***

Separate financial statements for Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus because Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

121


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

Towson, Maryland

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Hamilton Bank as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Bank is not required to have, and we were not engaged to perform, an audit of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hamilton Bank as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

LOGO

Baltimore, Maryland

June 13, 2012

 

101 E. Chesapeake Avenue, Suite 300, Baltimore, Maryland 21286

410-583-6990 FAX 410-583-7061

Website: www.Rowles.com

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Balance Sheets

 

March 31,    2012      2011  
Assets      

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,278,096       $ 3,334,949   

Federal funds sold and Federal Home Loan Bank deposit

     12,774,444         4,807,224   

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     18,197,008         31,331,260   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     35,249,548         39,473,433   

Certificates of deposit in other banks

     248,000         —     

Investment securities available for sale

     94,830,376         101,150,930   

Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $3,552,364 and $1,183,000

     169,904,425         177,891,001   

Premises and equipment

     2,518,804         2,388,530   

Foreclosed real estate

     755,659         —     

Accrued interest receivable

     936,283         1,099,919   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     501,900         503,500   

Investment in limited liability company

     50,270         56,263   

Bank-owned life insurance

     8,307,075         7,997,057   

Deferred income taxes

     1,100,145         650,025   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     2,928,098         2,991,765   

Other assets

     1,137,774         1,240,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 318,468,357       $ 335,442,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities and Equity      

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 11,763,141       $ 7,670,759   

Interest-bearing deposits

     269,251,661         290,942,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     281,014,802         298,613,470   

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     906,854         975,132   

Income taxes payable

     278,543         378,712   

Other liabilities

     1,203,405         1,384,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     283,403,604         301,351,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     

Retained earnings

     34,433,899         34,302,880   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     630,854         (211,429
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     35,064,753         34,091,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 318,468,357       $ 335,442,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Statement of Income

 

Years Ended March 31,    2012     2011  

Interest and dividend revenue

    

Loans, including fees

   $ 9,972,963      $ 10,621,350   

U. S. government agency securities

     562,330        910,558   

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,846,620        1,091,041   

Federal funds sold and other bank deposits

     76,860        136,800   

Dividends

     4,444        2,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend revenue

     12,463,217        12,761,863   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

    

Deposits

     3,862,470        5,287,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     8,600,747        7,473,998   

Provision for loan losses

     2,718,278        616,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     5,882,469        6,857,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest revenue

    

Service charges

     191,983        190,033   

Gain on sale of investment securities

     385,825        453,109   

Gain on sale of loans held for sale

     6,335        41,122   

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

     310,018        296,432   

Other

     52,597        13,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest revenue

     946,758        993,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses

    

Salaries

     2,548,596        2,426,589   

Employee benefits

     992,428        878,305   

Occupancy

     819,499        598,494   

Advertising

     313,966        164,670   

Furniture and equipment

     366,670        291,696   

Data processing

     427,180        380,257   

Professional services

     219,418        183,819   

Deposit insurance premiums

     255,833        433,421   

Other operating

     871,804        869,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     6,815,394        6,227,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     13,833        1,624,670   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (117,186     511,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 131,019      $ 1,113,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

Years Ended March 31,    2012     2011  

Net income

   $ 131,019      $ 1,113,413   

Other comprehensive income

    

Unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale

     1,776,763        9,546   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gain on investment securities available for sale included in net income

     (385,825     (453,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale

     1,390,938        (443,563

Income tax expense (benefit) relating to investment securities available for sale

     548,655        (174,963
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     842,283        (268,600
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 973,302      $ 844,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Statements of Changes in Equity

Years Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

 

     Retained
earnings
    

Accumulated

other

comprehensive
income

    Total  

Balance, March 31, 2010

   $ 33,189,467       $ 57,171      $ 33,246,638   

Net income

     1,113,413         —          1,113,413   

Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net of income taxes of $174,963

     —           (268,600     (268,600
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2011

     34,302,880         (211,429     34,091,451   

Net income

     131,019         —          131,019   

Unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale, net of income taxes of $548,655

     —           842,283        842,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012

   $ 34,433,899       $ 630,854      $ 35,064,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years Ended March 31,    2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Interest and dividends received

   $ 13,314,038      $ 13,390,419   

Fees and commissions received

     250,573        184,786   

Interest paid

     (3,985,656     (5,599,509

Cash paid to suppliers and employees

     (6,536,643     (5,655,860

Origination of loans held for sale

     (1,567,328     (6,759,169

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

     1,573,663        7,131,129   

Income taxes paid

     (981,758     (278,702
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,066,889        2,413,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

     —          (900,000

Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

     17,481,947        15,812,561   

Proceeds from maturing and called securities available for sale, including principal pay downs

     47,041,705        67,578,166   

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

     (57,196,658     (107,890,422

(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     1,600        (48,400

Loans originated, net of principal repayments

     4,595,777        1,718,013   

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (431,199     (465,861

Proceeds from sale of automobile

     10,000        —     

Purchase of certificate of deposit

     (248,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     11,255,172        (24,195,943
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net increase (decrease) in

    

Deposits

     (17,477,668     14,235,962   

Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     (68,278     (184,829
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     (17,545,946     14,051,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,223,885     (7,731,716

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     39,473,433        47,205,149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 35,249,548      $ 39,473,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

 

Years Ended March 31,    2012     2011  

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 131,019      $ 1,113,413   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities

    

Amortization of premiums on securities

     770,323        484,943   

Gain on sale of investment securities

     (385,825     (453,109

Equity in (profit) loss of limited liability company

     5,993        (6,317

Loan premium amortization

     23,000        23,000   

Deposit premium amortization

     (121,000     (305,000

Core deposit intangible asset amortization

     63,667        78,667   

Premises and equipment depreciation and amortization

     294,993        212,766   

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

     (4,068     —     

Provision for loan losses

     2,718,278        616,000   

Deferred income taxes

     (998,775     (18,828

Decrease (increase) in

    

Loans held for sale

     —          330,838   

Accrued interest receivable

     163,636        149,692   

Cash surrender value of life insurance

     (310,018     (296,432

Other assets

     102,715        198,236   

Increase (decrease) in

    

Accrued interest payable

     (2,186     (6,644

Income taxes payable

     (100,169     236,788   

Deferred loan origination fees

     (106,138     (27,487

Other liabilities

     (178,556     82,568   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 2,066,889      $ 2,413,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing activity

    

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

   $ 755,659      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies reflected in the accompanying financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and to general practices within the banking industry.

Nature of operations

Hamilton Bank (the Bank), is a community-oriented mutual savings bank. The Bank has five branches; two in Baltimore City, two in Baltimore County, and one in Anne Arundel County, Maryland. Product offerings consist primarily of residential mortgage loans and retail deposit accounts. The Bank’s business is conducted primarily within the above noted geographic area. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Bank is subject to regulation by certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions may affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term primarily relate to the allowance for loan losses.

Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, brokerage money market accounts, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

Certificates of deposit in other banks

Certificates of deposit in other banks mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Investment securities

As securities are purchased, management determines if the securities should be classified as held to maturity or available for sale. Securities that may be sold before maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in equity on an after tax basis.

In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Bank to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest revenue using the interest method. Gains and losses on disposal are determined using the specific-identification method.

Loans held for sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated market value. Market value is determined based on outstanding investor commitments, or in the absence of such commitments, based on current investor yield requirements. Gains and losses on loan sales are determined by the specific-identification method.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Loans

The Bank makes mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout the Baltimore metropolitan area. The ability of the Bank’s debtors to repay their loans is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, premiums on loans acquired, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest revenue is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using a method that approximates the interest method.

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against interest revenue. The interest on nonaccrual loans is accounted for on the cash basis method, until the loans qualify for return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information, management considers it unlikely that collection of principal and interest payments will be made according to contractual terms. If collection of principal is evaluated as doubtful, all payments are applied to principal.

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount which, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable future losses on existing loans. The allowance consists of specific and general components. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the collateral value, if the loan is collateral dependent, or the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of nonclassified loans and is based on historical loss experience and other qualitative factors. There may be an unallocated component of the allowance, which reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. Actual loan performance may differ from those estimates. A loss is recognized as a charge to the allowance when management believes that collection of the loan is unlikely. Collections of loans previously charged off are added to the allowance at the time of recovery.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the related lease or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.

Foreclosed real estate

Foreclosed real estate is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell on the date acquired. In general, cost equals the Bank’s investment in the property at the time of foreclosure. Losses incurred at the time of acquisition of the property are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent reductions in the estimated value of the property are included in noninterest expense.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

Federal Home Loan Bank stock is carried at cost, which approximates fair value. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Bank is required to purchase stock based on its total assets. Additional stock is purchased and redeemed based on the outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances to the Bank.

Investment in limited liability company

The Bank has an approximate 15% ownership interest in a limited liability company. The Bank contributed approximately 21% of the cash capital to this entity. The Bank records its interest in the company using the equity method.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Intangible assets, consisting of core deposit intangibles, represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset may be sold or exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis over a ten-year period. Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated on an annual basis to determine impairment, if any. Any impairment of goodwill would be recorded against income in the period of impairment.

Income taxes

The provision for income taxes includes taxes payable for the current year and deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between financial and taxable income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts for 2011 have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.

Subsequent events

The Bank has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to March 31, 2012 through June 13, 2012, the date these financial statements were issued. Based on the definitions and requirements of generally accepted accounting principles for subsequent events, we have identified the following event that has occurred subsequent to March 31, 2012 and through June 13, 2012, that requires disclosure in the financial statements.

On June 13, 2012, the Bank’s Board of Directors approved a plan (the Plan) to convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank form of organization, subject to approval by its members. The Plan, which includes formation of a holding company to own all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, is subject to approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and includes the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The cost of conversion and issuing and selling the capital stock will be deferred and deducted from the proceeds of the offering. In the event the conversion and offering are not completed, any deferred costs will be charged to operations. The Bank had not incurred any conversion costs through March 31, 2012. As costs are incurred, they will be recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets on the balance sheet.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Subsequent events (Continued)

 

The Plan calls for the common stock of the holding company to be offered to various parties in a subscription offering at a price based on an independent appraisal of the Bank. It is anticipated that any shares not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered in a community offering. The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below either the amount required for the liquidation account discussed below or the regulatory capital requirements imposed by the OCC.

At the time of conversion, the Bank will establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to its retained earnings as reflected in the latest balance sheet used in the final conversion prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders and, if applicable, supplemental eligible account holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after conversion. The liquidation account will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible depositors have reduced their qualifying deposits. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, eligible depositors who continue to maintain accounts in accordance with OCC regulations shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account before any liquidation may be made with respect to common stock.

No other significant subsequent events were identified that would affect the presentation of the financial statements.

 

2. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On December 4, 2009, the Bank acquired a branch office in Pasadena, Maryland from K Bank. The Bank paid premiums of $653,000 and $92,000 for the deposits and loans that were acquired, respectively. The premiums are being amortized over four years. The Bank also purchased $757,639 of premises and equipment, which includes the building, land, and equipment. In addition, the Bank recorded goodwill totaling $2,664,432 and identifiable intangibles (core deposit intangible) totaling $434,000. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

The activity in goodwill and acquired intangible assets related to the branch purchase is as follows:

 

Year Ended March 31,    2012     2011  
     Goodwill      Core deposit
intangible
    Goodwill      Core deposit
intangible
 

Net carrying amount at beginning of year

   $ 2,664,432       $ 327,333      $ 2,664,432       $ 406,000   

Acquired during the year

     —           —          —           —     

Amortization

     —           (63,667     —           (78,667
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

   $ 2,664,432       $ 263,666      $ 2,664,432       $ 327,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

2. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

At March 31, 2012, future estimated annual amortization associated with the core deposit intangible is as follows:

 

Year ending March 31,

   Amount  

              2013

   $ 51,333   

              2014

     41,000   

              2015

     33,000   

              2016

     28,667   

              2017

     28,000   

              2018

     28,000   

              2019

     28,000   

              2020

     25,666   
  

 

 

 
   $ 263,666   
  

 

 

 

 

3. Correspondent Bank Relationships

The Bank normally carries balances with other banks that exceed the federally insured limit. The average balance carried in excess of the limit, including unsecured federal funds sold to the same banks, was $26,891,524 and $42,117,169 for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Banks are required to carry noninterest-bearing cash reserves at specified percentages of deposit balances. The Bank’s normal amount of cash on hand and on deposit with other banks is sufficient to satisfy the reserve requirements.

 

4. Lines of Credit

The Bank may borrow up to 20 percent of its assets under a line of credit agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the FHLB). Advances under the line of credit are secured by investment securities and certain loans owned by the Bank. As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank had $48,070,000 and $49,890,000, respectively, of available credit from the FHLB. Advances would be limited by the balance of investment securities and loans available for pledge.

The Bank may also borrow up to $5,000,000 from a correspondent bank under a secured federal funds line of credit and $1,000,000 under an unsecured federal funds line of credit. The Bank would be required to pledge investment securities to draw upon the secured line of credit.

There were no borrowings outstanding under the lines of credit as of March 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

5. Related Party Transactions

The officers and directors of the Bank enter into loan transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business. The terms of these transactions are the same as the terms provided to other borrowers entering into similar loan transactions.

Activity in these loans during the year ended March 31 was as follows:

 

       2012     2011  

Beginning balance

   $ 373,668      $ 623,300   

New loans

     53        124,403   

Repayments

     (112,393     (374,035
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 261,328      $ 373,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits from officers and directors of the Bank totaled $2,569,471 and $2,320,356 at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

6. Investment Securities Available for Sale

The amortized cost and fair value of securities with gross unrealized gains and losses, follows:

 

March 31, 2012    Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
    

Gross

unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

 

U.S. government agency

   $ 18,766,086       $ 118,981       $ 64,504       $ 18,820,563   

Mortgage-backed

     75,015,823         1,249,592         257,177         76,008,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     93,781,909         1,368,573         321,681         94,828,801   

FHLMC stock

     6,681         —           5,106         1,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93,788,590       $ 1,368,573       $ 326,787       $ 94,830,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
March 31, 2011                                    

U.S. government agency

   $ 38,061,866       $ 62,935       $ 459,945       $ 37,664,856   

Mortgage-backed

     63,431,535         496,376         444,567         63,483,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     101,493,401         559,311         904,512         101,148,200   

FHLMC stock

     6,681         —           3,951         2,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 101,500,082       $ 559,311       $ 908,463       $ 101,150,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross gains of $385,825 and $453,109 were realized on the sale of securities available for sale during the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Proceeds from the sales were $17,481,947 and $15,812,561, respectively.

As of March 31, 2012, the Bank had pledged one security to the Federal Reserve Bank with a book value of $739,670 and fair value of $797,143 .

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

6. Investment Securities Available for Sale (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at March 31, 2012 and 2011 follow. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

 

     2012      2011  
       Amortized
cost
    

Fair

value

     Amortized
cost
    

Fair

value

 

Maturing

           

Within one year

   $ 1,012,984       $ 1,018,605       $ 1,519,718       $ 1,527,311   

Over one to five years

     3,711,405         3,800,596         5,595,254         5,641,963   

Over five to ten years

     5,991,697         5,990,794         20,987,889         20,637,141   

Over ten years

     8,050,000         8,010,568         9,959,005         9,858,441   

Mortgage-backed, in monthly installments

     75,015,823         76,008,238         63,431,535         63,483,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93,781,909       $ 94,828,801       $ 101,493,401       $ 101,148,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at March 31, 2012, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
      

Unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

    

Unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

    

Unrealized

losses

    

Fair

value

 

U.S. government agency

   $ 41,570       $ 6,008,430       $ 22,934       $ 1,977,066       $ 64,504       $ 7,985,496   

Mortgage-backed

     235,949         15,584,461         21,228         1,178,719         257,177         16,763,180   

FHLMC stock

     —           —           5,106         1,575         5,106         1,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 277,519       $ 21,592,891       $ 49,268       $ 3,157,360       $ 326,787       $ 24,750,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses are considered temporary because the impairment in value is caused by fluctuation in the current interest rate market. These securities are expected to be redeemed at par at maturity.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

7 . Loans

The loan portfolio of the Bank is summarized as follows:

 

       2012     2011  

Real estate loans

    

Residential

   $ 93,952,567      $ 111,711,805   

Commercial

     31,017,798        21,034,073   

Construction

     3,865,397        6,514,084   

Commercial

     27,158,449        19,425,391   

Home equity loans

     16,343,508        19,224,060   

Consumer

     1,180,933        1,309,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     173,518,652        179,219,003   

Premium on loans purchased

     38,334        61,333   

Net deferred loan origination fees and costs

     (100,197     (206,335

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,552,364     (1,183,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 169,904,425      $ 177,891,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential lending is generally considered to involve less risk than other forms of lending, although payment experience on these loans is dependent on economic and market conditions in the Bank’s lending area. Construction loan repayments are generally dependent on the related properties or the financial condition of its borrower or guarantor. Accordingly, repayment of such loans can be more susceptible to adverse conditions in the real estate market and the regional economy.

A substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate properties located in the Baltimore metropolitan area. Loans are extended only after evaluation of a customer’s creditworthiness and other relevant factors on a case-by-case basis. The Bank generally does not lend more than 90% of the appraised value of a property and requires private mortgage insurance on residential mortgages with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees of repayment from borrowers and/or others for construction loans and disburses the proceeds of those and similar loans only as work progresses on the related projects.

The maturity and rate repricing distribution of the loan portfolio at March 31, 2012, follows:

 

       2012  

Variable rate

   $ 24,384,272   

Fixed rate

  

Maturing within one year

     6,528,272   

Maturing over one to five years

     42,481,140   

Maturing over five years

     100,124,968   
  

 

 

 
   $ 173,518,652   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

A summary of transactions in the allowance for loan losses by loan classification, during the year ended March 31, 2012, follows:

 

Year Ended March 31, 2012    Beginning
balance
     Provision for
loan losses
    Charge
offs
     Recoveries     

Ending

balance

 

Real estate loans

             

Residential

   $ 652,459       $ 27,354      $ 336,908       $ —         $ 342,905   

Commercial

     159,934         731,770        12,006         —           879,698   

Construction

     48,856         998,802        —           —           1,047,658   

Commercial

     194,180         1,037,543        —           —           1,231,723   

Home equity loans

     38,380         3,449        —           —           41,829   

Consumer

     681         (411     —           —           270   

Unallocated

     88,510         (80,229     —           —           8,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,183,000       $ 2,718,278      $ 348,914       $ —         $ 3,552,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of transactions in the allowance for loan losses by loan classification, during the year ended March 31, 2011, follows:

 

Year Ended March 31, 2011    Beginning
balance
     Provision
for loan
losses
    Charge
offs
     Recoveries      Ending
balance
 

Real estate loans

             

Residential

   $ 288,294       $ 364,165      $ —         $ —         $ 652,459   

Commercial

     72,425         87,509        —           —           159,934   

Construction

     89,316         (40,460     —           —           48,856   

Commercial

     61,753         132,427        —           —           194,180   

Home equity loans

     38,317         63        —           —           38,380   

Consumer

     898         (217     —           —           681   

Unallocated

     15,997         72,513        —           —           88,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 567,000       $ 616,000      $ —         $ —         $ 1,183,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

Past due loans, segregated by age and class of loans, as of March 31, 2012, were as follows:

 

March 31, 2012   

Loans

30-89 days

past due

    

Loans

90 or more

days

past due

    

Total past

due loans

    

Current

loans

     Total loans     

Accruing
loans 90 or

more days

past due

     Nonaccrual
loans
    

Nonaccrual

interest

not

accrued

 

Real estate loans

                       

Residential

   $ 374,451       $ 1,011,073       $ 1,385,524       $ 92,567,043       $ 93,952,567       $ —         $ 1,011,073       $ 72,110   

Commercial

     —           2,598,200         2,598,200         28,419,598         31,017,798         —           2,598,200         78,405   

Construction

     —           1,336,726         1,336,726         2,528,671         3,865,397         —           1,336,726         28,423   

Commercial

     628,839         2,374,561         3,003,400         24,155,049         27,158,449         —           2,374,561         100,734   

Home equity loans

     60,628         29,778         90,406         16,253,102         16,343,508         —           29,778         516   

Consumer

     6,289         18,189         24,478         1,156,455         1,180,933         —           18,189         573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,070,207       $ 7,368,527       $ 8,438,734       $ 165,079,918       $ 173,518,652       $ —         $ 7,368,527       $ 280,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Past due loans, segregated by age and class of loans, as of March 31, 2011, were as follows:

 

March 31, 2011   

Loans

30-89 days

past due

    

Loans

90 or more

days

past due

    

Total past

due loans

    

Current

loans

     Total loans     

Accruing

loans 90 or

more days

past due

    

Nonaccrual

loans

    

Nonaccrual

interest

not

accrued

 

Real estate loans

                       

Residential

   $ 1,192,550       $ 757,189       $ 1,949,739       $ 109,762,066       $ 111,711,805       $ —         $ 757,189       $ 31,480   

Commercial

     —           695,159         695,159         20,338,914         21,034,073         —           695,159         43,650   

Construction

     —           —           —           6,514,084         6,514,084         —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           164,424         164,424         19,260,967         19,425,391         —           —           —     

Home equity loans

     71,827         —           71,827         19,152,233         19,224,060         —           —           —     

Consumer

     —           6,886         6,886         1,302,704         1,309,590         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,264,377       $ 1,623,658       $ 2,888,035       $ 176,330,968       $ 179,219,003       $ —         $ 1,452,348       $ 75,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

Impaired loans are defined as loans that have been assessed for impairment, although management may determine that the loan does not require a specific reserve. Impaired loans as of March 31, 2012, were as follows:

 

00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000
March 31, 2012   

Unpaid

contractual

principal

balance

    

Recorded

investment

with no

allowance

     Recorded
investment
with
allowance
     Total
recorded
investment
     Related
allowance
     Average
recorded
investment
     Interest
recognized
 

Real estate loans

                    

Residential

   $ 2,186,840       $ 1,009,079       $ 936,169       $ 1,945,248       $ 72,999       $ 2,143,824       $ 35,428   

Commercial

     2,598,012         499,343         2,098,669         2,598,012         417,229         2,598,200         9,838   

Construction

     3,649,473         —           3,649,473         3,649,473         991,673         3,339,162         183,832   

Commercial

     2,374,966         599,877         1,775,090         2,374,967         770,643         2,225,792         49,160   

Home equity loans

     30,033         30,033         —           30,033         —           29,968         52   

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,839,324       $ 2,138,332       $ 8,459,401       $ 10,597,733       $ 2,252,544       $ 10,336,946       $ 278,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans as of March 31, 2011, were as follows:

 

000000000000 000000000000 000000000000 000000000000 000000000000 000000000000 000000000000
March 31, 2011    Unpaid
contractual
principal
balance
     Recorded
investment
with no
allowance
     Recorded
investment
with
allowance
     Total
recorded
investment
     Related
allowance
     Average
recorded
investment
     Interest
recognized
 

Real estate loans

                    

Residential

   $ 2,094,318       $ 898,289       $ 1,196,029       $ 2,094,318       $ 368,050       $ 2,097,428       $ 17,080   

Commercial

     695,158         695,158         —           695,158         —           695,158         —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     69,650         69,650         —           69,650         —           69,650         —     

Home equity loans

     5,760         5,760         —           5,760         —           5,760         —     

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,864,886       $ 1,668,857       $ 1,196,029       $ 2,864,886       $ 368,050       $ 2,867,996       $ 17,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012, the Bank was committed to advance an additional $331,000 on one commercial construction loan that is considered impaired.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

Credit quality indicators

As part of the ongoing monitoring of the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to the risk grade of loans, the level of classified loans, net charge offs, nonperforming loans, and the general economic conditions in the Bank’s market.

The Bank utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans. A description of the general characteristics of loans characterized as watch list or classified is as follows:

Special Mention

A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Bank’s credit position at some future date. Special mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Borrowers may exhibit poor liquidity and leverage positions resulting from generally negative cash flow or negative trends in earnings. Access to alternative financing may be limited to finance companies for business borrowers and may be unavailable for commercial real estate borrowers.

Substandard

A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Borrowers may exhibit recent or unexpected unprofitable operations, an inadequate debt service coverage ratio, or marginal liquidity and capitalization. These loans require more intense supervision by Bank management.

Doubtful

A doubtful loan has all the weaknesses inherent as a substandard loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The following table presents the March 31, 2012, balances of classified loans based on the risk grade. Classified loans include Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful loans.

 

March 31, 2012    Special
mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Real estate loans

           

Residential

   $ —         $ 1,945,248       $ —         $ 1,945,248   

Commercial

     —           2,598,012         —           2,598,012   

Construction

     2,286,078         1,363,395         —           3,649,473   

Commercial

     —           1,782,004         592,963         2,374,967   

Home equity loans

     —           30,033         —           30,033   

Consumer

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,286,078       $ 7,718,692       $ 592,963       $ 10,597,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

The following table presents the March 31, 2011, balances of classified loans based on the risk grade.

 

March 31, 2011    Special
mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Real estate loans

           

Residential

   $ —         $ 1,983,998       $ 110,320       $ 2,094,318   

Commercial

     —           695,158         —           695,158   

Construction

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           69,650         —           69,650   

Home equity loans

     —           5,760         —           5,760   

Consumer

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 2,754,566       $ 110,320       $ 2,864,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified loans also include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Bank’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months.

The status of TDRs as of March 31, 2012 follows:

 

March 31, 2012    Performing      Nonperforming      Total  

Real estate loans

        

Residential

   $ 1,416,745       $ —         $ 1,416,745   

Commercial

     —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —     

Home equity loans

     —           —           —     

Consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,416,745       $ —         $ 1,416,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no TDRs as of March 31, 2011.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

7. Loans (Continued)

 

The Bank had the following outstanding commitments and unused lines of credit as of March 31:

 

       2012      2011  

Unused commercial lines of credit

   $ 8,164,696       $ 3,742,690   

Unused home equity lines of credit

     16,445,437         16,196,799   

Mortgage loan commitments

     455,000         352,000   

Construction loan commitments

     494,603         1,749,156   

Commercial loan commitments

     3,590,000         7,684,548   

Mortgage loan commitments and lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition to the contract. Loan commitments generally have interest fixed at current market rates, fixed expiration dates, and may require payment of a fee. Lines of credit generally have variable interest rates. Such lines do not represent future cash requirements because it is unlikely that all customers will draw upon their lines in full at any time. Mortgage loan commitments at March 31, 2012 and 2011 represented fixed rate loans at the weighted average rate of 5.00% and 4.00%, respectively.

Loan commitments and lines of credit are made on the same terms, including collateral, as outstanding loans. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the borrower is represented by the contract amount of the commitment. Management is not aware of any accounting loss the Bank will incur by the funding of these commitments.

 

8. Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment and the related depreciation and amortization as of March 31, is as follows:

 

      

Estimated

useful life

   2012      2011  

Land

      $ 298,119       $ 298,119   

Office buildings and improvements

   3 - 39 years      3,141,348         2,920,958   

Furniture and equipment

   3 - 7 years      1,507,332         1,609,988   

Automobiles

   5 years      87,395         76,416   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        5,034,194         4,905,481   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        2,515,390         2,516,951   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net premises and equipment

      $ 2,518,804       $ 2,388,530   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

      $ 294,993       $ 212,766   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

9. Interest-Bearing Deposits

Major classifications of interest-bearing deposits as of March 31 are as follows:

 

       2012      2011  

Certificates of deposit

   $ 219,390,170       $ 243,229,247   

Money market

     26,611,588         24,673,565   

Passbook and statement savings

     15,681,848         15,278,364   

NOW accounts

     7,511,055         7,583,535   

Premium on deposits purchased

     57,000         178,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 269,251,661       $ 290,942,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit mature as follows:

 

Within one year

   $ 133,205,717       $ 163,168,805   

Over one to two years

     39,281,349         55,171,943   

Over two to three years

     27,206,584         10,450,891   

Over three to four years

     7,945,137         6,873,431   

Over four to five years

     11,751,383         7,564,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 219,390,170       $ 243,229,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more at March 31, 2012 and 2011, was $81,800,878 and $84,556,295, respectively.

 

10. Retirement Plans

Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank adopted a retirement plan qualifying under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan covers all full-time employees with one year of service who have reached 18 years of age. The Bank contributes three percent of each participant’s eligible compensation to the Plan. The Bank may make elective deferrals as well, upon Board of Director approval. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank recorded expense of $153,695 and $148,441, respectively, related to the 401(k) Plan.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

11. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

 

00000000000 00000000000
       2012     2011  

Current

    

Federal

   $ 703,095      $ 404,606   

State

     178,494        125,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     881,589        530,085   

Deferred

     (998,775     (18,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (117,186   $ 511,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:

 

00000000000 00000000000

Allowance for loan losses

   $ (935,705   $ (242,982

Nonaccrual interest

     (93,063     (28,339

Deferred compensation

     11,769        (10,160

Alternative minimum tax credit

     —          97,543   

Foreclosed real estate holding costs

     (18,038     —     

Deferred loan costs

     1,839        49,021   

Capital loss carryforward

     (9,173     —     

Depreciation

     (12,063     62,962   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     56,365        50,448   

Other

     (706     2,679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (998,775   $ (18,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

00000000000 00000000000

Deferred tax assets

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,402,340       $ 466,635   

Nonaccrual interest

     122,698        29,635   

Deferred compensation

     264,639        276,408   

Foreclosed real estate holding costs

     18,038        —     

Deferred loan costs

     50,446        52,285   

Capital loss carryforward

     9,173        —     

Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale

     —          137,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,867,334        962,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Accumulated depreciation

     106,448        118,511   

FHLB stock dividends

     126,881        126,881   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     122,928        66,563   

Unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale

     410,932        —     

Other

     —          706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     767,189        312,661   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,100,145      $ 650,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Qualified thrift lenders such as the Bank are not required to provide a deferred tax liability for bad debt reserves for tax purposes that arose in fiscal years beginning before December 31, 1987. Such bad debt reserve for the Bank amounted to approximately $5,265,096 with an income tax effect of approximately $2,076,817 at March 31, 2012. This bad debt reserve would become taxable if certain conditions are not met by the Bank.

A reconciliation of the provision for taxes on income from the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rates follows:

 

       2012     2011  

Tax at statutory federal income tax rate

     34.0     34.0

Tax effect of

    

Tax-exempt income

     (777.9     (6.3

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (133.0     3.6   

Other

     29.1        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (847.8 )%      31.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2012, the Bank’s tax exempt income totaled $316,477 compared to income before income taxes of $13,833. This resulted in a negative tax accrual and effective tax rates that are inconsistent with the Bank’s historical effective tax rate.

 

12. Lease Commitment

The Bank has an operating lease for a branch office and signed a sublease dated April 28, 2011, for its administrative office. Rental expense under these agreements for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, was $333,542 and $112,372, respectively. At March 31, 2012, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under the agreements is as follows:

 

Year ending March 31,

   Minimum
payment
 

              2013

   $ 405,629   

              2014

     417,798   

              2015

     430,332   

              2016

     322,270   

              2017

     207,820   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,783,849   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

13. Capital Standards

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Office of the Comptroller of the Treasury have adopted risk-based capital standards for banking organizations. These standards require ratios of capital to assets for minimum capital adequacy and to be classified as well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions. The capital ratios and minimum capital requirements of the Bank are as follows:

 

000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
     Actual    

Minimum

capital adequacy

   

To be well

capitalized

 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (dollars in thousands)  

March 31, 2012

               

Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 33,552         20.66   $ 12,998         8.00   $ 16,247         10.00

Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 31,506         19.40     N/A         N/A      $ 9,748         6.00

Core capital
(to adjusted total assets)

   $ 31,506         9.91   $ 9,537         3.00   $ 15,895         5.00

Tangible capital
(to adjusted total assets)

   $ 31,506         9.91   $ 4,769         1.50     N/A         N/A   

 

March 31, 2011

               

Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 32,493         17.72   $ 14,672         8.00   $ 18,340         10.00

Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 31,310         17.07     N/A         N/A      $ 11,004         6.00

Core capital
(to adjusted total assets)

   $ 31,310         9.41   $ 9,985         3.00   $ 16,642         5.00

Tangible capital
(to adjusted total assets)

   $ 31,310         9.41   $ 4,993         1.50     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 capital consists of retained earnings less goodwill and intangible assets. Total capital includes a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses and a portion of any unrealized gain on equity securities. In calculating risk-weighted assets, specified risk percentages are applied to each category of asset and off-balance-sheet items.

Failure to meet the capital requirements could affect, among other things, the Bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits and may significantly affect the operations of the Bank.

In the most recent regulatory report, the Bank was determined to be well capitalized. Management has no plans that should change the classification of the capital adequacy.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

14. Fair Value Measurements

Generally accepted accounting principles define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value, and establish a hierarchy for determining fair value measurement. The hierarchy includes three levels and is based upon the valuation techniques used to measure assets and liabilities. The three levels are as follows:

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to valuation methodology.

Fair value measurements on a recurring basis

Securities available for sale – If quoted prices are available in an active market for identical assets, securities are classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank has categorized its investment securities available for sale as follows:

 

            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
       Total      inputs      inputs      inputs  

March 31, 2012

           

U. S. government agency

   $ 18,820,563       $ —         $ 18,820,563       $ —     

Mortgage-backed

     76,008,238         —           76,008,238         —     

FHLMC stock

     1,575         1,575         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 94,830,376       $ 1,575       $ 94,828,801       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2011

           

U. S. government agency

   $ 37,664,856       $ —         $ 37,664,856       $ —     

Mortgage-backed

     63,483,344         —           63,483,344         —     

FHLMC stock

     2,730         2,730         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 101,150,930       $ 2,730       $ 101,148,200       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

14. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis

Impaired loans—The Bank has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 2 fair values. As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, the fair values consist of loan balances of $10,597,733 and $2,864,886, net of allowances of $2,252,544 and $368,050, respectively.

Foreclosed real estate – The Bank’s foreclosed real estate is measured at fair value less estimated cost to sell. As of March 31, 2012, the fair value of foreclosed real estate was estimated to be $755,659 . Fair value was determined based on offers and/or appraisals. Cost to sell the assets was based on standard market factors. The Company has categorized its foreclosed assets as Level 2. The Bank transferred $755,659 from loans to foreclosed real estate during the year ended March 31, 2012. There was no foreclosed real estate as of March 31, 2011.

 

            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
       Total      inputs      inputs      inputs  

March 31, 2012

           

Impaired loans

   $ 8,345,189       $ —         $ 8,345,189       $ —     

Foreclosed real estate

     755,659         —           755,659         —     

March 31, 2011

           

Impaired loans

   $ 2,496,836       $ —         $ 2,496,836       $ —     

The remaining financial assets and liabilities are not reported on the balance sheets at fair value on either a recurring or a nonrecurring basis. The calculation of estimated fair values is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not reflect current or future fair values.

 

     2012      2011  
     Carrying
amount
     Fair value      Carrying
amount
     Fair value  

Financial assets

           

Level 1 inputs

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,249,548       $ 35,249,548       $ 39,473,433       $ 39,473,433   

Certificates of deposit in other bank

     248,000         248,000         —           —     

Level 2 inputs

           

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     501,900         501,900         503,500         503,500   

Bank-owned life insurance

     8,307,075         8,307,075         7,997,057         7,997,057   

Level 3 inputs

           

Loans receivable, net

     169,904,425         175,838,162         177,891,001         182,844,542   

Financial liabilities

           

Level 1 inputs

           

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     906,854         906,854         975,132         975,132   

Level 3 inputs

           

Deposits

     281,014,802         281,981,886         298,613,470         300,224,665   

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Hamilton Bank

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

14. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit in other banks, and advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance are estimated to equal the carrying amount. These are Level 1 inputs.

The fair values of Federal Home Loan Bank stock and bank-owned life insurance are estimated to equal carrying amounts, which are based on repurchase prices of the FHLB stock and the insurance company. These are Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of fixed-rate loans is estimated to be the present value of scheduled payments discounted using interest rates currently in effect. The fair value of variable-rate loans, including loans with a demand feature, is estimated to equal the carrying amount. The valuation of loans is adjusted for estimated loan losses.

The fair value of interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposit accounts is equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is estimated based on interest rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of outstanding loan commitments or unused lines of credit.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. or Hamilton Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. or Hamilton Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 3,220,000 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 3,703,000 Shares)

[HAMILTON BANCORP LOGO]

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for

Hamilton Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

________________, 2012

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until _____________, 2012, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount (1)  

*

   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 325,000   

*

   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      75,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees (1)      325,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (including Legal Fees) (1)      130,000   

*

   Conversion Agent Fees and Expenses      25,000   

*

   Appraisal Fees and Expenses      51,000   

*

   Printing, Postage, Mailing, EDGAR and XBRL Fees      125,000   

*

   Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC)      59,250   

*

   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      20,000   

*

   Business Plan Fees and Expenses      43,000   

*

   Stock Certificate Printer      10,000   

*

   Other      5,250   
     

 

 

 

*

   Total    $ 1,193,500   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated
(1) Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. has retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offering, and has retained Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the syndicated community offering. Fees are estimated at the maximum of the offering range, assuming that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  (a) List of Exhibits

 

1.1    Engagement Letter between Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated *
2    Plan of Conversion
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
3.2    Bylaws of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion
10.1    Form of Employment Agreement between Hamilton Bank and Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.2    Form of Employment Agreement between Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. and Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.3    Form of Change in Control Agreement of James F. Hershner
10.4    Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.5    Form of Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.6    Hamilton Bank Executive Split Dollar Agreement with Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.7    Hamilton Bank Executive Split Dollar Agreement with James F. Hershner
10.8    Hamilton Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Salaries
10.9    Hamilton Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of board fees
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Rowles & Company, LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Hamilton Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6    Business Plan Agreement with A.G. Newcomb & Co.
99.7    Engagement Letter between Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated regarding records processing services

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Towson, State of Maryland on June 15, 2012.

 

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

By:

   /s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida                                
  

Robert A. DeAlmeida

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Robert A. DeAlmeida as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Robert A. DeAlmeida may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Robert A. DeAlmeida shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida

Robert A. DeAlmeida

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 15, 2012

/s/ John P. Marzullo

John P. Marzullo

  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 15, 2012

/s/ Russell K. Frome

Russell K. Frome

  

Chairman of the Board

  June 15, 2012

/s/ James F. Hershner

James F. Hershner

  

Executive Vice President and Director

  June 15, 2012

/s/ William E. Ballard

William E. Ballard

  

Director

  June 15, 2012

/s/ Carol L. Coughlin

Carol L. Coughlin

  

Director

  June 15, 2012

/s/ William W. Furr

William W. Furr

  

Director

  June 15, 2012

/s/ Bobbi R. Macdonald

Bobbi R. Macdonald

  

Director

  June 15, 2012


Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 15, 2012

Registration No. 333-________

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

EXHIBITS

TO

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

Baltimore, Maryland

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1    Engagement Letter between Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated *
2    Plan of Conversion
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
3.2    Bylaws of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.
5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion
10.1    Form of Employment Agreement between Hamilton Bank and Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.2    Form of Employment Agreement between Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. and Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.3    Form of Change in Control Agreement of James F. Hershner
10.4    Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.5    Form of Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.6    Hamilton Bank Executive Split Dollar Agreement with Robert A. DeAlmeida
10.7    Hamilton Bank Executive Split Dollar Agreement with James F. Hershner
10.8    Hamilton Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Salaries
10.9    Hamilton Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of board fees
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Rowles & Company, LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Hamilton Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6    Business Plan Agreement with A.G. Newcomb & Co.
99.7    Engagement Letter between Hamilton Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated regarding records processing services

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

Exhibit 1.1

 

LOGO

CONFIDENTIAL

June 9, 2012

Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida

President and Chief Executive Officer

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

 

  Re: Proposed Full Conversion — Advisory, Administrative and Marketing Services

Dear Mr. DeAlmeida:

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this engagement letter setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement between Stifel Nicolaus and Hamilton Federal Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the proposed mutual-to-stock conversion of the Bank (“the Conversion”) and the concurrent sale of common stock of a stock holding company (the “Company”) to be formed in connection with the Conversion.

 

1. BACKGROUND ON STIFEL NICOLAUS

Stifel Nicolaus is a full service brokerage and investment banking firm established in 1890. Stifel Nicolaus is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is a member of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Stifel Nicolaus has built a national reputation as a leading full service investment bank to both public and private financial institutions.

 

2. CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The Bank will effect the Conversion by forming the Company (the Bank and the Company are referred to collectively herein as the “Company.”) The common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) would be offered for sale on a first priority basis in a subscription offering with any remaining shares expected to be sold in a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated community offering (collectively the “Offering”). In connection therewith, the Bank’s Board of Directors plan to adopt a plan of conversion (the “Plan”). Stifel Nicolaus will act as conversion advisor to the Company with

 

LOGO


Hamilton Bank

Page 2

 

respect to the Conversion, and as marketing agent on a best-efforts basis with respect to the Offering. Specific terms of services shall be set forth in an agency agreement, in the case of the subscription and community offering and a syndicated community offering (together, the “Definitive Agreement”) between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company. The Definitive Agreement will include customary representations and warranties, covenants, conditions, termination provisions and indemnification, contribution and limitation of liability provisions, all to be mutually agreed upon by Stifel Nicolaus and the Company.

 

3. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS

Stifel Nicolaus will provide and coordinate certain advisory, administrative and marketing services in connection with the Company’s Conversion and Offering as outlined below.

a. Advisory Services – Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company and its counsel to evaluate financial, marketing and regulatory issues.

Our advisory responsibilities include:

 

   

Advise with respect to business planning issues in preparation for a public offering;

 

   

Advise with respect to the choice of charter and form of organization;

 

   

Review and advise with respect to the Plan (e.g. sizes of benefit plan purchases; maximum purchase limits for investors);

 

   

Advise with respect to listing on appropriate stock exchange or other trading venue;

 

   

Review and provide input with respect to the business plan to be prepared in connection with the Conversion;

 

   

Discuss the appraisal process and analyze the appraisal with the Board of Directors and management;

 

   

Participate in drafting the offering disclosure documents and any Bank customer proxy materials, and assist in obtaining all requisite regulatory approvals;

 

   

Develop a marketing plan for the subscription and community offerings, considering various sales method options, including direct mail, advertising, community meetings and telephone solicitation;

 

   

Develop a Bank customer proxy solicitation plan;

 

   

Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company to provide specifications and assistance (including recommendations) in selecting certain other professionals that will perform functions in connection with the Conversion and Offering process. Fees and expenses of financial printers, transfer agent and other service providers will be borne by the Company, subject to agreements between the Company and the service providers;

 

   

Advise/Assist client through the planning process and organization of the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);

 

   

Develop a layout for the Center, where stock order processing and customer vote solicitation occur;

 

   

Provide a list of equipment, staff and supplies needed for the Center;


Hamilton Bank

Page 3

 

   

Draft marketing materials including press releases, letters, stock order form, advertisements, and informational brochures. If a community meeting or “road show” is anticipated, we will help draft the presentation – saving you the time and legal expense; and

 

   

After consulting with management, determining whether and when to conduct a syndicated community offering through assembling a group of selected broker/dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) to sell stock remaining after the community offering, on a best-effort basis and then conducting/managing such syndicated community offering.

b. Administrative Services and Stock Information Center Management – Stifel Nicolaus will manage substantially all aspects of the stock offering and customer voting processes.

The Stock Information Center (as defined above) serves as the “command center” during a stock offering. Stifel Nicolaus staff will train and supervise the staff that the Company assigns to the Center to help record stock orders, answer customer inquiries, place vote solicitation calls and participate in other activities of the Center.

Our administrative services include:

 

   

Provide experienced on-site Stifel Nicolaus FINRA registered representatives to manage and supervise the Center. All technical stock offering and customer proxy vote matters and inquiries will be handled by Stifel Nicolaus;

 

   

Prepare procedures for processing customer proxy votes, stock orders, deposit account withdrawals and cash, and for handling requests for materials;

 

   

Provide scripts and training for the telephone team who solicit customer proxies and, if needed, help conduct a stock sales telemarketing effort;

 

   

Educate the Company’s directors, officers and employees about the Conversion and Offering, their roles and relevant securities laws;

 

   

Train branch managers and customer-contact employees on the proper response to stock purchase and proxy vote inquiries;

 

   

Coordinate functions with and between the printer, transfer agent, stock certificate printer and other professionals;

 

   

Design and implement procedures for facilitating stock orders within IRA and Keogh accounts;

 

   

Supervise Center staff in order processing and in proxy solicitation efforts;

 

   

Prepare daily sales reports for management, ensuring funds processed balance to the reports;

 

   

Monitor the proxy vote response and make any needed revisions to the calling/reminder mailing plan;

 

   

Manage the pro-ration process in the event of subscription and community offering oversubscription;

 

   

Coordinate with stock exchange and the Depository Trust Company to ensure a smooth closing and orderly stock trading; and

 

   

Provide post-offering subscriber assistance.


Hamilton Bank

Page 4

 

c. Securities Marketing Services – Stifel Nicolaus uses various sales techniques including direct mail, advertising, community investor meetings, telephone solicitation, and if necessary, assembling a selling group of broker-dealers for a syndicated community offering.

Our securities marketing services include:

 

   

If applicable, assisting management in developing a list of potential investors who are viewed as priority prospects;

 

   

The Stifel Nicolaus registered representatives at the Center will seek to manage the sales function and, if applicable, will solicit orders from the prospects described above;

 

   

Responding to investment-related and other questions regarding information in the Offering disclosure documents provided to potential investors;

 

   

If the sales plan calls for community meetings, participate in them.

 

   

Continually advise management on sales progress, market conditions and customer/community responsiveness to the Offering;

 

   

In case of a best-efforts syndicated community offering, manage the selling group. In such case, we will prepare broker “fact sheets” and arrange “road shows” for the purpose of stimulating interest in the stock offering and informing the brokerage community of the particulars of the Offering; and

 

   

Contacting other market makers to maximize after-market support for the Company’s Common Stock.

 

4. COMPENSATION

For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus the following compensation:

 

  a. A conversion and proxy vote advisory and administrative services fee of $25,000 in connection with the services set forth in section 3.a. and 3.b. hereof. In view of the long preparation phase prior to commencement of the Offering, this fee shall be payable as follows: $12,500 upon executing this letter and $12,500 upon the initial filing of the Offering disclosure documents. The conversion and proxy vote advisory and administrative services fee shall deleted from the aggregate compensation due to Stifel Nicolaus under this section 4.

 

  b. A success fee of one percent (1.00%) of the dollar amount of the Common Stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. No fee shall be payable pursuant to this subsection in connection with the sale of stock to officers, directors, employees or immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”); the contribution of shares to a charitable foundation, if any, associated with the Company; and the sale of stock to qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or the Insiders. “Immediate family” includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director, or employees.

 

  c.

For stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus ) pursuant to a syndicated community offering solely managed by Stifel Nicolaus (the “Selling Group”), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee paid to Stifel Nicolaus, along with the fee payable directly by the


Hamilton Bank

Page 5

 

  Company to Stifel Nicolaus and the other selected dealers for their sales shall not exceed five and one-half percent (5.50%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock so sold, provided Stifel Nicolaus will endeavor to further limit the aggregate fees to be paid by the Company under any such selected dealers’ agreement to an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time. In consultation with Stifel Nicolaus, the Company will determine which FINRA member firms will participate in the Selling Group and the extent of their participation. Stifel Nicolaus will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company.

 

  d. If, pursuant to a resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, Stifel Nicolaus is required to provide significant additional services, the additional compensation due will not exceed $25,000.

If (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Bank; (ii) the Offering is not consummated by March 31, 2013; (iii) Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because there has been a material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the Bank since December 31, 2011; or (iv) immediately prior to commencement of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because in its opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors, there has been a failure to satisfactorily disclose all relevant information in the offering document or other disclosure documents or market conditions exist which might render the sale of the Common Stock inadvisable to the Company, Stifel Nicolaus shall not be entitled to the compensation set forth in subparagraph 4.b through 4.d above, but in addition to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth in paragraph 7 below, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain its fee in subparagraph 4.a above for its conversion and proxy vote advisory and administrative services.

 

5. MARKET MAKING

Stifel Nicolaus agrees to use its best efforts to maintain a market after the Offering and to solicit other broker-dealers to make a market in the Common Stock at the conclusion of the Offering.

 

6. DOCUMENTS

The Company and its counsel will complete, file with the appropriate regulatory authorities and, as appropriate, amend from time to time, the information to be contained in the Company’s applications to banking and securities regulators and any related exhibits thereto. In this regard, the Company and its counsel will prepare offering documents relating to the offering of the Common Stock in conformance with applicable rules and regulations. As the Company’s financial advisor, Stifel Nicolaus will, in conjunction with its counsel, conduct an examination of the relevant documents and records of the Company and will make such other reasonable investigations as deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees to make all documents, records and other information deemed necessary by Stifel Nicolaus, or its counsel, available to them upon reasonable notice. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will prepare, subject to the approval of Company’s counsel, the Definitive Agreement. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will be selected by Stifel Nicolaus.


Hamilton Bank

Page 6

 

7. EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT

The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Conversion and the Offering of Common Stock including, but not limited to: appraisal and business plan preparation; the Company’s attorney fees; FINRA filing fees; “blue sky” legal fees and state filing fees; fees and expenses of service providers such as transfer agent, information/data processing agent, financial and stock certificate printers, auditors and accountants; advertising; postage; “road show” and other syndicated community offering costs; and all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event Stifel Nicolaus incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Conversion and Offering are successfully completed. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur actual accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in excess of $20,000 in the subscription and community offerings.

The Company also agrees to reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred by Stifel Nicolaus in connection with the services contemplated hereunder. In the subscription and community offering, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur legal fees (including the out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in excess of $80,000. The parties acknowledge, however, that such cap may be increased by the mutual consent of the Company and Stifel Nicolaus in the event of a material delay in the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document; provided that under such circumstances, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur any additional accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in excess of $10,000 or additional reimbursable legal fees in excess of $20,000 and that the aggregate of all reimbursable expenses and legal fees, including expenses incurred on behalf of the Company referred to in the preceding paragraph, shall not exceed $150,000. In addition, in the event of a syndicated community offering, the Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with that offering phase, which will not exceed $20,000. Not later than two days before closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus and its counsel to be paid at closing.

 

8. BLUE SKY

To the extent required by applicable state law, Stifel Nicolaus and the Company must obtain or confirm exemptions, qualifications or registration of the Common Stock under applicable state securities laws and FINRA policies. The cost of such legal work and related state filing fees will be paid by the Company to the law firm furnishing such legal work. The Company will instruct the counsel performing such services to prepare a Blue Sky memorandum related to the Offering including Stifel Nicolaus’ participation therein and shall furnish Stifel Nicolaus a copy thereof, regarding which such counsel shall state Stifel Nicolaus may rely.


Hamilton Bank

Page 7

 

9. INFORMATION AGENT SERVICES

Pursuant to a separate agreement by and between the Company and Stifel Nicolaus and in connection with the Conversion and Offering, Stifel Nicolaus shall serve as information agent for the Company.

 

10. INDEMNIFICATION

The Definitive Agreement will provide for indemnification of the type usually found in underwriting agreements as to certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company also agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Stifel Nicolaus and its officers, directors, employees and agents against all claims, losses, actions, judgments, damages or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, arising solely out of the engagement described herein, except that such indemnification shall not apply to Stifel Nicolaus’ own bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

11. CONFIDENTIALITY

Except as contemplated by the terms hereof or as required by applicable law, Stifel Nicolaus shall keep confidential all material non-public information provided to it by the Company (“Confidential Information”), and shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party, other than such of its employees and advisors as Stifel Nicolaus determines to have a need to know. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach by Stifel Nicolaus of this provision; (ii) was within Stifel Nicolaus’ possession prior to its disclosure to Stifel Nicolaus by the Company; or (iii) becomes available to Stifel Nicolaus on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company; provided that, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the source of such information was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with (or other obligation of confidentiality to) the Company. In addition, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to disclose Confidential Information as required or requested pursuant to law, court order, subpoena, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal or regulatory proceedings, civil investigative demand or other legal, administrative or regulatory process.

 

12. FINRA MATTERS

Stifel Nicolaus has an obligation to file certain documents and to make certain representations to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the Offering. The Company agrees to cooperate with Stifel Nicolaus and provide such information as may be necessary for Stifel Nicolaus to comply with all FINRA requirements applicable to its participation in the Offering. Stifel Nicolaus is and will remain through completion of the Offering a member in a good standing of the FINRA and will comply with all applicable FINRA requirements.


Hamilton Bank

Page 8

 

13. OBLIGATIONS

Except as set forth below, this engagement letter is merely a statement of intent. While Stifel Nicolaus and the Company agree in principle to the contents hereof and propose to proceed promptly and in good faith to work out the arrangements with respect to the Offering, any legal obligations between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company shall be only: (i) those set forth herein in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 regarding services and payments; (ii) those set forth in paragraph 7 regarding reimbursement for certain expenses; (iii) those set forth in paragraph 10 regarding indemnification; (iv) those set forth in paragraph 11 regarding confidentiality; and (v) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed Definitive Agreement.

The obligation of Stifel Nicolaus to enter into the Definitive Agreement shall be subject to there being, in Stifel Nicolaus’ opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (i) no material adverse change in the condition or operation of the Company; (ii) satisfactory disclosure of all relevant information in the offering disclosure documents and a determination that the sale of stock is reasonable given such disclosures; (iii) no market conditions which might render the sale of the shares by the Company hereby contemplated inadvisable to the Company; (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable in the then-prevailing market conditions, and (v) approval of Stifel Nicolaus’ internal Commitment Committee.

 

14. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; NO FIDUCIARY DUTY

The Company acknowledges and agrees that it is a sophisticated business enterprise and that Stifel Nicolaus has been retained pursuant to this engagement letter to act as financial advisor to the Company solely with respect to the matters set forth herein. In such capacity, Stifel Nicolaus will act as an independent contractor, and any duties of Stifel Nicolaus arising out of this engagement pursuant to this letter shall be contractual in nature and shall be owed solely to the Company. Each party disclaims any intention to impose any fiduciary duty on the other.

 

15. GOVERNING LAW

This engagement letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts executed and to be wholly performed therein without giving effects to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Any dispute here under shall be brought in a court in the State of Maryland.

 

16. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

BOTH STIFEL NICOLAUS AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.


Hamilton Bank

Page 9

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $12,500. We look forward to working with you.

 

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
  BY:  

/s/ David P. Lazar

    David P. Lazar
    Managing Director

Accepted and Agreed to This 5 th Day of April, 2012

 

HAMILTON BANK
BY:  

/s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida

  Robert A. DeAlmeida
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 2.0

PLAN OF CONVERSION

OF

HAMILTON BANK

AS ADOPTED ON JUNE 13, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

  INTRODUCTION      1   

2.

  DEFINITIONS      1   

3.

  PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION      6   

4.

  APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS      8   

5.

  SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      8   

6.

  PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      9   

7.

  RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY      9   

8.

  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)      10   

9.

  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)      10   

10.

  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)      11   

11.

  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)      11   

12.

  COMMUNITY OFFERING      12   

13.

  SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING AND/OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING      12   

14.

  LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES      13   

15.

  PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES      15   

16.

  MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS      15   

17.

  UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT      17   

18.

  RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES      17   

19.

  ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT      17   

20.

  VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS      18   

21.

  RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION      19   

22.

  REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION      19   

23.

  TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS      20   

24.

  REGISTRATION AND MARKETING      20   

25.

  TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS      20   

26.

  STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS      20   

27.

  RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY      21   

28.

  PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK      22   

29.

  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS      22   

30.

  CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE      22   

31.

  EXPENSES OF CONVERSION      22   

32.

  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN      22   

33.

  CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION      23   

34.

  INTERPRETATION      23   

 

(i)


PLAN OF CONVERSION OF

HAMILTON BANK

    1. INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion, as adopted on June 13, 2012 (the “Plan”), provides for the conversion of Hamilton Bank, a Federal mutual savings bank headquartered in Baltimore, Maryland (the “Bank”), into the capital stock form of organization. A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion and will issue Common Stock in connection with the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Bank to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering. The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Common Stock in the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering or the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank (other than voting and liquidation rights as set forth herein). After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent provided by applicable law.

This Plan has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members of the Bank at a Special Meeting of Members to be called for that purpose. The OCC must approve this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby before it is presented to Voting Members for their approval. In addition, the Holding Company will make any and all filings in a timely manner with the Federal Reserve and the SEC to obtain any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

    2. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company that is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.


Affiliate – The term affiliate, when applied to a specified Person, includes any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range. The maximum of the Appraisal Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market or financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Bank) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an associate of such plan, and except that for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors, the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who (A) lives in the same home as such Person or (B) is a Director or Officer of the Bank, the Holding Company or a subsidiary of the Bank or the Holding Company.

Bank – Hamilton Bank, Baltimore, Maryland.

Bank Regulators – the OCC, and where applicable, the Federal Reserve.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

Community – Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s.

Community Offering – The offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

 

2


Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 174.

Conversion – The conversion of the Bank to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering.

Conversion Application – Conversion Application on such form as may be prescribed by the OCC, that will be filed with the OCC in connection with the Conversion.

Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is March 31, 2011.

Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank or the Holding Company.

Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering.

Holding Company – the corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion, which shall be incorporated in Maryland or such other state as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will be issued in the Conversion to Participants, and possibly others, in the Offering.

 

3


Holding Company Application – The Holding Company Application on such form as may be prescribed by the Federal Reserve, that will be filed with the Federal Reserve in connection with the Conversion and the formation of the Holding Company.

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Subscription Shares.

Liquidation Account – The interest in the Bank received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in exchange for their interest in the Bank in connection with the Conversion.

Member – Any Person that qualifies as a member of the Bank pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be.

Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price.

Officer – The term Officer means the president, any vice president (but not an assistant vice president, second vice president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the Chairman of the Board of Directors if the Chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the Chairman in fact participates in such management.

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgment) sent to any Participant or other Person containing, among other things, a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member – Any Member on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

OTS – The former Office of Thrift Supervision.

OCC – The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

4


Plan – This Plan of Conversion of the Bank as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. For a corporation or other business entity to be a Resident, the principal place of business or headquarters of such entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident of the Community. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such Person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting of Members – The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares – Shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Bank and the Holding Company and their Associates (unless the OCC grants a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included), holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – To the extent OCC approval of the Conversion does not occur within 15 months of the Eligibility Record Date, the Bank will establish a date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding OCC approval of the application for conversion.

 

5


Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.

Voting Member – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member of the Bank pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.

    3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A. After approval of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Bank, this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby, together with all other requisite material, shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Bank will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by Members. The Bank also will publish notices of the filing of the Conversion Application with the OCC and the filing of the Holding Company Application with the Federal Reserve.

Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Bank will mail to all Voting Members, at their address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares, subject to other provisions of this Plan. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

 

6


B. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering and a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators and the SEC. All sales of shares of Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators. No single extension of more than 90 days will be granted.

C. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations: (1) the Bank will convert its charter to the Federal stock savings association charter, which authorizes the issuance of capital stock; (2) the Holding Company will purchase all of the capital stock issued by the Bank in connection with its conversion from mutual to stock form, for at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering; and (3) the Holding Company will issue the Common Stock in the Offering as provided in this Plan. The Holding Company shall have registered the issuance of the Subscription Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. Each of the steps set forth herein shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank, and applicable Federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

D. The Board of Directors of the Bank may determine for any reason at any time prior to the issuance of the Subscription Shares not to utilize a holding company form of organization in the Conversion. If the Board of Directors determines not to complete the Conversion utilizing a holding company form of organization, the stock of the Bank will be issued and sold in accordance with this Plan. In such case, the Holding Company’s registration statement will be withdrawn from the SEC, the Holding Company’s Holding Company Application will be withdrawn from the Federal Reserve, and the Bank will take steps necessary to complete the Conversion, including filing any necessary documents with the OCC and any other applicable state or Federal regulatory agencies and will issue and sell the Subscription Shares in accordance with this Plan. In such event, any subscriptions or orders received for Subscription Shares of the Holding Company shall be deemed to be subscriptions or orders for common stock of the Bank, and the Bank shall take such steps as permitted or required by the OCC and any other applicable state or Federal regulatory agencies.

E. Upon completion of the Conversion, the legal existence of the Bank shall not terminate but the stock Bank shall be a continuation of the entity of the mutual Bank and all property of the mutual Bank, including its right, title and interest in and to all property of whatever kind and nature, whether real, personal, or mixed, and things, and choses in action, and every right, privilege, interest and asset of every conceivable value or benefit then existing or pertaining to it, or which would inure to it, immediately by operation of law and without the necessity of any conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed shall vest in the stock Bank. The stock Bank shall have, hold, and enjoy the same in its own right as fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed, held and enjoyed by the mutual Bank. The stock Bank

 

7


at the time and the taking effect of the Conversion shall continue to have and succeed to all the rights, obligations and relations of the mutual Bank. All pending actions and other judicial or administrative proceedings to which the Bank was a party shall not be discontinued by reason of the Conversion, but may be prosecuted to final judgment or order in the same manner as if the Conversion had not been made and the stock Bank resulting from the Conversion may continue the actions in its name notwithstanding the Conversion. Upon completion of the Conversion, each Person having a Deposit Account at the Bank prior to the Conversion will continue to have a Deposit Account, without further payment therefor, in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except for voting and liquidation rights) as in effect prior to the Conversion. All of the Bank’s insured Deposit Accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

F. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Bank.

    4. APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Bank to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Conversion. The Bank shall file a Conversion Application with the OCC, and the Holding Company shall file a Holding Company Application with the Federal Reserve and a registration statement with the SEC. The Bank and Holding Company intend to make any additional filings necessary to obtain all approvals required to complete the Conversion.

    5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the Prospectus and the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC or any government agency. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering. The Subscription Offering may begin prior to the Special Meeting of Members and, in that event, the Community Offering also may begin prior to the Special Meeting of Members. The sale of Common Stock offered for sale prior to the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

If feasible, any shares of Common Stock remaining after the Subscription Offering, and the Community Offering should one be conducted, will be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock. The issuance of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date of the sale of Common Stock in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Common Stock has been issued.

 

8


    6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price.

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Subscription Shares to be sold in the Offering is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of subscribers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Bank and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Holding Company and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Subscription Shares to be sold in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

    7. RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the proceeds of the Offering. The Offering proceeds will provide additional capital to the Holding Company and the Bank for future growth of the Bank’s assets, products and services in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would facilitate expansion through acquisitions of financial service organizations, diversification into other related businesses and for other business and

 

9


investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable Federal and state regulations and policy. Following the Conversion, the Bank may distribute additional capital to the Holding Company from time to time, subject to applicable regulations governing capital distributions.

    8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $500,000 of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.

B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

    9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such

 

10


contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the Conversion.

    10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $500,000 of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

    11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $500,000 of Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account

 

11


Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

    12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program that may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered. In addition, orders received for shares in the Community Offering from natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community will be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated to Persons in such category of the Community Offering on an equal number of shares basis per order. In the event that orders for Common Stock from Community residents in the Community Offering are filled, but orders from the general public in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale among the general public, a similar allocation method will be used as for Community residents in the Community Offering.

The Holding Company shall use its best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to $500,000 of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

    13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING AND/OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the

 

12


Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $500,000 of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. Unless otherwise permitted by the Bank Regulators, orders received for shares in a Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time (including as soon as practicable after the termination of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering), provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings or in a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, if possible, the Holding Company will make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

    14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:

A. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert (“In Concert Group”) is the lesser of $600,000 or 5% of the Subscription Shares sold, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Subscription Shares sold (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%). If the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted to be allocated to any In Concert Group as set forth in this section, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each Person that makes up such In Concert Group shall first be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to each such Person and then the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each such Person shall be reduced until the aggregate allocation to the In Concert Group complies with the limits of this section. The method of reducing the allocation of each Person in any In Concert Group shall be determined by the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

 

13


B. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 29% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering.

C. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

D. Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase any of the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5.0% of the shares sold in the Offering, except as provided below. If the Holding Company increases the maximum purchase limitation(s), the Holding Company is only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the Order Form, and may, in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Holding Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Common Stock. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. In the event that a maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% of the shares sold in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering. Whether to fill any requests to purchase additional Subscription Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Appraised Value Range of up to 15%, the additional shares may, at the discretion of the Holding Company, be used to fill the Employee Plans orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the purchase priorities set forth in this Plan.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and employees of the Bank and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

14


Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

    15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank, the Holding Company or an agent of the Bank or the Holding Company, as described in the Order Form, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank or, at the discretion of the Bank, at another insured depository institution.

Except as set forth in Section 14.D, payment for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account and will continue to earn interest therein, but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by personal check, bank draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

    16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company and the Bank has been declared effective by the SEC, and the Bank Regulators have approved the Conversion, cleared the proxy statement to be provided to Voting Members and declared the Prospectus and other offering materials effective, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members

 

15


at their addresses appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those other Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Bank or the Holding Company or its agent, which date shall be at least 20 days but not more than 45 days following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed to Participants by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Bank or the Holding Company or its agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank);

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company; and

H. Certain legends stating that subscription rights may not be transferred and that shares of the Common Stock are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal government, and a certification stating that the subscriber is purchasing the shares for his or her own account.

Notwithstanding the above, the Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimilied order forms.

 

16


    17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or its agent or are received by the Holding Company or its agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment, unless waived by the Holding Company, for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of a corrected Order Form or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation of the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

    18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; and (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

    19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

The Bank shall establish at the time of the Conversion, a Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the Bank’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.

 

17


In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumption of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Bank is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving institution.

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any March 31 annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Bank, except that the Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below the amount required for the Liquidation Account.

    20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

18


    21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 21 or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 21 shall not apply to the following:

 

  (1) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate Federal regulatory agency; and

 

  (2) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (1) Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

  (2) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

  (3) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

    22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE

          CONVERSION

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications

 

19


between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

    23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).

    24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement that registration be maintained for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange.

    25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Bank of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to Federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the Holding Company or the Bank, or to the account holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.

    26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

B. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment and other compensation agreements with their executive officers.

C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans no sooner than six months after the completion of the Conversion and Offering, provided that such stock plans conform to any applicable requirements of Federal regulations, and the Holding Company intends to implement such stock plans after the completion of the Conversion and Offering, subject to any necessary stockholder approvals.

 

20


    27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

A. For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Bank Regulators. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from repurchasing its shares in compliance with applicable regulations.

In connection with the Conversion, the Bank will apply to the OCC to amend its charter and bylaws consistent with 12 C.F.R. Part 152. The Bank’s amended charter and bylaws may contain OCC approved anti-takeover provisions, such as a charter provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the OCC. The Bank’s amended charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

B. The articles of incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall the record owners of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions that prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors, provide for staggered terms for directors, limit the calling of special meetings, require supermajority shareholders votes to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation, allow the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and increase the amount of authorized capital stock without shareholder approval, provide certain qualifications and restrictions for election as director and certain advance notice requirements for shareholders proposals and nominations.

C. For the purposes of this section:

 

  (1) The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2) The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

21


  (3) The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4) The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A. The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable regulation in connection with the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.

B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account, or (ii) applicable Federal regulatory capital requirements.

    29. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the articles of incorporation and bylaws for the Holding Company, and the stock charter and bylaws of the Bank.

    30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date of the closing of the sale of all shares of the Common Stock after all requisite regulatory and Member approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

    31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses are reasonable.

    32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or the SEC or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Bank, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Bank with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not require further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Bank may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

 

22


By adopting this Plan, Voting Members of the Bank authorize the Board of Directors of the Bank to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 32.

    33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A. Prior receipt by the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25;

B. The issuance of at least the minimum number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and

C. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3.

    34. INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: June 13, 2012

 

23

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

The undersigned, Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is 501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200, Towson, Maryland 21286.

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:

1. fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.


B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess.

 

2


The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

  (a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

  (b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on March 31, 2012; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  (3)

that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to

 

3


  any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

  (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

4


4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

E. Majority Vote. Notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

F. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

5


B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be seven (7), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

6


The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

Class I Directors:

Russell K. Frome

William W. Furr

Class II Directors:

Carol L. Coughlin

William E. Ballard

James F. Hershner

Class III Directors:

Robert A. DeAlmeida

Bobbi R. Macdonald

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the

 

7


Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

8


For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a

 

9


right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

10


Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

 

11


ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record this Charter, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 7 th day of June, 2012.

 

/s/ Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi

Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi,
Incorporator

 

13

Exhibit 3.2

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has


received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder. If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting.

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

2


Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairperson of the Board of the Corporation or Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, the President, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

3


Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the

 

4


nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is

 

5


revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairperson of the Board shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

6


The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that

 

7


is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

  (i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

  (ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

  (iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

8


  (iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

  (v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  (vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

  (vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

  (viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Resignation.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications

No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (a) if such person has been the subject of a supervisory or enforcement action by a financial or securities regulatory agency that resulted in a cease and desist or other formal order or an agreement or other written statement which is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (b) if

 

9


such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (c) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (d) if such person did not, for a period of one year prior to his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his or her principal residence within a county in which the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof maintains an office, or in any county contiguous to a country in which the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof maintains an office. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (i) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy; (iii) does not confirm in writing that he or she is not a party to any agreement, understanding or commitment with respect to how he or she would act or vote on any issue or question before the Board of Directors or that would otherwise impact his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties as a director; (iv) is the representative or agent of, or a member of a group acting in concert that includes, a person who is ineligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12; or (v) is the nominee or representative, as that term is defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n), of a company of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12. For purposes of this Section, a person shall be deemed to be acting in concert with another person if such person knowingly acts toward a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with such other person and there are overt actions by, or communications between, such persons reasonably suggesting that they are coordinating their efforts toward such common goal or if such persons are acting in concert within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. §238.31 or any successor provision. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to determinations as to whether a person is a nominee or representative of a person, a company or a group, whether a person or company is included in a group, and whether a person is the representative, agent or nominee of a group acting in concert.

No person 75 years of age shall be eligible for election, re-election, appointment or reappointment to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and no director shall serve as such beyond the annual meeting of the Corporation immediately following the director becoming 75 years of age; provided, however, that those directors serving on the Board of Director of Hamilton Bank on August 20, 2007, will be grandfathered and not subject to the age limitation set forth in this paragraph. This age limitation does not apply to an advisory director or director emeritus of the Corporation.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to determinations as to whether a person is a nominee or representative of a person, a company or a group, whether a person or company is included in a group, and whether a person is the representative, agent or nominee of a group acting in concert.

 

10


Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence of three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

(c) Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee

 

11


without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

12


Section 5. President.

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6. Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

13


Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

14


Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

15


ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of April and end on the last day of March in each year.

 

16


Section 6. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Mail.

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17

Exhibit 4.0

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

 

No.

 

 

 

H AMILTON B ANCORP , I NC .

 

 

 

Shares

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

  

CUSIP:             

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that       is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By         [SEAL]    By     
   Robin L. Theiss          Robert A. DeAlmeida
   Corporate Secretary          President and Chief Executive Officer


The Board of Directors of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM

  

-   as tenants in common

   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    -                Custodian   
         (Cust)       (Minor)

TEN ENT

  

-   as tenants by the entireties

           
         Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

JT TEN

  

-   as joint tenants with right
of survivorship and not as
tenants in common

     

 

(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                     hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 
    

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

    Shares of

the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                    Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,        
In the presence of     Signature:

 

     

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

 

LOGO

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

June 14, 2012

The Board of Directors

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

 

  Re: Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC

L USE G ORMAN P OMERENK  & S CHICK

 A P ROFESSIONAL C ORPORATION

Exhibit 8

 

LOGO

                    , 2012

(202) 274-2000

Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue

Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

 

  Re: Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to Conversion of Hamilton Bank from a

Federal Mutual Bank into a Federal Stock Savings Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with your request, set forth below is the opinion of this firm relating to the material federal income tax consequences of the proposed conversion (the “Conversion”) of Hamilton Bank(the “Bank”) from a federal mutual savings bank to a federal stock savings bank (“Stock Bank”). In the Conversion, all of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock will be acquired by Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., a newly organized Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”).

For purposes of this opinion, we have examined such documents and questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the proposed issuance of up to 3,220,000 shares (at the maximum of the offering range) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the Plan of Conversion adopted by the Bank on June 13, 2012 (the “Plan”), the Federal Mutual Charter of the Bank, and the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company. In such examination, we have assumed and have not independently verified the authenticity of all original documents, the accuracy of all copies, and the genuineness of all signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in said documents.

In issuing our opinion, we have assumed that the Plan has been duly and validly authorized and has been approved and adopted by the board of directors of the Bank at a meeting duly called


Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

                    , 2012

Page 2

 

and held, that the Bank will comply with the terms and conditions of the Plan, and that the various representations and warranties that are provided to us are accurate, complete, true and correct. Accordingly, we express no opinion concerning the effect, if any, of variations from the foregoing. We specifically express no opinion concerning tax matters relating to the Plan under state and local tax laws and under federal income tax laws except on the basis of the documents and assumptions described above.

In issuing the opinion set forth below, we have relied solely on existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations (the “Regulations”) thereunder, current administrative rulings, notices and procedures, and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

In rendering our opinion, we have assumed that the persons and entities identified in the Plan will at all times comply with applicable state and federal laws and the factual representations of the Bank. In addition, we have assumed that the activities of the persons and entities identified in the Plan will be conducted strictly in accordance with the Plan. Any variations may affect the opinions we are rendering. For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the factual representations provided to us by the Bank, which are incorporated herein by reference.

We emphasize that the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, although we have attempted in good faith to opine as to the probable outcome of the merits of each tax issue with respect to which an opinion was requested, there can be no assurance that our conclusions are correct or that they would be adopted by the Internal Revenue Service or a court.

BACKGROUND

The Bank is a federal mutual savings bank that is in the process of converting to a federal stock savings bank. As a federal mutual savings bank, the Bank has no authorized capital stock. Instead the Bank, in mutual form, has a unique equity structure. A depositor in the Bank is entitled to payment of interest on his account balance as declared and paid by the Bank. A depositor has no right to a distribution of any earnings of the Bank except for interest paid on his deposit, but rather, such earnings become retained earnings of the Bank. However, a depositor has a right to share, pro rata, with respect to the withdrawal value of his account, in any liquidation proceeds distributed in the event the Bank is liquidated. All of the interests held by a depositor cease when such depositor


Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

                    , 2012

Page 3

 

closes his account with the Bank. In connection with and at the time of the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will exchange their liquidation rights in the Bank for an interest in a liquidation account (“Liquidation Account”) established at the Stock Bank.

PROPOSED TRANSACTION

The Holding Company has been formed under the laws of the State of Maryland for the purpose of the proposed transactions described herein, to engage in business as a savings bank holding company and to hold all of the stock of the Stock Bank. The Holding Company will issue shares of its voting common stock (“Holding Company Conversion Shares”), upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of the Bank, to persons purchasing such shares as described in greater detail below.

Following regulatory approval, the Plan provides for the offer and sale of shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares in a Subscription Offering pursuant to nontransferable subscription rights on the basis of the following preference categories: (i) Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, (ii) the Bank’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the newly formed employee stock ownership plan and the Bank’s 401(k) plan, (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, and (iv) Other Members of the Bank, all as described in the Plan. All shares must be sold, and to the extent the stock is available, no subscriber will be allowed to purchase fewer than 25 shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares. If shares remain after all orders are filled in the categories described above, the Plan calls for a community offering to certain members of the general public residing in Baltimore City and the Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Carroll, Harford, Howard and Queen Anne’s (“Community Offering”) for the sale of shares not purchased under the preference categories, and a syndicated community offering (“Syndicated Community Offering”) for the shares not sold in the Community Offering.

Pursuant to the Plan, all such shares will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share. The aggregate purchase price at which all shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares will be offered and sold pursuant to the Plan will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank, as converted. The estimated pro forma market value will be determined by RP Financial, L.C., an independent appraiser. The conversion of the Bank from mutual-to-stock form and the sale of newly issued shares of the stock of the Stock Bank to the Holding Company will be deemed effective concurrently with the closing of the sale of Holding Company Conversion Shares.


Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

                    , 2012

Page 4

 

OPINION OF COUNSEL

Based solely upon the foregoing information, we render the following opinion:

1. The change in the form of operation of the Bank from a federal mutual savings bank to a federal stock savings bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), and no gain or loss will be recognized to either the Bank or to Stock Bank as a result of such Conversion. See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78. The Bank and Stock Bank will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(b). Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104.

2. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Bank on the receipt of money from Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Holding Company Conversion Shares. Code Section 1032(a).

3. The assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of Stock Bank as they had in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion. Code Section 362(b).

4. The holding period of the Bank’s assets to be received by Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank prior to the Conversion. Code Section 1223(2).

5. No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Bank, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank. Code Section 354(a).

6. The basis of the account holders’ deposit accounts in the Stock Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of each Eligible Account Holder’s, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s and Other Member’s interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank will be zero, that being the cost of such property.

7. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss


Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

                    , 2012

Page 5

 

will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.

8. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Conversion Shares to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code). The stockholder’s holding period will commence upon the exercise of the subscription rights. (Section 1223(5) of the Code).

9. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Bank will be treated as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of the Conversion merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to the Stock Bank, and the tax attributes of the Bank will be taken into account by the Stock Bank as if there had been no reorganization. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-(1)(a)(2)).

10. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Bank after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Bank. See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126. Consequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

11. The tax attributes of the Bank enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Bank. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

Notwithstanding any reference to Code Section 381 above, no opinion is expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor, Stock Bank, under the Code.

Our opinion under paragraph 7 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinion under paragraphs 7 and 8 is based on the facts that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Conversion Shares at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also


Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

                    , 2012

Page 6

 

note that RP Financial, L.C. has issued a letter dated                         , 2012 stating that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value. We further note that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past reached a different conclusion with respect to the value of nontransferable subscription rights. If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”) of the Holding Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Conversion, and as an exhibit to the Form AC, Application for Approval of Conversion as filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and Application H-(e)(1)S as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Filings”) with respect to the Conversion, as applicable. We also hereby consent to the references to this firm in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement and the Filings.

USE OF OPINION

This opinion may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with any governmental agency or other person without our prior written consent. We expressly consent to the use of and reliance on this opinion by Rowles & Company, LLP in issuing its state tax opinion to the Bank.

Very truly yours,

 

                                                                                                                                                  

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK,

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

Exhibit 8.2

                    , 2012

Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue

Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

 

  Re: State Income Tax Opinion Relating to the Conversion of Hamilton Bank from a Federally-chartered Mutual Savings Bank to a Federally-chartered Stock Savings Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion regarding the Maryland state income tax consequences of the proposed conversion of Hamilton Bank (Bank) from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank (Converted Bank) and the acquisition of the Converted Bank’s capital stock by Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (Holding Company), pursuant to a Plan of Conversion initially adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank on June 13, 2012(Plan of Conversion). All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan of Conversion.

In connection with the opinions expressed below, we have examined and relied upon originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Plan of Conversion and of such corporate records of the parties to the conversion as we have deemed appropriate. We have also relied upon, without independent verification, the representations of Hamilton Bank and Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. contained in their Certificate of Representations dated                                 , 2012. We have assumed that such representations are true and that the parties to the conversion will act in accordance with the Plan of Conversion.

Our opinion is limited solely to Maryland state income tax consequences and will not apply to any other taxes, jurisdictions, transactions, or issues.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have relied on the opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. related to the federal tax consequences of the proposed conversion (Federal Tax Opinion), without undertaking to verify the federal tax consequences by independent investigation.

Our opinion is subject to the truth and accuracy of certain representations made by the Bank to us and, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. and the consummation of the proposed conversion in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Conversion and applicable state law.


Hamilton Bank

                            , 2012

Page 2

Our opinion is based on currently existing provisions of the Annotated Code of Maryland, existing regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions thereunder. There can be no assurance that future legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations will not adversely affect the accuracy of our opinion or of the statements and conclusions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations could be applied retroactively and could affect the tax consequences of the proposed conversion. We are under no obligation to update our opinion for such changes or interpretations. Furthermore, our opinion will not bind the Comptroller of Maryland and; therefore, the Comptroller of Maryland is not precluded from asserting a contrary position.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. Federal Tax Opinion

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has provided an opinion that addresses the material federal income tax consequences of the planned conversion and reorganization. The opinion, which relies upon standard factual representations given by the Bank, concluded, as follows:

 

1. The change in the form of operation of the Bank from a federal mutual savings bank to a federal stock savings bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), and no gain or loss will be recognized to either the Bank or to Stock Bank as a result of such Conversion. See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78. The Bank and Stock Bank will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(b). Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104.

 

2. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Bank on the receipt of money from Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Holding Company Conversion Shares. Code Section 1032(a).

 

3. The assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of Stock Bank as they had in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion. Code Section 362(b).

 

4. The holding period of the Bank’s assets to be received by Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank prior to the Conversion. Code Section 1223(2).

 

5. No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Bank, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank. Code Section 354(a).

 

6. The basis of the account holders’ deposit accounts in the Stock Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of each Eligible Account Holder’s, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s and Other Member’s interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank will be zero, that being the cost of such property.

 

7. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.


Hamilton Bank

                            , 2012

Page 3

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. Federal Tax Opinion (Continued)

 

8. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Conversion Shares to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code). The stockholder’s holding period will commence upon the exercise of the subscription rights. (Section 1223(5) of the Code).

 

9. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Bank will be treated as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of the Conversion merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to the Stock Bank, and the tax attributes of the Bank will be taken into account by the Stock Bank as if there had been no reorganization. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-(1)(a)(2)).

 

10. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Bank after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Bank. See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126. Consequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

 

11. The tax attributes of the Bank enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Bank. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

Discussion Related to Maryland State Income Tax Consequences

Title 10 of the Annotated Code of Maryland outlines the provisions for income tax in the State of Maryland. Income tax for individuals and corporations is addressed in Subtitle 2 and Subtitle 3 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, respectively. The Maryland modified income of a corporation is the corporation’s federal taxable income for the taxable year as determined under the Internal Revenue Code and as adjusted under Title 10, Subtitle 3, Part II of the Annotated Code of Maryland. Accordingly, based upon the facts and representation stated herein and the existing law, it is the opinion of Rowles & Company, LLP regarding the Maryland state income tax consequences of the proposed conversion that:

 

1. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank by reason of the conversion of the Bank from a mutual to a stock form of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2. No income tax will be imposed on account holders by reason of the conversion of the Bank from a mutual to a stock form of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

3. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the sale of shares of common stock in the Offering.

 

4. No income tax will be imposed on account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of accounts in the Converted Bank immediately after the conversion, in the same dollar amounts and on the same terms and conditions as their accounts at the Bank, plus interests in the liquidation account in the Converted Bank.

 

5. No income tax will be imposed on eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members upon the issuance to them of Subscription Rights.

 

6. The holding period and tax basis of any stock involved in the proposed conversion will be the same as for federal tax purposes.


Hamilton Bank

                            , 2012

Page 4

Legal Disclaimer

The opinions contained herein are rendered only with respect to the specific matters discussed herein and we express no opinion with respect to any other legal federal, state or local tax aspect of these transactions. This opinion is not binding upon any tax authority, including the Comptroller of Maryland or any court, and no assurance can be given that a position contrary to that expressed herein will not be assessed by a tax authority.

However, all of the foregoing authorities are subject to change or modification which can be retroactive in effect and; therefore, could also affect our opinions. We undertake no responsibility to update our opinions for any subsequent change or modification.

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Application for Conversion filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and to this opinion in the prospectus included in the registration statement on Form S-1 under the headings “The Conversion and Offering – Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Baltimore, Maryland

                             , 2012

Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of                          , 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Hamilton Bank, a federally-chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and Robert A. DeAlmeida (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (the “Executive Position”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) The term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “Anniversary Date”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be thirty-six (36) months, provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which such decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of thirty-six (36) months following such Anniversary


Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for thirty-six (36) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b) During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank, or present any conflict of interest.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $             per year (“Base Salary”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan or arrangements of the Bank in which the Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with

 

2


the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

(f) To the extent not specifically set forth in this Section 3, any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank). In addition, for the later of: (i) the remaining term of this Agreement or (ii) one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

(b) Disability . Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of any permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. In the event of Executive’s termination due to Disability, Executive will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Bank, if applicable.

(c) Termination for Cause .

 

  (i) The Board may by written notice to Executive in the form and manner specified in paragraph (ii) below, immediately terminate his employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for already vested benefits. Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

  (A) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

3


  (B) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

  (C) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

 

  (D) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (E) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (F) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

 

  (G) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . In addition to his other rights to terminate his employment under this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement (other than “With Good Reason” as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will receive only his compensation and vested rights and benefits as of the date of his termination.

 

4


(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i) The Board may, by providing a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 6 hereof) to Executive, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “Without Cause”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “With Good Reason”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than Termination for Cause shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii) In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of his date of termination) that Executive would have earned had he remained employed with the Bank from his date of termination until, and including, the last of the remaining term of this Agreement. Such payment shall be made to Executive within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination.

 

  (iii)

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the remaining term of this Agreement, with such period commencing on Executive’s date of termination or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable

 

5


  rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

 

  (iv) “Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service and Executive shall have no fewer than twenty-one (21) days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

 

6


5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay, an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of his (i) highest rate of Base Salary, and (ii) the highest annual bonus paid to, or earned by, Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the

 

7


three (3) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination. In addition, the Bank will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

(c) 280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement , either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefits”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

 

6. NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

(a) Any purported termination by the Bank shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party in writing within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall not be obligated to pay Executive Base Salary or other compensation beyond Executive’s date of termination. Any amounts paid to Executive upon resolution of such dispute under this Section shall be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

8


7. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within twenty-five (25) miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has a headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction

 

9


over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 7, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 7, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

8. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

9. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

 

10. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

10


(b) The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

11. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

12. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after his termination for Cause.

(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its Agreement obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Comptroller of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) or his

 

11


or her designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. §1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Comptroller or his or her designee at the time the Comptroller or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Comptroller to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(g) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “specified employee” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

13. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

14. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

12


15. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

16. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

17. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board or the board of directors of the Company, as appropriate); provided, however, neither the Bank nor Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made unless the Bank gives the OCC at least sixty (60) days’ notice of its intention to make such indemnification. Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement, and any disposition of the action by a court. Such notice, a copy thereof, and a certified copy of the resolution containing the required determination by the Board shall be sent to the Deputy Controller for the OCC Northeastern District Office. The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt. No such indemnification shall be made if the OCC advises the Bank in writing within such notice period of its objection thereto.

 

13


18. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank   

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, MD 21286

To Executive:   

Robert A. DeAlmeida

Most recent address on file with the Bank

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HAMILTON BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EXECUTIVE

 

Robert A. DeAlmeida

 

15

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of                      , 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and Robert A. DeAlmeida (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Bank” shall mean Hamilton Bank, a federally-chartered savings bank that is the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Company, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Executive Position”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Company, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Company. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) The term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the day following the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement shall extend for one day each day until such time as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or Executive elects not to extend the term of this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”), in which case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall end on the third anniversary of the date of such Non-Renewal Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for thirty-six (36) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(b) During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his


duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Company or any other affiliates of the Company, or present any conflict of interest.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Company will pay Executive a salary of $             per year (“Base Salary”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Company and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan or arrangements of the Company in which the Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Company’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Company’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and

 

2


appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Company. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Company and in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

(f) To the extent not specifically set forth in this Section 3, any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company). In addition, for the later of: (i) the remaining term of this Agreement or (ii) one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Company will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Company for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Company.

(b) Disability . Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of any permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. In the event of Executive’s termination due to Disability, Executive will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Company, if applicable.

(c) Termination for Cause .

 

  (i) The Board may by written notice to Executive in the form and manner specified in paragraph (ii) below, immediately terminate his employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for already vested benefits. Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

  (A) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company;

 

3


  (B) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Company or injury to the business reputation of the Company;

 

  (C) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

 

  (D) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

  (E) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

  (F) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Company, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Company as outlined in the Company’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Company employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

 

  (G) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . In addition to his other rights to terminate his employment under this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement (other than “With Good Reason” as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will receive only his compensation and vested rights and benefits as of the date of his termination.

(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i)

The Board may, by providing a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 6 hereof) to Executive, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “Without Cause”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “With Good

 

4


  Reason”); provided, however, that the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Company may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than Termination for Cause shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Company’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii) In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of his date of termination) that Executive would have earned had he remained employed with the Company from his date of termination until, and including, the last of the remaining term of this Agreement. Such payment shall be made to Executive within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination.

 

  (iii) In addition, the Company will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Company for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Company as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the remaining term of this Agreement, with such period commencing on Executive’s date of termination or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Company. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. If the Company cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Company to penalties, then the Company shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Company to penalties.

 

5


  (iv) “Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Company as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Company’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service and Executive shall have no fewer than twenty-one (21) days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

6


  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Company (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay, an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of his (i) highest rate of Base Salary, and (ii) the highest annual bonus paid to, or earned by, Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination. In addition, the Company will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Company for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost

 

7


to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Company. If the Company cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Company to penalties, then the Company shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Company to penalties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

6. NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

(a) Any purported termination by the Company shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party in writing within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Company shall not be obligated to pay Executive Base Salary or other compensation beyond Executive’s date of termination. Any amounts paid to Executive upon resolution of such dispute under this Section shall be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

7. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Company (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Company, either directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Company, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within

 

8


  twenty-five (25) miles of any location(s) in which the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Company or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has a headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Company to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Company.

(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Company, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Company. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Company to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Company pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Company as may be reasonably required by the Company, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Company or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

9


(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 7, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Company, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 7, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Company, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

8. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS: NO DUPLICATION OF BENEFITS

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Company (or any successor of the Company).

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent payments and benefits, as provided for under this Agreement, are paid or received by Executive under the Employment Agreement in effect between Executive and the Bank, the payments and benefits paid by the Bank will be subtracted from any amount or benefit due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments will be allocated in proportion to the level of activity and the time expended by Executive on activities related to the Company and at the Bank, respectively, determined by the Company and the Bank.

 

9. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Company or any predecessor of the Company and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

 

10. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) The Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

10


11. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

12. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(b) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Company and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “specified employee” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

13. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

11


14. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

15. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Company and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Company within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Company, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

16. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company, provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

17. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), with such expenses and liabilities to include, but not to be limited to, judgments, court costs, attorneys’ fees and the costs of reasonable settlements.

 

12


18. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Company   

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

  

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, MD 21286

To Executive:   

Robert A. DeAlmeida

Most recent address on file with the Company

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EXECUTIVE

 

Robert A. DeAlmeida

 

14

Exhibit 10.3

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of             , 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Hamilton Bank, a federally-chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and James F. Hershner (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive as Executive Vice President of the Bank (the “Executive Position”) for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Executive to continue employment with the Bank and to provide further incentive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the benefits which shall be due to Executive in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of two (2) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always two (2) years provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate twenty-four (24) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

2. Definitions . The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement.

(a) Base Salary . Executive’s “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the annual rate of base salary paid to Executive by the Bank.


(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation; is specifically excluded from consideration as a Change in Control under this definition;

(ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

(iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

(iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a termination by Executive, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

(i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided to Executive (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

2


(iii) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Board within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Board received the written notice from Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then Executive may deliver a notice of termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

(d) Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

 

3


3. Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event of Executive’s involuntary termination of employment by the Bank for reasons other than Termination for Cause, or a voluntary termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason occurring on or after a Change in Control, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the sum of his (i) highest rate of Base Salary, and (ii) the highest annual bonus paid to, or earned by, Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be payable within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is two (2) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

4. 280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement , either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefits”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

5. Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor to the Bank).

 

4


6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to Executive without reference to this Agreement.

7. No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

8. Binding on Successors . The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

9. Modification and Waiver .

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

10. Required Provisions .

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after his termination for Cause.

(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its Agreement obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

5


(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Comptroller of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) or his or her designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. §1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Comptroller or his or her designee at the time the Comptroller or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Comptroller to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(g) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined herein), then, solely, to the extent required to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, Executive’s payments shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service. A “Specified Employee” shall be interpreted to comply with Code Section 409A and shall mean a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof), but an individual shall be a “Specified Employee” only if the Bank or Company is or becomes a publicly traded company.

 

6


11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

12. Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank   

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, MD 21286

To Executive:   

James F. Hershner

Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is entered into as of the date first above written.

 

HAMILTON BANK
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
EXECUTIVE

 

James F. Hershner

 

8

Exhibit 10.4

HAMILTON BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(adopted effective January 1, 2012)


HAMILTON BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed, effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2012, by Hamilton Bank.

W I T N E S S E T H    T H A T

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

ATTEST:     HAMILTON BANK

 

    By:  

 

Chairman       President and Chief Executive Officer


C O N T E N T S

 

             Page No.  

Section 1.

 

Plan Identity.

     1   
 

1.1

 

Name

     1   
 

1.2

 

Purpose

     1   
 

1.3

 

Effective Date

     1   
 

1.4

 

Fiscal Period

     1   
 

1.5

 

Single Plan for All Employers

     1   
 

1.6

 

Interpretation of Provisions

     1   

Section 2.

 

Definitions.

     1   

Section 3.

 

Eligibility for Participation.

     10   
 

3.1

 

Initial Eligibility

     10   
 

3.2

 

Definition of Eligibility Year

     10   
 

3.3

 

Terminated Employees

     11   
 

3.4

 

Certain Employees Ineligible

     11   
 

3.5

 

Participation and Reparticipation

     11   
 

3.6

 

Omission of Eligible Employee

     11   
 

3.7

 

Inclusion of Ineligible Employee

     12   

Section 4.

 

Contributions and Credits.

     12   
 

4.1

 

Discretionary Contributions

     12   
 

4.2

 

Contributions for Exempt Loans

     12   
 

4.3

 

Conditions as to Contributions

     13   
 

4.4

 

Rollover Contributions

     13   

Section 5.

 

Limitations on Contributions and Allocations.

     13   
 

5.1

 

Limitation on Annual Additions

     13   
 

5.2

 

Effect of Limitations

     15   
 

5.3

 

Limitations as to Certain Participants

     15   
 

5.4

 

Erroneous Allocations

     16   

Section 6.

 

Trust Fund and Its Investment.

     16   
 

6.1

 

Creation of Trust Fund

     16   
 

6.2

 

Stock Fund and Investment Fund

     16   
 

6.3

 

Acquisition of Stock

     17   
 

6.4

 

Participants’ Option to Diversify

     18   

Section 7.

 

Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock.

     19   
 

7.1

 

Voting and Tendering of Stock

     19   
 

7.2

 

Application of Dividends

     19   


Section 8.

 

Adjustments to Accounts.

   21
 

8.1

 

ESOP Allocations

   21
 

8.2

 

Charges to Accounts

   22
 

8.3

 

Stock Fund Account

   22
 

8.4

 

Investment Fund Account

   22
 

8.5

 

Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund

   22
 

8.6

 

Participant Statements

   23

Section 9.

 

Vesting of Participants’ Interests.

   23
 

9.1

 

Vesting in Accounts

   23
 

9.2

 

Computation of Vesting Years

   23
 

9.3

 

Full Vesting Upon Certain Events

   24
 

9.4

 

Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination

   25
 

9.5

 

Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral

   25
 

9.6

 

Accounting for Forfeitures

   26
 

9.7

 

Vesting and Nonforfeitability

   26

Section 10.

 

Payment of Benefits.

   26
 

10.1

 

Benefits for Participants

   26
 

10.2

 

Time for Distribution

   27
 

10.3

 

Marital Status

   29
 

10.4

 

Delay in Benefit Determination

   29
 

10.5

 

Accounting for Benefit Payments

   29
 

10.6

 

Options to Receive Stock

   29
 

10.7

 

Restrictions on Disposition of Stock

   30
 

10.8

 

Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights

   30
 

10.9

 

Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution

   30
 

10.10

 

Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution

   31

Section 11.

 

Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals

   32
 

11.1

 

Claim for Benefits

   32
 

11.2

 

Notification by Committee

   32
 

11.3

 

Claims Review Procedure

   32

Section 12.

 

The Committee and its Functions.

   32
 

12.1

 

Authority of Committee

   32
 

12.2

 

Identity of Committee

   33
 

12.3

 

Duties of Committee

   33
 

12.4

 

Valuation of Stock

   33
 

12.5

 

Compliance with ERISA

   33
 

12.6

 

Action by Committee

   34
 

12.7

 

Execution of Documents

   34
 

12.8

 

Adoption of Rules

   34
 

12.9

 

Responsibilities to Participants

   34
 

12.10

 

Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity

   34
 

12.11

 

Indemnification by Employers

   34
 

12.12

 

Nonparticipation by Interested Member

   34

 

ii


Section 13.

 

Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan.

   35
 

13.1

 

Adoption of Plan by Other Employers

   35
 

13.2

 

Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification

   35
 

13.3

 

Right to Amend or Terminate

   35

Section 14.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions.

   36
 

14.1

 

Plan Creates No Employment Rights

   36
 

14.2

 

Nonassignability of Benefits

   36
 

14.3

 

Limit of Employer Liability

   36
 

14.4

 

Treatment of Expenses

   36
 

14.5

 

Number and Gender

   36
 

14.6

 

Nondiversion of Assets

   36
 

14.7

 

Separability of Provisions

   36
 

14.8

 

Service of Process

   37
 

14.9

 

Governing State Law

   37
 

14.10

 

Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility

   37
 

14.11

 

Unclaimed Accounts

   37
 

14.12

 

Qualified Domestic Relations Order

   37
 

14.13

 

Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections

   38
 

14.14

 

Acquisition of Securities

   38

Section 15.

 

Top-Heavy Provisions.

   38
 

15.1

 

Top-Heavy Plan

   38
 

15.2

 

Definitions

   39
 

15.3

 

Top-Heavy Rules of Application

   40
 

15.4

 

Minimum Contributions

   41
 

15.5

 

Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan

   41

 

iii


HAMILTON BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Section 1. Plan Identity .

1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Hamilton Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2012.

1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

 

Section 2. Definitions .

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.


“Bank” means Hamilton Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Hamilton Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

“Closing Date” means the closing date of the stock offering of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

“Company” means Hamilton Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

“Compensation” shall mean:

(a) 415 Compensation.

(b) If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable compensation limit set forth under Section 5.1-2 multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

 

2


(c) A Participant’s Compensation shall exclude any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participant’s Entry Date).

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

“Eligible Employee” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 21.

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

“Employer” means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

“Entry Date” means May 1, 2012 and each July 1 and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

(i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

 

3


(ii) to repay such Exempt Loan; or

(iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

(a) Wages (including overtime pay, bonuses and commissions), as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

(b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457, 132(f)(4) or because such amount was deferred in accordance with an Employer-provided deferred compensation plan, shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.

(c) 415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2  1 / 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

(i) Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

(ii) Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.

(d) 415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

 

4


(e) 415 Compensation in excess of $250,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $250,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $250,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $110,000 (as adjusted). For these purposes, “the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees” shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of “Service,” but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17  1 / 2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources. The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this

 

5


paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.

(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

(g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

“Recognized Absence” means a period for which —

 

6


(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

(a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

(1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

(2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

(3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

(4) for a Participant is

(A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

(B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

 

7


(C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

(D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

(b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

(1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

(A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

(B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

(2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

(3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

(4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

 

8


(2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

(3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

(4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

 

9


“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.

 

Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .

3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

(i) an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

 

10


(ii) his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .

3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

3.4-4. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.

3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

 

11


3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

 

Section 4. Contributions and Credits .

4.1 Discretionary Contributions .

4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

 

12


At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

 

Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

 

13


5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $50,000 (for 2012, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance.

5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

 

14


5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

 

15


This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

 

Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .

6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of

 

16


all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth in Section .05 of the Trust Agreement.

6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

6.3-1 All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

6.3-2 An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

 

17


6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

6.3-5 In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

18


Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .

7.1-1 The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

7.2 Application of Dividends .

7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

 

19


7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

(i) On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

(A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

(B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

 

20


(ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

 

Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .

8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

8.1-1 Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

(i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

(ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

(iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

 

21


8.1-2 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.

8.1-3 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of

 

22


properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

 

Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

 

Vesting Years

         Percentage of
Interest Vested
 

Fewer than 1

       0

        1

       20

        2

       40

        3

       60

        4

       80

  5 or more

       100

9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank, prior to the adoption of the Plan, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his

 

23


Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.

9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the

 

24


combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of the Directors on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company is distributed, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more business organizations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after a one-year break in service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.

If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a

 

25


special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.

In addition, if a Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance but his non-vested Account balance was forfeited after a one-year Break in Service, such nonvested Account balance shall be restored if the Plan terminates before the Participant has a five-year Break in Service. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture.

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

 

Section 10. Payment of Benefits .

10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then

 

26


such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Committee shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not exceeding $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Committee in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event the Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined Section 414(u) of the Code), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefit provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then severed from employment on account of death.

10.2 Time for Distribution .

10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which —

(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;

(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.

 

27


10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:

(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.

(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

10.2.5 If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

 

28


10.2-6 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.

10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code

 

29


Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.

 

30


10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

10.9-5 The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

(i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

 

31


(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

 

  Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(i) each specific reason for the denial;

(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .

12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and

 

32


manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

 

33


12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

34


Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

 

35


Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .

14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

 

36


14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.

14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

(i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

(ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

 

37


In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

(i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

(ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

 

Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .

15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

(i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

 

38


(ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

(iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

15.2 Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

15.2-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $160,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

 

39


15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has

 

40


performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or

(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.

If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in this Plan rather than in such other plan or plans.

15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

41

Exhibit 10.5

HAMILTON BANK

NON-QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

January 1, 2012


HAMILTON BANK

NON-QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

1. Purpose

This Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Plan”) is intended to provide Participants (as defined herein) or their Beneficiaries with the economic value of the annual allocations credited to such Participant’s account under the Hamilton Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which may not be accrued under said ESOP due to the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the limitation on includible compensation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The benefits provided under this Plan (as described below) are intended to constitute deferred compensation for “a select group of management or highly compensated employees” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and the regulatory guidance and other guidance issued thereunder.

2. Definitions

Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meaning as set forth below unless the context clearly indicates the contrary. Except to the extent otherwise indicated herein, and to the extent inconsistent with the definitions provided below, the definitions contained in the ESOP are applicable under the Plan.

2.1 “ Annual ESOP Credit ” means the amount credited to the Participant’s account in the Plan, determined as set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.

2.2 “ Applicable Limitations ” means one or more of the following, as applicable: (i) the maximum limitations on annual additions to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 415(c) of the Code; or (ii) the maximum limitation on the annual amount of compensation that may, under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, be taken into account in determining contributions to and benefits under tax-qualified plans.

2.3 “ Bank ” means Hamilton Bank.

2.4 “ Beneficiary ” means the person designated by the Participant under the ESOP to receive the Supplemental ESOP Benefit in the event of the Participant’s death.

2.5 “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

2.6 “ Change in Control ” shall mean (1) a change in ownership of the Bank or the Company under paragraph (a) below, or (2) a change in effective control of the Bank or the Company under paragraph (b) below, or (3) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or the Company under paragraph (c) below:

 

  (a) Change in the ownership of the Bank or the Company. A change in the ownership of the Bank or the Company shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or


  (b) Change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company. A change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company shall occur on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or the Company; or (ii) a majority of members of the Bank’s or the Company’s board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this sub-section (ii) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or the Company is another corporation; or

 

  (c) Change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s or the Company’s assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s or the Company’s assets shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. There is no Change in Control event under this paragraph (c) when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation immediately after the transfer; or

 

  (d) For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent modified herein.

 

2


2.7 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.

2.8 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

2.9 “ Company ” means Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

2.10 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2012

2.11 “ Employee ” means an employee of the Employer on whose behalf benefits are payable under the ESOP.

2.12 “ Employer ” means the Bank or the Company, as applicable, and any successors by merger, purchase, reorganization or otherwise. If a subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer adopts the Plan, it shall be deemed the Employer with respect to its employees.

2.13 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.

2.14 “ ESOP ” means the tax-qualified Hamilton Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and any successor thereto.

2.15 “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a share of Stock on the Valuation Date:

 

  (a) the final reported sales price on the date in question (or if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United States securities exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or admitted to trading, as of the close of the market in New York City and without regard to after-hours trading activity; or

 

  (b) if the shares of Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the closing bid quotation with respect to a share of Stock on such date, as of the close of the market in New York City and without regard to after-hours trading activity, or, if no such quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee, then in use; or

 

3


  (c) if (a) and (b) are not applicable, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as the Committee may determine in good faith and in accordance with Code Section 422 and the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.16 “ Participant ” means an Employee who has been designated for participation in this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1.

2.17 “ Phantom Shares ” means the unit of measurement of a Participant’s Account hereunder denominated in hypothetical shares of Company Stock. On any Valuation Date, one Phantom Share shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock on such date.

2.18 “ Plan ” means Hamilton Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

2.19 “ Plan Year ” means the period from January 1 to December 31.

2.20 “ Separation from Service ” means the Employee’s death, Retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as the Employee’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six months and the Employee’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Employee shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

Whether a termination of employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and Employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which the Participant performed services for the Bank). The determination of whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

2.21 “ Specified Employee ” means any Participant who also satisfies the definition of “key employee” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof). In the event a Participant is a Specified Employee, no distribution shall be made to such Participant upon Separation from Service (other than due to death or Disability) prior to the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.

2.22 “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

2.23 “ Supplemental ESOP Account ” means the bookkeeping account to which a Participant’s Annual ESOP Credits and earnings thereon are credited.

 

4


2.24 “ Supplemental ESOP Benefit ” means value of the Participant’s Account as of the most recent Valuation Date.

2.25 “ Valuation Date ” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” means the last day of each Plan and such other year as determined from time to time by the Committee.

3. Participation and Vesting

3.1 Designation to Participate . Upon the designation of the Committee, and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, Employees may become Participants at any time during the Plan Year. Each Employee initially selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan shall be set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

3.2 Continuation of Participation . An Employee who has become a Participant shall remain a Participant so long as benefits are payable to or with respect to such Participant under the Plan.

3.3 Vesting . Each Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Benefit shall be 100% vested at all times.

4. Account

4.1 Supplemental ESOP Account . The Bank shall maintain for each Participant a Supplemental ESOP Account to which it shall credit all amounts credited thereto in accordance with Section 5.1 and 5.2 of the Plan.

4.2 Unsecured Creditor . The Participant’s interest in his or her Supplemental ESOP Account is limited to the right to receive payments under the Plan, and the Participant’s position is that of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank.

5. Contributions and Investment

5.1 Annual ESOP Credit . On the date on which shares of Stock are allocated to the Participant’s ESOP account for the relevant ESOP Plan Year, the Bank shall credit the Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Account with the Annual ESOP Credit. The Annual ESOP Credit is equal to the sum of the difference (denominated in Phantom Shares) between “(a)” and “(b),” where:

 

  (a) is the number of shares of Stock that would have been allocated to the ESOP account of the Participant for a Plan Year under the ESOP and the dividends and earnings thereon paid during the Plan Year, but for the Applicable Limitations; and

 

  (b) is the number of shares of Stock actually allocated to the account of the Participant for the relevant ESOP Plan Year and the dividends and earnings thereon paid during the Plan Year.

 

5


5.2 Investment of Annual ESOP Credits . All Annual ESOP Credits allocated to the Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Account shall be deemed invested in Phantom Shares and all dividends deemed paid on Phantom Shares credited to each Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Account shall be immediately deemed to be reinvested in Phantom Shares. The Employer may establish a rabbi trust and set aside assets to informally fund the benefit obligations under this Plan, but the Bank is not obligated to do so.

5.3 Statement of Deferred Compensation Account . The Bank shall provide each Participant, within ninety (90) days following the end of the Plan Year, a statement setting forth the balance of the Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Account as of the last day of the previous Plan Year.

6. Distribution of the Supplemental ESOP Benefit

6.1 Time of Payment of the Supplemental ESOP Benefit . The Supplemental ESOP Benefit shall be payable to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the first to occur of:

 

  (a) the Participant’s “Separation from Service,” other than due to death or Disability;

 

  (b) the Participant’s Disability;

 

  (c) the Participant’s death; or

 

  (d) a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Participant is a Specified Employee and the distribution under this Section is due to the Participants Separation from Service (other than due to death or Disability), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, the distribution (or any part thereof) shall be delayed and paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.

6.2 Form of Supplemental ESOP Payments . A Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Benefit under Section 4.1 of this Plan shall be a benefit paid in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the Participant’s Supplemental ESOP Account as of the most recent Valuation Date.

7. Administration of the Plan

7.1 Committee; Duties . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, that may arise in connection with the administration of the Plan; provided, however, that any such interpretations, rules and/or regulations shall be consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.

 

6


7.2 Agents . The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee regarding of any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

7.4 Indemnity of Committee . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8. Claims Procedure

8.1 Claim . Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee which shall respond in writing within thirty (30) days.

8.2 Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

 

  (a) the reason for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.

 

  (b) a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary.

 

  (c) an explanation of the Plan‘s claim review procedure.

8.3 Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within thirty (30) days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee who may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

8.4 Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reason and the relevant plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

8.5 Arbitration . If a claimant continues to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then the claimant may submit the dispute to mediation, administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) (or a mediator selected by the parties) in accordance with the AAA’s Commercial Mediation Rules. If mediation is not successful in resolving the dispute, it

 

7


shall be settled by arbitration administered by the AAA under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

9. Amendment or Termination

9.1 Amendment of Plan . The Board shall have the right to amend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, provided, however, that no amendment shall reduce any Participant’s vested and accrued benefits.

9.2 Plan Termination . Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations, in the event of the termination of this Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and all benefits shall be immediately payable to the Participant by the Bank as if the Participant had terminated employment as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:

 

  (a) The Board may terminate the Plan within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

  (b) The Board may terminate the Plan by irrevocable action within the thirty (30) days preceding, or twelve (12) months following, a Change in Control, provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Employer are terminated so that the Participant and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.

 

  (c)

The Board may terminate the Plan provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank or Company; (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (iii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangement; (iv) all payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of the termination of the arrangements; and (v) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that

 

8


  would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.

10. Miscellaneous

10.1 Unfunded Plan . This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. However, the Employer may elect to fund for the benefits of Participants as described in Section 10.3 below. This Plan will continue to be unfunded for tax purposes and Title I of ERISA even if benefits are funded by the Employer under Section 10.3 below.

10.2 Unsecured General Creditor . The Participant and his Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer. Such policies or other assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of Employer under this Plan. Any and all of the Employer‘s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer‘s obligation under the Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.

10.3 Trust Fund . The Employer shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Employer may establish one (1) or more rabbi trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Employer‘s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such rabbi trust, the Employer shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Employer.

10.4 Nonassignability . Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant‘s or any other person‘s bankruptcy or insolvency.

10.5 Expenses of Plan . All expenses of the Plan will be paid by the Employer.

 

9


10.6 Payment of Employment and Code Section 409A Taxes . Any distribution under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of any taxes required to be withheld from such distribution. This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay employment related taxes as permitted under Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-3(j) or to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. In the latter case, such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

10.7 Acceleration of Payments . Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Participant to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Participant and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

10.8 Participation by Subsidiaries and Affiliates . If any employer is now or hereafter becomes a subsidiary or affiliated company of the Employer and its employees participate in the ESOP, the Board of Directors may authorize such subsidiary or affiliated company to participate in this Plan upon appropriate action by such employer necessary to adopt the Plan.

10.9 Delivery of Elections to Committee . All elections, designation, requests, notices, instructions and other communications required or permitted under the Plan from the Employer, a Participant, Beneficiary or other person to the Committee shall be on the appropriate form, shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered to such address as shall be specified by such Committee, and shall be deemed to have been given or delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by such Committee at such location.

10.10 Delivery of Notice to Participants . All notices, statements, reports and other communications required or permitted under the Plan from the Employer or the Committee to any Participant, Beneficiary or other person, shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such person at this address last appearing on the records of the Committee.

10.11 Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns. The term “successors” as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Employer, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

 

10


11. Construction of the Plan

11.1 Construction of the Plan . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered according to the laws of the State of Maryland, to the extent not superseded by Federal law.

11.2 Counterparts . This Plan has been established by the Employer in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original. All the counterparts shall constitute one instrument, which may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

11.3 Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

[signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank, acting through its authorized officer, has adopted this Plan.

 

    HAMILTON BANK
                         By:  

 

Date

     

 

12


HAMILTON BANK

Exhibit A

 

Participant

 

Date of Participation

 

A-1


HAMILTON BANK

NONQUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM

 

Name:  

 

 

I hereby designate the following Beneficiary(ies) to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under the Plan following my death:

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

 

Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 
Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 
Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY (if all Primary Beneficiaries pre-decease me):

 

Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 
Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 
Name:  

 

  % of Benefit:  

 

 

This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect and this Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

 

                      

 
Date   Participant  
  RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:  
                       By:  

Date      

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.6

HAMILTON BANK

E XECUTIVE S PLIT D OLLAR A GREEMENT

This E XECUTIVE S PLIT D OLLAR A GREEMENT is entered into as of this 30 th day of January, 2008, by and between Hamilton Bank, a federally chartered savings institution with its main office in Baltimore, MD (“the Bank”) and Robert DeAlmeida , President of the Bank (“the Executive”). This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the Executive and the Bank.

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

The Bank and the Executive agree as set forth herein.

A RTICLE 1

G ENERAL D EFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1     Executive’s Interest means the benefit set forth in Section 2.2.

1.2     Insured means the Executive.

1.3     Insurer means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

1.4     Net Death Proceeds means the total death proceeds of the Policy minus the cash surrender value.

1.5     Plan Administrator or Administrator means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.6     Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.7     Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive’s interest, if any, in a Policy on the Executive’s life.

1.8     Termination of Employment means the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, if there is a dispute about the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute.

 

1


A RTICLE 2

P OLICY O WNERSHIP /I NTERESTS

2.1     Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Executive’s Interest has been paid under Section 2.2 of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

2.2     Executive’s Interest . In the case of the Executive’s death before Termination of Employment, the Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds in the amount of $350,000. The amount of the benefit set forth in this Section 2.2 for death occurring before Termination of Employment is hereinafter referred to as the Executive’s Interest.

Subject to the terms of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, including but not limited to the Bank’s right to terminate this Executive Split Dollar Agreement under Section 8.8, the Bank hereby endorses the Executive’s Interest to the Executive and agrees to execute any other or further documents that may be required to effectuate this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

2.3     Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges . The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive’s life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive’s life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

A RTICLE 3

P REMIUMS

3.1     Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy. It is anticipated that the Policy will be a single premium modified endowment contract.

3.2     Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Executive in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Executive’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary(ies). The current term rate is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

A RTICLE 4

A SSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

 

2


A RTICLE 5

I NSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

A RTICLE 6

C LAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1     Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the claimant) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1     Initiation of Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2     Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3     Notice of Decision . If the Administrator denies part of or the entire claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall be set forth with:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,
  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,
  (c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
  (d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
  (e) A statement of the claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2     Review Procedure . If the Administrator denies part of or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

 

3


6.2.1     Initiation of Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2     Additional Submissions of Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3     Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4     Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5     Notice of Decision . The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall be set forth with:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,
  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
  (c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
  (d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).

A RTICLE 7

A DMINISTRATION OF A GREEMENT

7.1     Administrator Duties . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Bank’s board of directors or such committee as the board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this

 

4


Executive Split Dollar Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

7.2     Agents . In the administration of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3     Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

7.4     Indemnity of Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5     Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

A RTICLE 8

M ISCELLANEOUS

8.1     Binding Effect . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2     No Guarantee of Employment . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3     Applicable Law . The Executive Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4     Entire Agreement . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.5     Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Executive

 

5


Split Dollar Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.6    Headings. Section headings are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

8.7     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice: (a) if to the Bank, to the Board of Directors, Hamilton Bank, 5600 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD, 21214 and (b) if to the Executive, to the address of the Executive on the Bank’s records, and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.8     Amendment and Termination . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one of the following:

 

  (a) Voluntary or involuntary termination of employment, including retirement, or

 

  (b) surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, which the Bank reserves the absolute right to do, or

 

  (c) cessation of the Bank’s business, which is not continued by the Bank’s successor, if any, or

 

  (d) written notice of termination of the agreement by either of the Bank or the Executive, or

 

  (e) bankruptcy, receivership, or dissolution of the Bank, or

 

  (f) distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above.

If this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is terminated, the Bank may in its sole discretion retain or terminate the Policy.

8.9     Successors . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Executive Split Dollar Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Executive Split Dollar Agreement if no succession had occurred.

 

6


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Bank and the Executive have executed this Executive Split Dollar Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

T HE E XECUTIVE :    T HE B ANK :
R OBERT D E A LMEIDA    H AMILTON B ANK
By:   /s/ Robert DeAlmeida    By:    /s/ James P. Hershner
Title:   President/CEO    Title:    Executive Vice President

A GREEMENT TO C OOPERATE WITH I NSURANCE U NDERWRITING I NCIDENT TO I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE SECTION 1035 E XCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Executive Split Dollar Agreement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.3 of the Executive Split Dollar Agreement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

 

/s/ James P. Hershner       /s/ Robert DeAlmeida
Witness       Executive

 

7

Exhibit 10.7

HAMILTON BANK

E XECUTIVE S PLIT D OLLAR A GREEMENT

This E XECUTIVE S PLIT D OLLAR A GREEMENT is entered into as of this 30 th day of January, 2008, by and between Hamilton Bank, a federally chartered savings institution with its main office in Baltimore, MD (“the Bank”) and James Hershner , Executive Vice President of the Bank (“the Executive”). This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the Executive and the Bank.

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

The Bank and the Executive agree as set forth herein.

A RTICLE 1

G ENERAL D EFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1     Executive’s Interest means the benefit set forth in Section 2.2.

1.2     Insured means the Executive.

1.3     Insurer means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

1.4     Net Death Proceeds means the total death proceeds of the Policy minus the cash surrender value.

1.5     Plan Administrator or Administrator means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.6     Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.7     Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive’s interest, if any, in a Policy on the Executive’s life.

1.8     Termination of Employment means the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, if there is a dispute about the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute.

A RTICLE 2

P OLICY O WNERSHIP /I NTERESTS

2.1     Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death

 

1


proceeds remaining after the Executive’s Interest has been paid under Section 2.2 of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

2.2     Executive’s Interest . In the case of the Executive’s death before Termination of Employment, the Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds in the amount of $350,000. The amount of the benefit set forth in this Section 2.2 for death occurring before Termination of Employment is hereinafter referred to as the Executive’s Interest.

Subject to the terms of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, including but not limited to the Bank’s right to terminate this Executive Split Dollar Agreement under Section 8.8, the Bank hereby endorses the Executive’s Interest to the Executive and agrees to execute any other or further documents that may be required to effectuate this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

2.3     Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges . The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive’s life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive’s life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

A RTICLE 3

P REMIUMS

3.1     Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy. It is anticipated that the Policy will be a single premium modified endowment contract.

3.2     Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Executive in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Executive’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary(ies). The current term rate is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

A RTICLE 4

A SSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

A RTICLE 5

I NSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims,

 

2


suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

A RTICLE 6

C LAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1     Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the claimant) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1     Initiation of Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2     Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3     Notice of Decision . If the Administrator denies part of or the entire claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall be set forth with:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,
  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,
  (c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
  (d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
  (e) A statement of the claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2     Review Procedure . If the Administrator denies part of or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1     Initiation of Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2     Additional Submissions of Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records

 

3


and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3     Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4     Timing of Administrator Response . The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5     Notice of Decision . The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall be set forth with:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,
  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
  (c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
  (d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).

A RTICLE 7

A DMINISTRATION OF A GREEMENT

7.1     Administrator Duties . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Bank’s board of directors or such committee as the board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

7.2     Agents . In the administration of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3     Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated

 

4


hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

7.4     Indemnity of Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5     Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

A RTICLE 8

M ISCELLANEOUS

8.1     Binding Effect . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2     No Guarantee of Employment . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3     Applicable Law . The Executive Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4     Entire Agreement . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.5     Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.6     Headings . Section headings are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

8.7     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following

 

5


addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice: (a) if to the Bank, to the Board of Directors, Hamilton Bank, 5600 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD, 21214 and (b) if to the Executive, to the address of the Executive on the Bank’s records, and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.8     Amendment and Termination . This Executive Split Dollar Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one of the following:

 

  (a) Voluntary or involuntary termination of employment, including retirement, or

 

  (b) surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, which the Bank reserves the absolute right to do, or

 

  (c) cessation of the Bank’s business, which is not continued by the Bank’s successor, if any, or

 

  (d) written notice of termination of the agreement by either of the Bank or the Executive, or

 

  (e) bankruptcy, receivership, or dissolution of the Bank, or

 

  (f) distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above.

If this Executive Split Dollar Agreement is terminated, the Bank may in its sole discretion retain or terminate the Policy.

8.9     Successors . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Executive Split Dollar Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Executive Split Dollar Agreement if no succession had occurred.

 

6


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Bank and the Executive have executed this Executive Split Dollar Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

T HE E XECUTIVE :     T HE B ANK :
J AMES H ERSHNER     H AMILTON B ANK
By:   /s/ James Hershner     By:   /s/ Robin Thiess
Title:   Executive Vice President     Title:   Corporate Secretary

A GREEMENT TO C OOPERATE WITH I NSURANCE U NDERWRITING I NCIDENT TO I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE SECTION 1035 E XCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Executive Split Dollar Agreement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.3 of the Executive Split Dollar Agreement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Executive Split Dollar Agreement.

 

/s/ Robin Thiess       /s/ James Hershner
Witness       Executive

 

7

Exhibit 10.8

AGREEMENT FOR DEFERMENT OF SALARIES

By resolution of the Board of Directors of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association the following agreement for the unfunded deferment of payment of salaries has been adopted effective January 1, 1986.

Section 1. PURPOSE — The purpose of the agreement is to provide an opportunity for the officers to accumulate wealth for retirement and to provide the use of funds for business activities.

Section 2. PARTICIPANTS —All active Senior Officers are eligible for .participation. Senior Officers are defined as Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer.

TERM OF THE AGREEMENT —The agreement is effective for calendar years beginning January 1, 1986, and will continue in effect until terminated by action of the Board of Directors or other legal authority.

Section 3. ELECTIONS —Each Senior Officer may elect on or before December 31, of any year to defer receipt of all or a specified part of his salary for the succeeding calendar year. An election to defer fees continues in all succeeding years unless the officer terminates the election by written request.

Section 4. DEFERRAL OF SALARY —On receipt of a written election by a Senior Officer, Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association will establish an accounting record of the fees deferred by such officer. The deferred salary will be recorded as a current operating expense for accounting purposes but will not be deducted by Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association on its income tax returns until the year of actual payment. An unfunded liability for deferred but unpaid salary and accumulated interest will be recorded on the books and records of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of any kind. No participant shall have any right to receive any current or accumulated deferred compensation or interest for any year until such time as described in Section 6. To the extent that any person, including the participant, acquires a right to receive payments from Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association under the Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association. Furthermore, such right may not be pledged, transferred or assigned in whole or in part.

Section 5. INTEREST —Interest (based on the highest Savings Certificate rate when credited) on the deferred salary will be compounded daily and credited to the account of each officer monthly from the day the deferred salary was otherwise payable until distribution of all deferred amounts.


Section 6. PAYMENT - The amounts deferred and the accumulated interest will be distributed in annual installments (or quarterly installments if so elected) over a ten-year period (or over a lesser period if so elected) beginning with the first calendar year immediately following the year in which the officer ceases to be employed (or such earlier time if so elected at the time of the election to defer). Upon the death of an officer or former officer prior to the expiration of the payment period, the balance of his deferred salary and interest will be payable to his beneficiary (as defined in Section 7(a)) in full on the first day of the next calendar year following his death.

If the beneficiary shall have predeceased the participant, or if a beneficiary has not been designated by the participant, then the balance shall be payable in a lump sum to the participant’s estate in full on the first business day of the next calendar year following his death.

In the event a participant ceases to be an officer and becomes disabled (as defined in Section 7(b)) or incurs other hardship, the entire balance (or a portion) of his deferred salary, including interest may, if directed by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, be paid to him immediately in a lump sum.

In the event an officer ceases to be employed and becomes an officer or director with any business that is in competition with the corporation, the entire balance of his deferred fees, including interest, may, if directed by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, be paid to him immediately in a lump sum.

Section 7. DEFINITIONS

 

  (a) “Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons designated in writing as such and filed with Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association at any time by the participant. Any such designation may be withdrawn or changed in writing, but only the last designation on file with Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association shall be effective.

 

  (b) “Disability” shall mean the incapacity of the Participant to perform as an officer which would be appropriate for a person of his prior physical status, intellectual ability or experience, due to a mental or physical disability which shall have continued for a period of six (6) months, and which shall have been certified to by a physician acceptable to Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association.

There being no further business to come before the meeting, a motion was duly made and seconded to adjourn.

 

/s/ A. Milton Frome, Jr.

Secretary

 

/s/ Philip A. Lindenmeyer

President


Proposed Amendment to “Agreement for Deferment of Directors Fees” and

“Agreement for Deferment of Salaries”

The third paragraph of page 2 of each agreement would be amended as follows

In the event a participant ceases to be a Director (Officer) and becomes disabled or if the participant incurs another hardship, the entire balance (or a portion) of his deferred fees (salary), including interest, may if directed by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion be paid in a lump sum or in installments. If installment payments have begun and the participant incurs another hardship the installment payments may be accelerated at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

Subparagraph (c) would be added to Section 7. Definitions as follows

“Other hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an “other hardship” would depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made in the event that such hardship is or may be relieved:

 

  1) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,

 

  2) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent that liquidation of such assets would not itself cause financial hardship, or

 

  3) by cessation of Deferrals under the Plan.

The need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home shall not be an Unforeseeable Emergency.


HAMILTON FEDERAL BANK

AGREEMENT FOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION

OF SALARIES

 

 

1999 Amendment

 

WHEREAS, Hamilton Federal Bank (the “Bank”) has approved and implemented, for senior officers, the Hamilton Federal Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Salaries (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has resolved to amend the Agreement to permit each senior officer to elect to receive in-service distributions from his or her account, and to select the investment return that will be credited to his or her account.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective immediately:

1. Section 4 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting its fourth sentence (in order to permit the Bank to establish a grantor trust as an unsecured funding vehicle for benefits).

2. Section 5 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Senior Officer may irrevocably elect, on an Investment Election Form materially in the form attached as Exhibit “A”, to have the Senior Officer’s account balance or a portion thereof credited with an investment return based on the Senior Officer’s investment elections made pursuant to this paragraph. At the end of each month during which a Senior Officer’s account has a positive value, Hamilton Federal Bank shall honor any election that a Senior Officer makes on an Investment Election Form; provided that each Senior Officer’s election is irrevocable until the Trustee implements a change specified on a superseding Investment Election Form filed by the Senior Officer. Elections made before December 1, 1999, however, shall take effect December 1, 1999. In the event a Senior Officer files more than one valid Investment Election Form, the most recent valid election shall supersede any and all prior elections. For purposes of this paragraph, a Senior Officer’s election shall be deemed to be approved on the day of its execution by or delivery to Legg Mason Trust, fsb (or its successor as trustee of the trust associated with this Agreement), unless within the ensuing three days the Trustee rejects the election through a written notice that (i) is delivered to the Senior Officer who made the election and (ii) specifies the reasons for its rejection.


Hamilton Federal Bank

Agreement for Deferment of Salaries

1999 Amendment

Page 2 of 2

3. Section 6 of the Agreement shall be amended by replacing “calendar year” with “calendar month in which administratively practicable”.

4. Section 6 shall be further amended by adding the following paragraph at the end of the section:

Each Senior Officer may elect, on a Distribution Election Form materially in the form attached as Exhibit “B”, to withdraw all or any portion of his or her account, provided that such election is made at least one year prior to the date on which the election is to take effect.

5. Exhibits “A” and “B” of the Agreement shall henceforth provide as attached hereto.

WHEREFORE, on this 8th day of November, 1999, the Bank hereby adopts this 1999 Amendment to the Agreement.

 

Witnessed by:     HAMILTON FEDERAL BANK
/s/ James F. Hershner    

By

  /s/ James H. Ritter
     

Its President

Exhibit 10.9

Upon a motion by Mr. Novier, seconded by Mr. R. Frome and carried, the following Agreement for Deferment of Directors Fees was adopted.

AGREEMENT FOR DEFERMENT OF DIRECTORS FEES

By resolution of the Board of Directors of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association, the following agreement for the unfunded deferment of payment of directors fees has been adopted effective January 1, 1984.

Section 1. PURPOSE —The purpose of the agreement is to provide an opportunity for the Directors to accumulate wealth for retirement and to provide the use of funds for business activities. The agreement applies to all fees received: regular meeting fees, special meeting fees and committee fees.

Section 2. PARTICIPANTS —All active Directors are eligible for participation.

TERM OF THE AGREEMENT —The agreement is effective for calendar years beginning January 1, 1984, and will continue in effect until terminated by action of the Board of Directors or other legal authority.

Section 3. ELECTIONS —Each Director may elect on or before December 31, of any year to defer receipt of all or a specified part of his Director’s fees for the succeeding calendar year. An election to defer fees continues in all succeeding years unless the Director terminates the election by written request.

Any person elected to fill a vacancy on the Board who was not previously a Director on the preceding December 31, may elect, before his term begins, to defer all or a specified part of his fees for the balance of the calendar year following such election and for succeeding calendar years.

Section 4. DEFERRAL OF FEES —On receipt of a written election by a Director, Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association will establish an accounting record of the fees deferred by such Director. The deferred fees will be recorded as a current operating expense for accounting purposes but will not be deducted by Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association on its income tax returns until the year of actual payment. An unfunded liability for deferred but unpaid fees and accumulated interest will be recorded on the books and records of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of any kind. No participant shall have any right to receive any current or accumulated deferred compensation or interest for any year until such time as described in Section 6. To the extent that any person, including the participant, acquired a right to receive payments from Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association under the Agreement such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association. Furthermore, such right may not be pledged, transferred or assigned in whole or in part.

Section 5. INTEREST —Interest (based on the highest Savings Certificate rate when credited) on the deferred fees will be compounded daily and credited to the account of each Director monthly from the day the deferred fees were otherwise payable until distribution of all deferred amounts.

Section 6. PAYMENT —The amounts deferred and the accumulated interest will be distributed in annual installments (or quarterly installments if so elected) over a ten-year period (or over a lesser period if so elected) beginning with the first calendar year immediately following the year in which the Director ceases to be a Director (or such earlier time if so elected at the time of the election to defer). Upon the death of a Director or former Director prior to the expiration of the payment period, the balance of his deferred fees and interest will be payable to his beneficiary (as defined in Section 7(a)) in full on the first day of the next calendar year following his death.


If the beneficiary shall have predeceased the participant, or if a beneficiary has not been designated by the participant, then the balance shall be payable in a lump sum to the participant’s estate in full on the first business day of the next calendar year following his death.

In the event a participant ceases to be a Director and becomes disabled (as defined in Section 7(b)) or incurs other hardship, the entire balance (or a portion) of his deferred fees, including interest, may, if directed by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, be paid to him immediately in a lump sum.

In the event a Director ceases to be a Director and becomes an officer or director with any business that is in competition with the corporation, the entire balance of his deferred fees, including interest, may, if directed by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, be paid to him immediately in a lump sum.

Section 7. DEFINITIONS

 

  (a) “Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons designated in writing as such and filed with Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association at any time by the participant. Any such designation may be withdrawn or changed in writing, but only the last designation on file with Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association shall be effective.

 

  (b) “Disability” shall mean the incapacity of the Participant to perform as a Director which would be appropriate for a person of his prior physical status, intellectual ability or experience, due to a mental or physical disability which shall have been certified to by a physician acceptable to Hamilton Federal Savings and Loan Association.

There being no further business to come before the meeting, a motion was duly made and seconded to adjourn.

 

/s/ William E. Turner
Secretary

 

/s/ A. Milton Frome
Chairman of the Board


Proposed Amendment to “Agreement for Deferment of Directors Fees” and

“Agreement for Deferment of Salaries”

The third paragraph of page 2 of each agreement would be amended as follows

In the event a participant ceases to be a Director (Officer) and becomes disabled or if the participant incurs another hardship, the entire balance (or a portion) of his deferred fees (salary), including interest, may if directed by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion be paid in a lump sum or in installments. If installment payments have begun and the participant incurs another hardship the installment payments may be accelerated at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

Subparagraph (c) would be added to Section 7. Definitions as follows

“Other hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an “other hardship” would depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made in the event that such hardship is or may be relieved:

 

  1) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,

 

  2) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent that liquidation of such assets would not itself cause financial hardship, or

 

  3) by cessation of Deferrals under the Plan.

The need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home shall not be an Unforeseeable Emergency.


HAMILTON FEDERAL BANK

AGREEMENT FOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION

OF DIRECTORS FEES

 

 

1999 Amendment

 

WHEREAS, Hamilton Federal Bank (the “Bank”) has approved and implemented, for all directors, the Hamilton Federal Bank Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Directors Fees (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has resolved to amend the Agreement to permit each director to elect to receive in-service distributions from his or her account, and to select the investment return that will be credited to his or her account,

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective immediately:

1. Section 2 of the Agreement shall be revised by replacing its first sentence with the following sentence:

All active Directors and directors emeritus are eligible for participation. <Italics here highlight new text.>

2. Section 4 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting its fourth sentence (in order to permit the Bank to establish a grantor trust as an unsecured funding vehicle for benefits).

3. Section 5 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director may irrevocably elect, on an Investment Election Form materially in the form attached as Exhibit “A”, to have the Director’s account balance or a portion thereof credited with an investment return based on the Director’s investment elections made pursuant to this paragraph. At the end of each month during which a Director’s account has a positive value, Hamilton Federal Bank shall honor any investment election that a Director makes on his or her Investment Election Form; provided that each Director’s election is irrevocable until the Trustee implements a change specified on a superseding Investment Election Form filed by the Director. Elections made before December 1, 1999, however, shall take effect December 1, 1999. In the event a Director files more than one valid Investment Election Form, the most recent valid election shall supersede any and all prior elections. For purposes of this paragraph, a Director’s election shall


Hamilton Federal Bank

Agreement for Deferred Compensation of Directors Fees

1999 Amendment

Page 2 of 2

be deemed to be approved on the day of its execution by or delivery to Legg Mason Trust, fsb (or its successor as trustee of the trust associated with this Agreement), unless within the ensuing three days the Trustee rejects the election through a written notice that (i) is delivered to the Director who made the election and (ii) specifies the reasons for its rejection.

4. Section 6 of the Agreement shall be amended by replacing “calendar year” with “calendar month in which administratively practicable”.

5. Section 6 shall be further amended by adding the following paragraph at the end of the section:

Each Director may elect, on a Distribution Election Form materially in the form attached as Exhibit “B”, to withdraw all or any portion of his or her account, provided that such election is made at least one year prior to the date on which the election is to take effect.

6. All references within the Agreement to Hamilton Federal Savings & Loan Association (or the “Association”) shall henceforth refer to Hamilton Federal Bank (or the “Bank”).

7. Exhibits “A” and “B” of the Agreement shall henceforth provide as attached hereto.

WHEREFORE, on this 8th day of November, 1999, the Bank hereby adopts this 1999 Amendment to the Agreement.

 

Witnessed by:     HAMILTON FEDERAL BANK

/s/ James F. Hershner

    By   /s/ James H. Ritter
     

Its President

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

Hamilton Bank    Federal (direct)
3110 FC, LLC    Maryland (indirect)
Belmar Services Corporation    Maryland (indirect)

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

June 13, 2012

Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

Members of the Board:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                                                   

RP FINANCIAL, LC.

 

LOGO

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plazza Telephone:(703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 60 Fax No: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201 Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

Towson, Maryland

We consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in the Form AC Application for Conversion filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of our report dated June 13, 2012 on the balance sheets of Hamilton Bank as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement and the Application for Conversion.

 

LOGO

Baltimore, Maryland

June 13, 2012

101 E. Chesapeake Avenue, Suite 300, Baltimore, Maryland 21286

410-583-6990 FAX 410-583-7061

Website: www.Rowles.com

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

April 3, 2012

Robert A. DeAlmeida

President and CEO

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

Dear Mr. DeAlmeida:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Hamilton Bank, Towson, Maryland (the “Bank”), and RP ® Financial, LC (“RP Financial”) for independent appraisal services in connection with the stock to be issued concurrent with the Bank’s proposed mutual-to-stock conversion transaction. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.

Description of Appraisal Services

Prior to preparing the valuation report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other documents and records, to gain insight into the Bank’s operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which impact the pro forma value of the Bank.

RP Financial will prepare a written detailed valuation report of the Bank that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. In this regard, the applicable regulatory guidelines are those set forth in the Office of Thrift Supervision’s (“OTS”) October 21, 1994 “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization,” which have been endorsed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) and various state banking agencies.

The appraisal report will include an in-depth analysis of the Bank’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Bank’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Bank’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to publicly-traded savings institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.

 

LOGO


Hamilton Bank

April 3, 2012

Page 2

 

We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution (if applicable). The appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma market value that will establish the range of value, and reflect the offering price per share determined by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The appraisal report may be periodically updated prior to the commencement of the offering and the appraisal is required to be updated just prior to the closing of the offering.

RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent updates, as appropriate.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $42,500 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

   

$5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

   

$37,500 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and,

 

   

$5,000 for each valuation update that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.

The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, shipping, computer and data services. RP Financial will agree to limit reimbursable expenses to $3,500 in conjunction with this engagement, exclusive of travel related expenses, which will be billed separately. The reimbursable expenses will be subject to written authorization from the Bank to exceed such level.

In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed stock offering prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $350 per hour for managing directors.


Hamilton Bank

April 3, 2012

Page 3

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Representations and Warranties

The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the stock offering is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall upon request promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Bank hereby represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Bank’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Bank’s respective officers, Directors, employees or agents which action or omission is willful or negligent. The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Any time devoted by employees of RP Financial to situations for which indemnification is provided hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.


Hamilton Bank

April 3, 2012

Page 4

 

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder. In the event the Bank elects, within ten business days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a final judgment (including all appeals therefrom) of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Bank does not so elect, RP Financial shall be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of the notice of the claim.

(c) The Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification. The Bank may assume the defense of any claim (as to which notice is given in accordance with 3(b)) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to RP Financial, and after notice from the Bank to RP Financial of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Bank will not be liable to RP Financial for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by RP Financial (other than reasonable costs of investigation and assistance in discovery and document production matters). Notwithstanding the foregoing, RP Financial shall have the right to employ their own counsel in any action or proceeding if RP Financial shall have concluded that a conflict of interest exists between the Bank and RP Financial which would materially impact the effective representation of RP Financial. In the event that RP Financial concludes that a conflict of interest exists, RP Financial shall have the right to select counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Bank which will represent RP Financial in any such action or proceeding and the Bank shall reimburse RP Financial for the reasonable legal fees and expenses of such counsel and other expenses reasonably incurred by RP Financial. In no event shall the Bank be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, separate from its own counsel, for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same allegations or circumstances. The Bank will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision in respect of any compromise or settlement of any action or proceeding made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

It is understood that, in connection with RP Financial’s above-mentioned engagement, RP Financial may also be engaged to act for the Bank in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original engagement may be incorporated by reference in one or more separate agreements. The provisions of Paragraph 3 herein shall apply to the original engagement, any such additional engagement, any modification of the original engagement or such additional engagement and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of RP Financial’s engagement(s). This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.


Hamilton Bank

April 3, 2012

Page 5

 

The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.

* * * * * * * * * * *

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
James J. Oren
Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:    Robert A. DeAlmeida  

/s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida

  
   President and CEO     
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:   Hamilton Bank      
     Towson, Maryland      
Date Executed:  

April 3, 2012

     

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

June 13, 2012

Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

Hamilton Bank

Members of the Board:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Hamilton Bank (the “Bank”). Pursuant to the Plan, the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form and issue all of the Bank’s outstanding capital stock to Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). Simultaneously, the Company will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a public offering.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and underwritten offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

RP Financial, LC.

 

LOGO

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston PlazaTelephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.comE-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

EXHIBIT 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

HAMILTON BANCORP, INC.

Towson, Maryland

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

HAMILTON BANK

Towson, Maryland

Dated As Of:

May 25, 2012

 

 

Prepared By:

RP ® Financial, LC.

1100 North Glebe Road

Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

 

 


LOGO

May 25, 2012

Board of Directors

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

Members of the Board of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be offered in connection with the plan of conversion described below. This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the conversion regulations issued by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and applicable interpretations thereof. Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines. Specifically, this Appraisal has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” as set forth by the OTS, and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

The Board of Directors of Hamilton Bank (“Hamilton” or the “Bank”) adopted a plan of conversion on June 13, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to a fully stock form and become a wholly owned subsidiary of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (“Hamilton Bancorp” or the “Company”) a newly formed Maryland corporation. The Company will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Following the completion of the offering, Hamilton Bancorp will be a savings and loan holding company, and its primary regulator will be the Federal Reserve.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Company will offer its stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, Tax-Qualified Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a direct or syndicated community offering.

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for Hamilton Bancorp other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Hamilton Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

  Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

  Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Board of Directors

May 25, 2012

Page 2

 

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, the Bank, and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing the Appraisal, we have reviewed Hamilton Bancorp’s and the Bank’s regulatory applications, including the prospectus as filed with the OCC and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Bank that has included due diligence related discussions with Hamilton’s management; Rowles & Company, LLP, the Bank’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Hamilton’s conversion counsel; and Stifel Nicolaus Weisel, which has been retained as the financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Hamilton operates and have assessed the Bank’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions, generally, and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on Hamilton and the industry as a whole; to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Bank’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Hamilton Bancorp. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Bank currently operates. We have compared Hamilton’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on Hamilton’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Bank and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Bank, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of the Bank. The valuation considers Hamilton only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Bank’s liquidation or control value.


Board of Directors

May 25, 2012

Page 3

 

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank and the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Bank’s value alone. It is our understanding that Hamilton intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of May 25, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion equaled $28.0 million at the midpoint, equal to 2,800,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $23.8 million and a maximum value of $32.2 million. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 2,380,000 at the minimum and 3,220,000 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $37.0 million without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 3,703,000.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Hamilton Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.

The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines was based on the consolidated financial condition and operations of Hamilton Bancorp as of or for the periods ended March 31, 2012, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.


Board of Directors

May 25, 2012

Page 4

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.

The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Hamilton Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Hamilton Bancorp’s stock offering.

Respectfully submitted,

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

LOGO

James J. Oren

Director


RP ® Financial, LC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hamilton Bank

Towson, Maryland

 

     PAGE

DESCRIPTION

   NUMBER

CHAPTER ONE                             OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

   I.1

Plan of Conversion

   I.2

Strategic Overview

   I.2

Balance Sheet Trends

   I.3

Income and Expense Trends

   I.8

Interest Rate Risk Management

   I.12

Lending Activities and Strategy

   I.13

Asset Quality

   I.18

Funding Composition and Strategy

   I.19

Legal Proceedings

   I.19

CHAPTER TWO                             MARKET AREA

  

Introduction

   II.1

National Economic Factors

   II.1

Interest Rate Environment

   II.4

Market Area Demographics

   II.5

Regional/Local Economy

   II.7

Employment Sectors

   II.8

Unemployment Data and Trends

   II.9

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends

   II.10

Competition

   II.11

CHAPTER THREE                             PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

  

Peer Group Selection

   III.1

Financial Condition

   III.7

Income and Expense Components

   III.9

Loan Composition

   III.13

Credit Risk

   III.13

Interest Rate Risk

   III.16

Summary

   III.16


RP ® Financial, LC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hamilton Bank

Towson, Maryland

(continued)

 

     PAGE

DESCRIPTION

   NUMBER

CHAPTER FOUR                             VALUATION ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

   IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

   IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

   IV.1

Valuation Analysis

   IV.2

1. Financial Condition

   IV.3

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   IV.4

3. Asset Growth

   IV.5

4. Primary Market Area

   IV.6

5. Dividends

   IV.6

6. Liquidity of the Shares

   IV.7

7. Marketing of the Issue

   IV.8

A. The Public Market

   IV.8

B. The New Issue Market

   IV.12

C. The Acquisition Market

   IV.14

8. Management

   IV.14

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

   IV.15

Summary of Adjustments

   IV.15

Valuation Approaches

   IV.15

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

   IV.17

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

   IV.17

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

   IV.19

Comparison to Recent Offerings

   IV.19

Valuation Conclusion

   IV.20


RP ® Financial, LC.

LIST OF TABLES

Hamilton Bank

Towson, Maryland

 

TABLE
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  

1.1

  Historical Balance Sheets      I.4   

1.2

  Historical Income Statements      I.9   

2.1

  Summary Demographic/Economic Information      II.6   

2.2

  Top 25 Major Employers in Greater Baltimore      II.8   

2.3

  Primary Market Area Employment Sectors      II.9   

2.4

  Unemployment Trends      II.10   

2.5

  Deposit Summary      II.11   

2.6

  Market Area Deposit Competitors      II.12   

3.1

  Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts      III.3   

3.2

  Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates      III.8   

3.3

  Inc as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads      III.10   

3.4

  Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information      III.14   

3.5

  Credit Risk Measures and Related Information      III.15   

3.6

  Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility      III.17   

4.1

  Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends      IV.13   

4.2

  Public Market Pricing      IV.18   


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Hamilton Bank (the “Bank”) is a federal mutual savings bank headquartered in Towson, Maryland, operating in northern Maryland within the Baltimore, Maryland Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”). The Bank conducts business through its executive offices in Towson, Maryland and a total of 5 full-service offices across the Baltimore MSA and the surrounding suburban region, serving the communities of Cockeysville, Pasadena, Towson, and Baltimore (Overlea and Hamilton) in Maryland. A map of the Bank’s branch network is shown in Exhibit I-1.

In addition to the traditional retail branches, the Bank delivers its banking products and services through alternative delivery methods including direct deposit, ATMs and check card services, overdraft protection, telephone and Internet banking, and remote deposit capture, thereby providing its customers multiple channels to access their accounts. The Bank has served customers in its northern Maryland markets since its founding in 1915.

The Bank’s primary business activity consists of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including loans secured by both owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied residential properties), commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans, and, to a much lesser extent, consumer loans (consisting primarily of loans secured by deposits and automobile loans).

The Bank also invests in securities, primarily US government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”).

The Bank operates as a community-oriented financial institution offering traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in the regional market area, thereby attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds, to originate loans to their customers and invest in securities such as U.S. Government and agency securities and MBS. At March 31, 2012, the Bank had $318.5 million of total assets, $169.9 million in loans, $281.0 million of


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.2

 

total deposits, and equity equal to $35.1 million, equal to 11.0% of total assets. At the same date, the Bank’s tangible equity totaled $32.1 million, or 10.1% of assets, reflecting an adjustment for the intangible assets of $2.9 million. Intangible assets consisted of $2.7 million of goodwill and $264,000 of core deposit intangible, which was generated in the December 4, 2009 branch purchase transaction of the Pasadena, Maryland branch of K Bank from K Capital Corp. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the Bank reported net income equal to $131,000, for a return on average assets equal to 0.04%. The Bank’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2 and key operating ratios are shown in Exhibit I-3.

Plan of Conversion

The Board of Directors of Hamilton adopted a plan of conversion on June 13, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to a fully stock form and become a wholly owned subsidiary of Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. (“Hamilton Bancorp” or the “Company”) a newly formed Maryland corporation. The Company will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Following the completion of the offering, Hamilton Bancorp will be a savings and loan holding company, and its primary regulator will be the Federal Reserve.

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for Hamilton Bancorp other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Hamilton Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

Strategic Overview

Hamilton has been serving the northern Maryland area since its founding in 1915 with the purpose to promote thrift and home ownership. In the years to follow, through de novo branching and several mergers and acquisitions, the Bank expanded the market area, and currently serves Baltimore City and two counties in Maryland through a five branch office network. The Bank has historically followed a traditional thrift operating strategy, originating first position mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family properties in the local market area surrounding the office locations. During the last three years, the Bank has diversified the lending operations, significantly increasing the origination of commercial real estate and commercial business loans,


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.3

 

with the intent to continue to grow these loan portfolios in the recent term. During fiscal 2012, the Bank relocated its headquarters to Towson, Maryland in order to support the Bank’s 30 percent employee growth rate over the past three years, as well as the opening of its fifth branch in Pasadena, Maryland, and the recent addition of retail and small business banking services.

Growth has been pursued through having a competitive product line of deposit accounts, positioning the Bank as a local community bank, and using local deposits for reinvestment in earning assets. The growth in funding and lending resulted in Hamilton reaching an asset base of over $300 million and a tangible equity base of approximately $32 million as of March 31, 2012. The Bank’s conservative lending operations, and the corresponding concentration in residential loan products, has typically limited the level of delinquent loans during the most recent economic recession, however certain assets acquired from the branch acquisition in fiscal 2010 has led to a recent increase in non-performing assets (“NPAs”). The rise in NPAs combined with the Bank’s recent emphasis in higher risk commercial lending has also led to an increase in ALLLs and corresponding increase in loan loss provisions, resulting in minimal earnings reported for the most recent fiscal year.

The equity from the stock offering will increase the Bank’s liquidity, leverage and growth capacity and the overall financial strength. Hamilton’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds is anticipated to reduce interest rate risk through enhancing the interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. The increased equity is expected to reduce funding costs. The Bank will also be better positioned to pursue growth and revenue diversification. The projected use of proceeds is highlighted below.

 

   

The Company. The Company is expected to retain an estimated 50% of the net conversion proceeds. At present, funds at the holding company level are expected to be initially invested primarily into short-term investment grade securities, along with providing the funds for the employee stock ownership plan purchases. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes.

 

   

The Bank. A majority of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank as tier 1 capital. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank will become part of general funds, pending deployment into loans and investment securities.

Balance Sheet Trends

Table 1.1 shows the Bank’s historical balance sheet data for the most recent five fiscal years ended March 31, 2012. During this period, Hamilton’s total assets have increased at a


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.4

 

Table 1.1

Hamilton Bank

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

                                                                03/31/08-  
                                                                03/31/12  
    As of March 31,     Annual.  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Growth Rate  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                     

Assets

  $ 223,460        100.00   $ 230,121        100.00   $ 320,539        100.00   $ 335,443        100.00   $ 318,468        100.00     9.26

Loans Receivable (net) (2)

    157,901        70.66     158,117        68.71     180,551        56.33     177,891        53.03     169,904        53.35     1.85

Cash and Equivalents

    25,566        11.44     27,520        11.96     47,205        14.73     39,473        11.77     35,250        11.07     8.36

Investment Securities

    32,082        14.36     34,965        15.19     77,127        24.06     101,151        30.15     95,078        29.85     31.21

FHLB Stock

    396        0.18     404        0.18     455        0.14     504        0.15     502        0.16     6.10

Foreclosed Real Estate

    0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     756        0.24     NM   

Investment in LLC

    0        0.00     68        0.03     50        0.02     56        0.02     50        0.02     NM   

BOLI

    4,278        1.91     6,504        2.83     6,801        2.12     7,997        2.38     8,307        2.61     18.05

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

    0        0.00     0        0.00     3,070        0.96     2,992        0.89     2,928        0.92     NM   

Fixed Assets

    1,122        0.50     1,070        0.46     2,135        0.67     2,389        0.71     2,519        0.79     22.42

Other Assets

    2,117        0.95     1,474        0.64     3,145        0.98     2,990        0.89     3,174        1.00     10.66

Deposits

  $ 189,396        84.76   $ 195,751        85.06   $ 284,683        88.81   $ 298,613        89.02   $ 281,015        88.24     10.37

FHLB Advances, Other Borrowed Funds

    0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     NM   

Other Liabilities

    1,908        0.85     1,681        0.73     2,610        0.81     2,738        0.82     2,389        0.75     5.79

Equity

  $ 32,156        14.39   $ 32,689        14.21   $ 33,247        10.37   $ 34,091        10.16   $ 35,065        11.01     2.19

Tangible Equity

    32,156        14.39     32,689        14.21     30,176        9.41     31,100        9.27     32,137        10.09     -0.02

Accumulated other Comprehensive

                     

Gain/(Loss)

  $ 372        0.17   $ 528        0.23   $ 57        0.02   $ (211     -0.06   $ 631        0.20  

Loans/Deposits

      83.37       80.77       63.42       59.57       60.46  

Offices Open

    4          4          5          5          5       

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
(2) Includes loans held for sale.

Source: Audited and unaudited financial statements; RP Financial calculations.

 


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.5

 

9.3% annual rate, with loans receivable, representing the majority of the asset base, increasing at 1.9%, a much lower rate than assets over the same time period. Assets increased steadily from fiscal 2008 through 2011 as a result of the Bank’s efforts to achieve balance sheet growth and leverage the equity base, supplemented with the branch purchase transaction in fiscal 2010, which significantly increased loans and deposits. Assets declined by $16.9 million or 5.1%, during 2012, primarily reflecting management’s decision to sell all of the residential real estate loans with terms over 10 years as part of efforts to manage interest rate risk. As a result, 1-4 family residential loans decreased by $17.8 million and net loans receivable declined by $7.8 million. The asset decline also reflects a decrease in cash and investments, as the Bank allowed higher priced certificates of deposit (“CDs”) to runoff during 2012.

Asset growth has been funded solely with deposits, as the Bank historically has not utilized borrowed funds to fund operations. Deposits have steadily increased over fiscal 2008 to 2011, but declined in the most recent year, due to the runoff of higher cost CDs as part of the Bank’s efforts to rely less on CDs and gradually replace them with lower-cost core deposits.

Equity has steadily increased since fiscal 2008, reflecting net profits during this period (not including a loss reported in fiscal 2008), and reached $35.1 million at March 31, 2012, or 11.01% of assets. Correspondingly, the Bank’s tangible equity has increased since the Bank created the intangible assets as a result of the branch purchase transaction in fiscal 2010, and equaled $32.1 million or 10.09% of assets as of March 31, 2012.

The Bank’s loan portfolio totaled $169.9 million, or 53.4% of assets at March 31, 2012. The loan portfolio balance has been declining since fiscal 2010, due to management’s plan to sell all of its longer term 1-4 family loans, with the decline in loans partially offset by the continued efforts to expand the Bank’s commercial lending activities. From fiscal 2008 through 2012, Hamilton’s loans/assets ratio generally declined, reflecting loans sales and the decline of loan demand in the current market. The combination of the fluctuations in loans receivable and sole dependence on deposits for funding resulted in the loan/deposit ratio decreasing from 83.37% at March 31, 2008 to 60.46% at March 31, 2012.

Hamilton’s loan portfolio reflects the Bank’s historical concentration in 1-4 family residential first and second position mortgage lending for portfolio, as these loans comprised 63.5% of total loans as of March 31, 2012. However, in context with the branch acquisition in December 2009, the Bank has pursued a diversification strategy and the emphasis of growth in the commercial lending portfolio. As of March 31, 2012, commercial real estate loans totaled $31.0 million (17.9% of loans) and commercial business loans totaled $27.2 million (15.7% of loans), together maintaining approximately 33.5% of the loan portfolio, versus $3.2 million and $0.4 million, or 2.02% of total loans as of March 31, 2008.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.6

 

The residential mortgage loan portfolio consists of both fixed and adjustable rate loans; however the Bank has never offered an adjustable rate residential loan mortgage product (“ARM”). The existing balance of residential ARMs is a result of a previous purchase of a pool of residential ARMs from another local financial institution and from loans acquired in conjunction with the K-Bank branch purchase in 2009. Historically, the terms of the Bank’s 1-4 family mortgage loans retained in portfolio ranged from 10 to 30 years. In order to lower interest rate risk, beginning in 2009, the Bank has been selling to the secondary market almost all 1-4 family loans originated with terms exceeding 10 years, on a servicing released basis.

The intent of the Bank’s cash and investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting Hamilton’s cash operating needs and credit and interest rate risk objectives. The level of cash and equivalents has typically remained in the range of 11% to 12% of assets, which was sufficient for daily operational needs. The ratio increased in fiscal 2010 to 14.7%, in order to provide adequate liquidity for the branch purchase. As of March 31, 2012 the portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $35.3 million, equal to 11.1% of assets.

The investment securities portfolio, which included U.S. government agency securities, FHLMC stock, and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) totaled $95.1 million or 29.9% of assets as of March 31, 2012. The entire portfolio was classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”), with a pre-tax gain of $0.6 million as of March 31, 2012. Additionally, the Bank has an investment in FHLB stock of $0.5 million or 0.16% of average assets. The level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following conversion, pending gradual redeployment into higher yielding loans. Details of the Bank’s investment securities portfolio are presented in Exhibit I-4.

The Bank owns four of the five branch office locations and leases the newly opened executive office in Towson, Maryland. The aggregate net book value of land and buildings was $2.0 million at March 31, 2012. The headquarters office in Towson is a 17,000 square foot building opened in 2011 with a lease expiration date of November 29, 2016. The investment in the headquarters office and all of the branch offices (including land, buildings, and furniture, fixtures and equipment) totaled $2.5 million, or 0.8% of assets as of March 31, 2012. This investment in fixed assets is relatively moderate as a percent of assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.7

 

Real estate owned (“REO”) totaled $756,000 or 0.2% of assets at March 31, 2012, and consisted solely of commercial real estate property. Gaining ownership of these assets allows the Bank to dispose of such assets in a manner that is most beneficial to the Bank and its financial condition. Historically, Hamilton has not carried balances of REO on the balance sheet.

As of March 31, 2012, Hamilton held a balance of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), $8.3 million , which reflects growth since the end of fiscal 2008 owing to increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The balance of the BOLI reflects the value of life insurance contracts on selected members of the Bank’s management and has been purchased with the intent to offset various benefit program expenses on a tax advantaged basis. The increase in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recognized as an addition to other non-interest income on an annual basis.

As a result of the K Bank branch acquisition in December 2009, intangible assets in the form of goodwill and core deposit intangibles were established. As of March 31, 2012, the goodwill and CDI balances totaled $2.7 million and $264,000, respectively. In aggregate, total intangible assets equaled $2.9 million or 0.9% of total assets as of March 31, 2012. The goodwill is not being amortized but is tested for impairment annually and the core deposit intangible is being amortized over a weighted average estimated life of four years.

Over the past five years, Hamilton’s funding needs have been provided by retail deposits and retained earnings, as the Bank has not utilized supplemental funding through borrowings. Similar to the trend in assets, the balance of the Bank’s deposits increased steadily from 2008 to 2011, and declined over the recent fiscal year, reaching a high of $298.6 million as of March 31, 2011 and then declining to $281.0 million as of March 31, 2012. Based on the higher growth rate in deposits compared to assets over the past five years, the proportion of assets funded with deposits has increased from 84.8% at March 31, 2008 to 88.2% at March 31, 2012. The growth in deposits has been achieved through increases in all account types, as the Bank offers a competitive community-based product line of retail deposits. Importantly, as part of the Bank’s efforts to rely less on CDs and for interest rate risk purposes, management is allowing higher costing CDs to runoff during 2012 and intends to continue to grow lower-cost core deposits, including emphasizing deposit accounts for the Bank’s small business borrowers. The Bank maintains a concentration of deposits in core transaction and savings account deposits, which averaged 20.2% of deposits for the year ended March 31, 2012, versus 15.7% of total deposits for fiscal year 2010. As the Bank has had adequate funds for liquidity and lending needs, Hamilton has historically not utilized borrowings as a supplemental funding source.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.8

 

The balance of equity increased over the past five years, as the Bank recorded profitable operations from 2009 through 2012. Reflecting the combination of this increase in equity and the increase in assets over that time period, the equity-to-assets ratio declined from 14.39% at fiscal year end 2008 to 11.01% at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s tangible equity ratio has also declined as a result of the intangibles booked as part of the 2009 branch acquisition. The Bank maintained surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at March 31, 2012. The pro forma return on equity (“ROE”) is expected to initially decline given the increased equity position.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 presents the Bank’s income and expense trends over the past five fiscal years ended March 31, 2012. Hamilton has recorded consistently profitable operations from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2012, ranging from a high of $1.1 million or 0.34% of average assets for fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 to a low of $131,000, or 0.04% of average assets for fiscal 2012. The Bank reported a net loss in fiscal 2008 primarily from the termination of the Bank’s defined benefit plan.

The income statement has been affected by various non-operating income or expense items over the past five years, including such items as gains on the sale of loans and investment securities and expenses related to benefit plans and mergers. Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Bank’s income statement. Other revenues for the Bank largely are derived from customer service fees and charges on the deposit base and lending operations. The level of loan loss provisions due to the prevailing economic trends has also affected the level of net income in the most recent two fiscal years.

The Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio increased from a low of 1.47% during 2008 to 2.63% for fiscal 2012, reflecting market trends in interest rates over that time period, along with the impact of the Bank’s operating strategies. The Bank’s level of interest income has been supported by the relatively modest level of non-accruing loans, which would act to reduce the level of interest income recognized. The increasing focus on commercial real estate and commercial business lending has assisted in maintaining earning assets yields, given the generally higher interest rates of these types of loans. The net interest income ratio


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.9

 

Table 1.2

Hamilton Bank

Historical Income Statements

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest Income

   $ 11,577        5.15   $ 10,698        4.83   $ 11,228        4.37   $ 12,762        3.90   $ 12,463        3.81

Interest Expense

     (8,278     -3.68     (6,891     -3.11     (5,787     -2.25     (5,288     -1.61   $ (3,862     -1.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 3,300        1.47   $ 3,807        1.72   $ 5,441        2.12   $ 7,474        2.28   $ 8,601        2.63

Provision for Loan Losses

     0        0.00     (14     -0.01     (53     -0.02     (616     -0.19   $ (2,718     -0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provisions

   $ 3,300        1.47   $ 3,793        1.71   $ 5,388        2.10   $ 6,858        2.09   $ 5,882        1.80

Other Income

   $ 298        0.13   $ 308        0.14   $ 382        0.15   $ 500        0.15   $ 555        0.17

Operating Expense

     (3,635     -1.62     (3,670     -1.66     (4,742     -1.85     (6,225     -1.90   $ (6,815     -2.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

   $ (37     -0.02   $ 430        0.19   $ 1,028        0.40   $ 1,133        0.35   $ (378     -0.12

Gain(Loss) on Sale of Investment Securities

   $ 74        0.03   $ 29        0.01   $ 541        0.21   $ 453        0.14   $ 386        0.12

Termination of Defined Benefit Plans

     (1,396     -0.62     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00

Gain(Loss) on Sale of Loans

     0        0.00     0        0.00     21        0.01     41        0.01     6        0.00

Merger Related Expenses

     0        0.00     0        0.00     (273     -0.11     (2     0.00     0        0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Operating Income/(Expense)

   $ (1,322     -0.59   $ 29        0.01   $ 289        0.11   $ 492        0.15   $ 392        0.12

Net Income Before Tax

   $ (1,359     -0.60   $ 459        0.21   $ 1,317        0.51   $ 1,625        0.50   $ 14        0.00

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

     482        0.21     (83     -0.04     (289     -0.11     (511     -0.16     117        0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (877     -0.39   $ 376        0.17   $ 1,028        0.40   $ 1,113        0.34   $ 131        0.04

Adjusted Earnings

                    

Net Income

   $ (877     -0.39   $ 376        0.17   $ 1,028        0.40   $ 1,113        0.34   $ 131        0.04

Add(Deduct): Net Gain/(Loss) on Sale

     1,322        0.59     (29     -0.01     (289     -0.11     (492     -0.15   $ (392     -0.12

Tax Effect (2)

     (450     -0.20     10        0.00     98        0.04     167        0.05     133        0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings

   $ (5     0.00   $ 357        0.16   $ 837        0.33   $ 789        0.24   $ (128     -0.04

Expense Coverage Ratio

     90.8       103.7       114.7       120.1       126.2  

Efficiency Ratio

     101.0       89.2       81.4       78.1       74.4  

Return on Equity

     -2.7       1.2       3.1       3.2       0.4  

Effective Tax Rate (Benefit)

     35.5       18.0       22.0       31.5       -847.1  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets
(2) Assumes a 34% effective tax rate for federal & state income taxes.

Source: Audited & unaudited financial statements & RP Financial calculations


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.10

 

has also been supported by a sharp decline in interest expense, as the low interest rate environment of the past several years has resulted in a sharp decline in overall interest expense levels. More recently, the Bank has permitted higher costing CDs to be withdrawn upon maturity, which has lowered funding costs. The Bank’s interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past three fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-5.

Non-interest operating income (“other income”) has trended modestly upward since fiscal 2008 in relation to the growth in assets, although such income remains limited due to the higher concentration of CDs and money market accounts in the deposit base, accounts that do not provide material levels of fee income. The non-interest operating income ratio is dependent upon the level of banking activities, with fees and charges on transaction deposit accounts constituting the primary source of non-interest income for the Bank. Hamilton also receives a level of income from dividends on the BOLI investment. The increase in the dollar amount of non-interest income shown in Table 1.2 reflects increases in balances of deposit accounts, including core accounts which provide higher levels of fee income. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, non-interest income totaled $0.6 million, or 0.17% of average assets.

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Bank’s income statement, and ranged from a low of 1.62% of average assets during 2008 to a high of 2.08% of average assets during fiscal 2012. The increase in the dollar amount of operating expenses since 2008 reflects general inflation costs and the overall costs of operations. More recently, the higher costs are due to the costs related to the new executive office and growing employment base, as well as advertising expenses related to the Bank’s recent brand, website, name, and business changes following the implementation of enhanced marketing strategies. The Bank’s level of operating expenses is indicative of the higher staffing needs associated with the branch office network and growing commercial lending department, as well. Upward pressure will be placed on the Bank’s expense ratio following the stock offering, due to expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock benefit plans.

The trends in the net interest income and operating expense ratios since fiscal 2008 have caused the expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses) to increase from a low of 90.8% in fiscal 2008 to a high of 126.2% in fiscal 2012, a favorable trend. The ratio for the most recent 12 month period indicates that net interest income was sufficient to cover the Bank’s operating expenses. Similarly, Hamilton’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses,


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.11

 

net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) has declined since fiscal 2008, and was 74.4% during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, a decline from a high of 101.0% in fiscal 2008. The increasing levels of net interest and non-interest income have been the primary reasons for improvement in the efficiency ratio. Going forward, the Bank believes the efficiency ratio should improve with continued efforts to control operating expenses and reinvestment of the offering proceeds.

As noted earlier, loan loss provisions increased beginning in fiscal 2009, reflecting the more challenging economic environment, increasing problem assets, and the desire for improved reserve coverage ratios by the Bank with the emphasis in higher risk commercial mortgage and business lending. During fiscal years 2009 through 2011, the Bank incurred total loan loss provisions of $683,000, which significantly increased for fiscal 2012 to $2.7 million, or 0.83% of average assets. The increase in provisions during 2012 resulted in an increase in the ALLL balance to $3.6 million as of March 31, 2012. Reflecting the Bank’s historically strong asset quality, loan chargeoffs have not been recorded until fiscal 2012, when chargeoffs of $349,000 were incurred. As of March 31, 2012, the total ALLLs equaled 40.4% of non-performing loans (“NPLs”), 37.23% of non-performing assets, and 2.05% of total loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Bank’s allowance for loan loss activity during the past five years.

Non-operating items have had a relatively modest impact on the Bank’s income statement over the past five years and have consisted primarily of gains on the sale of investment securities and loans. The Bank reported one-time expenses due to the termination of a defined benefit plan in fiscal 2008 and merger related expenses in fiscal 2010 and 2011. During the most recent fiscal year, Hamilton reported a $386,000 gain on sale of investment securities and a $6,000 gain on the sale of loans, due to mortgage banking activities.

The Bank’s income tax status has been impacted by the varying levels of income recorded over the past five years and by the investment in BOLI. For fiscal years 2008 and fiscal 2012, Hamilton recorded tax benefits based on the negative to minimal earnings recorded by the Bank. For fiscal years 2009 through 2011, Hamilton recorded tax expense based on recorded taxable income, which was adjusted for the tax-advantaged income noted above. The effective tax rates for the Bank ranged from 18.0% in fiscal 2009 to 35.5% in fiscal 2008 and reflected a not meaningful effective tax rate for fiscal 2012, due to the income tax benefit based on the minimal earnings reported. The Bank’s marginal effective statutory tax rate approximates 34%, and this is the rate utilized to calculate the net reinvestment benefit from the offering proceeds.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.12

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Bank’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the shorter-term and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates. Hamilton measures its interest rate risk exposure by use of an independent third party Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) model, which provides an analysis of estimated changes in the Bank’s EVE under the assumed instantaneous changes in the U.S. treasury yield curve. Utilizing figures as of March 31, 2012, based on a 2.0% instantaneous and sustained increase in interest rates, the EVE model indicates that the Bank’s EVE would decrease by 22.9% (see Exhibit I-7).

The Bank pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Bank manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through underwriting residential mortgages that will allow for their sale to the secondary market when such a strategy is appropriate and diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consist primarily of shorter term commercial real estate and commercial business loans. The Bank also invests in short-term securities, which generally have lower yields compared to longer-term investments.

As of March 31, 2012, of the Bank’s total loans due after March 31, 2013, ARM loans comprised only 8.6% of those loans (see Exhibit I-8). In addition, the Bank is currently selling all 1-4 family loans originated with terms exceeding 10 years to the secondary market for interest rate risk management purposes. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through maintaining a concentration of deposits in lower cost and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings accounts and maintaining a base of interest-free equity. Transaction and savings accounts comprised 20.2% of the Bank’s deposits at March 31, 2012. The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Bank’s capital will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

There are numerous limitations inherent in interest rate risk analyses such as the credit risk of Bank’s loans pursuant to changing interest rates. Additionally, such analyses do not measure the impact of changing spread relationships, as interest rates among various asset and liability accounts rarely move in tandem, as the shape of the yield curve for various types of assets and liabilities is constantly changing in response to investor perceptions and economic events and circumstances.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.13

 

Lending Activities and Strategy

Since it’s founding in 1915 through calendar year 2008, Hamilton conducted its lending operations as a traditional savings and loan association, originating long term fixed rate 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans to local residents of the geographic areas surrounding the office locations. In most recent years, the Bank has diversified the lending function into commercial real estate (“CRE”) and commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans, while lessening the proportion of 1-4 family residential loans in portfolio. To a much lesser extent, the Hamilton originates construction loans, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) and consumer loans. Details of the Bank’s loan portfolio composition are shown in Exhibit I-9, while Exhibit I-10 provides details of the Bank’s loan portfolio by contractual maturity date.

Residential Real Estate First Mortgage Lending

As noted above, Hamilton has historically engaged in the origination and retention in portfolio of first mortgage loans secured by traditional 1-4 family residential owner-occupied property. As of March 31, 2012, owner-occupied residential first mortgage loans equaled $76.7 million, or 44.2% of total loans, primarily consisting of fixed rate residential mortgage loans, as the Bank reported only $1.5 million of ARMs. The Bank has never offered an ARM product, and the existing balance of residential ARMs is a result of the purchase of a pool of residential ARMs from another local financial institution and from loans acquired in conjunction with the K-Bank branch purchase in December 2009. This portfolio of residential ARMs is declining through repayments and prepayments, as Hamilton does not originate such loans in-house. Reflecting the Bank’s recent loan diversification strategy, the balance of 1-4 family first mortgage loans (owner-occupied) has declined from a high of $127.5 million, or 80.4% of total loans as of March 31, 2008.

Reflecting a change in lending strategy, beginning in fiscal 2009, the Bank began originating and selling long-term fixed rate residential loans through a partially-owned mortgage banking company, Mortgage Department Services, LLC. (“MDS”) on a servicing released basis. This strategy was pursued primarily for interest rate risk management purposes, given the historically low interest rate environment that has existed over the past several years. In addition, 1-4 family residential mortgage lending has become a commodity product such that loan yields have declined. The Bank invested in MDS, a newly formed mortgage banking


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.14

 

company in July of 2008 along with three other local community financial institutions. Loan prospects are received from the MDS owner institutions, and MDS’s operating function is to perform the underwriting, processing, funding and sale of the loans into the secondary market, primarily to institutions such as Wells Fargo and Franklin American Mortgage Company (“FAMC”) for a fee. This arrangement results in lower personnel and operating costs for the Bank, and Hamilton receives income in the form of gains on sale and fee income from any loan sales.

Essentially all 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans originated by Hamilton are processed and sold through the MDS operations. Such loans are generally underwritten to secondary market guidelines, primarily Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, with most of the loans secured by residences in the local markets surrounding the branch office locations. Fixed rate loans are typically offered with terms of 10 to 30 years. Loans with terms greater than 10 years are sold by MDS, although certain loans may be retained in portfolio that have specific underwriting characteristics that preclude sale in the secondary market. Residential loans are generated through Bank’s in-house lending staff. In accordance with applicable loan underwriting guidelines, most of the Bank’s 1-4 family loans are originated with LTV ratios of up to 95%, with private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required for loans in excess of an 80% LTV ratio. The Bank does not offer “interest only”, “negative amortization”, “Alt A”, or subprime loans, all of which are loans with higher risk underwriting characteristics.

As shown in Exhibit I-9, Hamilton’s residential first mortgage loan portfolio includes a balance of 1-4 family investor loans, which are secured by non-owner occupied rental properties, mostly within the Baltimore metropolitan area. This portfolio totaled $17.3 million, or 9.9% of total loans as of March 31, 2012. The Bank has pursued this lending strategy for a number of years as these loans represent an additional source of portfolio loans that provide enhanced yields. Thus, investor loans increased from $6.8 million or 4.3% of loans as of March 31, 2008 to a high of $19.9 million, or 11.0% of loans as of March 31, 2010. Given the higher risk associated with these loans, and the change in lending strategy to focus on commercial real estate and C&I loans, Hamilton has ceased lending in this area. A portion of this portfolio consists of purchased participations with another local community bank whereby Hamilton owns approximately 95% of each loan and the servicing is retained by the seller. Some of these loans are secured by Section 8 housing, and some of these borrowers have their first mortgages with Hamilton which decreases the risk inherent in this portfolio.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.15

 

Home Equity/Home Equity Lines of Credit

Home equity loans and HELOCs are offered by Hamilton as part of the residential lending activities and provide interest rate risk and yield enhancement benefits. Hamilton offers such loans in the geographic footprint served by the branches, and currently these loans are sourced by the branch offices. This lending activity is expected to continue, recognizing the risk in this type of lending given that home values have declined. Historically the Bank has priced these loans competitively in the local market area. Home equity and HELOC loans totaled $16.3 million, or 9.4% of total loans as of March 31, 2012, a decrease from $19.2 million, or 12.1% of loans as of March 31, 2008.

Home equity loans are originated as fixed rate, fixed term loans underwritten as amortizing loans with terms of 3.5 to 20 years. The maximum LTV ratio is typically 80% of the appraised value or 75% of the current year state tax assessment value, less any first mortgage balance. These loans equaled $9.1 million, or 55.8% of the second position loan portfolio as of March 31, 2012.

HELOCs are currently originated with adjustable rates tied to the prime rate of interest minus 0.5% with a floor of 4% and lifetime cap of 18%, as well as draw terms of 10 years with a repayment period of 10 years. A portion of the portfolio was originated in prior years without a floor rate, and thus, currently carry a lower interest rate. The maximum LTV ratio is up to 80% of the appraised value or 75% of the current year state tax assessment, less any first mortgage balance. These loans totaled $7.2 million, or 44.2% of total second position loans at March 31, 2012.

Construction Loans

Historically, Hamilton has pursued construction lending to a limited extent, preferring to focus on lending on existing residential property. In recent periods, the Bank has increased the construction lending activity somewhat, with a concentration in commercial construction lending and, to a lesser extent, 1-4 family construction lending. As of March 31, 2012, construction loans totaled $3.9 million, or 2.2% of total loans, consisting of $3.6 million of commercial construction loans and $260,000 consisting of residential construction loans. Credit risk is managed by limiting lending activities within the primary market area and lending to the ultimate owner of the property. The Bank does not typically originate construction loans to builders or developers in the regional market area. These loans are also attractive due to the relatively short average duration and attractive yields.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.16

 

Hamilton will originate residential construction loans as owner-occupied loans to the ultimate homeowner for construction of their primary residence. Typically, the borrower will approach the Bank for a loan after the borrower has identified the proposed building lot and the contractor who will build the home. Residential construction loans typically have terms of up to 12 months and are priced at a premium to the 1-4 family first mortgage loan rate. Construction loans are generally interest only during the construction phase.

Given the Bank’s recent increased emphasis in commercial real estate lending, Hamilton also originates commercial construction loans for owner occupied properties. These loans carry variable rates of interest, terms of up to 2 years (but most typically 9-12 months) and LTV ratios of up to 75%. Such construction loans are generally interest only during the construction period. At the end of the construction phase, the loans are either paid off or may convert to permanent financing.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Prior to 2008, Hamilton had engaged in a minimal level of CRE lending, and had obtained loans through both internal originations and through several loan purchases, including loan participations with other regional institutions. Beginning in 2008, the Bank hired an experienced CRE lending manager to build a CRE loan department and portfolio. As a result, since March 31, 2008, the Bank’s CRE loan portfolio has grown from $3.2 million, or 2.0% of total loans, to $31.0 million, or 17.9% of the total loan portfolio as of March 31, 2012. These loans are attractive as they are generally priced at a higher rate of interest and shorter terms to maturity or repricing than traditional residential loans. CRE loans also have larger balances and involve a greater risk profile than 1-4 residential mortgage loans. Payments on commercial real estate loans are usually dependent on successful operations and management of the property. The Bank will generally require and obtain loan guarantees from financially capable borrowers.

Fixed-rate commercial real estate mortgage loans are secured by a wide variety of commercial properties located primarily in the markets surrounding a Hamilton branch location, including professional and retail centers, membership clubs, non-profit organizations, and office buildings. Loans originated are fixed rate with balloon payments due after five years. Amortization periods can be as much as 20 years. Commercial real estate loans are originated at LTV ratios generally not above 75% if non-owner occupied or 80% if owner occupied, of the appraisal value or purchase price, generally whichever is lower. Debt service coverage ratios are generally targeted at 1.25x. The average loan size of the commercial real estate loans is approximately $500,000 (with the majority between $250,000 and $1.0 million), with the Bank’s typical customer consisting of small- to mid-sized businesses located in the market area served.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.17

 

The CRE portfolio includes several loan participations with other local financial institutions, however Hamilton is not engaging in purchased participations at present. The CRE loan department now includes additional personnel that are experienced in commercial real estate lending in the state of Maryland, including lenders that maintain borrower relationships that assist in building the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio.

Commercial and Industrial Lending

Reflecting the recent emphasis on commercial lending, Hamilton has also built a sizeable non-mortgage commercial loan portfolio over the past several years. The Bank originates C&I loans to local small- and mid-sized businesses, including loans to provide working capital and secured by accounts receivable, inventory or property, plant and equipment, as well as small business administration (“SBA”) loans. As of March 31, 2012, the Bank had $27.2 million of C&I loans in portfolio, equal to 15.7% of total loans, which consisted of $24.2 million of commercial business loans and $3.0 million of SBA loans. This represents an increase from a minimal $0.4 million, or 0.2% of loans as of March 31, 2008.

Commercial business loans usually have shorter terms and higher interest rates than real estate loans. These loans may be fixed-rate but are usually adjustable-rate loans indexed to the prime rate of interest plus a margin of 1.00%. Due to the current interest rate environment, these loans are generally originated with a floor of approximately 5%. Business lines of credit generally have a maximum term of three years, while term loans generally have a maximum term of up to five years. Commercial term loans are offered in order to fund longer-term needs of the commercial customers. LTV ratios for these types of loans are generally limited to 75%. The typical business loan customer has annual revenue of up to $20 million.

Hamilton is also an approved SBA lender, and the Bank currently offers SBA Express, SBA Patriot Express, 7A, and SBA 504 loans. SBA loans generally offer more flexible underwriting guidelines than conventional business loans, including smaller down payments, longer terms and fully amortizing loan structures. The Bank is currently the #7 SBA Lender in the Mid-Atlantic region. Terms of the SBA loans differ by program, however are generally offered up to $2.0 million.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.18

 

The Bank has outsourced the underwriting and servicing functions of the commercial mortgage and non-mortgage portfolio to a third party, Strategic Banking Partners, who is also familiar with SBA underwriting. As the Bank does not currently have the infrastructure to support their commercial initiatives just yet, hiring the third party has been more cost effective at present.

Consumer Lending

Hamilton has not been an active originator of consumer loans, which are primarily provided as a service to customers who request such loans. Consumer loans totaled $1.2 million as of March 31, 2012 (0.7% of total loans), and consist primarily of auto and personal loans. The Bank offers such loans as they tend to have shorter maturities and higher interest rates than mortgage loans. These loans are underwritten and originated by in-house personnel with rates and terms set by the Bank’s internal loan policies and competitive factors.

Asset Quality

Hamilton’s lending operations include originations of construction, CRE, C&I and consumer loans for portfolio, all of which carry a higher risk profile than traditional 1-4 family mortgage lending. Since fiscal 2010, the Bank has experienced a decline in asset quality with the majority of the NPAs secured by commercial real estate and commercial business loans. NPAs, inclusive of accruing loans past due 90 days or more, REO, and performing troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), increased from a low of $120,000 as of March 31, 2008 to $9.5 million at March 31, 2012. As of that date, the Bank reported $7.4 million of non-accruing loans, a zero balance of accruing loans past due 90 days or more, REO of $756,000, and performing TDRs of $1.4 million, equal to 3.00% of assets at March 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, 67.5% of non-accrual loans were related to commercial real estate and commercial business loans and the TDRs were all 1-4 residential real estate loans. Exhibit I-11 presents a history of NPAs for the Bank since fiscal 2008.

To track the Bank’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Hamilton has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Detailed asset classifications are reviewed quarterly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Bank establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of March 31, 2012, the Bank maintained reserves of $3.6 million, equal to 2.1% of total loans and 37.2% of NPAs.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.19

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently accounted for the only portion of the Bank’s IBL, as the Bank has historically not utilized borrowings as a supplemental funding source. At March 31, 2012 deposits equaled $281.0 million, or 88.2% of total assets. Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Bank’s average deposit composition for the past three fiscal years and Exhibit I-13 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at March 31, 2012. CDs constitute the largest portion of the Bank’s deposit base, totaling 79.8% of deposits for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 versus 84.3% of deposits for fiscal year 2010. All types of core deposits, including NOW/demand, money market and savings accounts, increased as a percent of total deposits over the past three fiscal years, reflecting management’s emphasis on growing core accounts, while decreasing reliance on higher cost CDs.

Transaction and savings account deposits averaged $57.9 million, or 20.2% of total deposits for fiscal year 2012, versus $33.0 million, or 14.7% of average total deposits, for fiscal 2010. The remaining balance of the Bank’s deposits consists of CDs, with Hamilton’s current CD composition reflecting a concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less). For the year ended March 31, 2012, the CD portfolio totaled $229.5 million, and 60.7% of the CDs were scheduled to mature in one year or less at March 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, jumbo CDs (balances exceeding $100,000) amounted to $81.8 million, or 37.3% of total CDs. Brokered CDs totaled a minimal $250,000 as of March 31, 2012. As noted previously, the balances of CDs will continue to decline as part of management’s efforts to rely less on CDs, allowing higher cost CDs to runoff and gradually growing lower-cost core deposits, including emphasizing deposit accounts for small businesses.

Legal Proceedings

The Bank is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition of the Bank.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.1

 

II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

Introduction

Established in 1915, Hamilton has traditionally operated pursuant to a strategy of strong community service, and dedication to being a community-oriented financial institution, which has supported customer loyalty and recent growth trends. The Bank operates through a network of five retail branch offices across the Baltimore, Maryland Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”) and the surrounding suburban region, serving the communities of Cockeysville, Pasadena, Towson, and Baltimore (Overlea and Hamilton) in Maryland. The Bank is headquartered in the city of Towson, Maryland, located in Baltimore County. The Bank maintains one other branch office in Baltimore County and two additional branches located in Baltimore (City) County and a single office location in Anne Arundel County, Maryland. Additional details of the Bank’s office facilities are presented in Exhibit II-1.

Anne Arundel County and parts of Baltimore County can be characterized as suburban markets outside of the more densely populated urban market of Baltimore City. The area surrounding the Anne Arundel County office in Pasadena has a relatively strong economy and high income levels. The Cockeysville, MD office in Baltimore County is a more stable area in terms of growth characteristics, with a white-collar employment base.

The regional market area has a diversified economy, with services, wholesale/retail trade and state and local government constituting the primary sectors of employment. The regional banking environment is highly competitive, and includes a large number of thrifts, commercial banks, credit unions and other financial services companies, some of which have a national presence. Within the city of Baltimore, community banking institutions remain a notable part of the banking industry.

Future growth opportunities for the Bank depend on the future prospects of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Bank, the relative economic health of the Bank’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.2

 

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. The national economy experienced a severe downturn during 2008 and 2009, as the fallout of the housing crisis caused the wider economy to falter, with most significant indicators of economic activity declining by substantial amounts. The overall economic recession was the worst since the great depression of the 1930s. Approximately 8 million jobs were lost during the recession, as consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the need for many products and services. Total personal wealth declined notably due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values. As measured by the nation’s gross domestic product (“GDP”), the recession officially ended in the fourth quarter of 2009, after the national GDP expanded for two consecutive quarters (1.7% annualized growth in the third quarter of 2009 and 3.8% annualized growth in fourth quarter of 2009). The economic expansion has continued since that date, with GDP growth of 3.1% for calendar year 2010, 1.6% for calendar year 2011 and at 2.2% for the first calendar quarter of 2012. Notably, a large portion of GDP growth during 2009 through 2011 was generated through federal stimulus programs, bringing into question the sustainability of the recovery without government support.

The economic recession caused the inflation rate to decrease notably during 2009. Inflation averaged 3.85% for all of 2008 and a negative 0.34% for all of 2009, indicating a deflationary period. There was a decline in prices during eight of the 12 months during 2009. Reflecting a measure of recovery of the economy, the national annualized inflation rate was 1.64% for 2010 and a somewhat higher 3.16% for 2011. For the first three months of 2012, the national inflation rate averaged an annual rate of 2.82%. The national unemployment rate recorded a recovery over the past 12 months. The reduction in employment during the recession led to fears of a prolonged period of economic stagnation, as consumers were unwilling or unable to increase spending. Indicating a level of improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 8.2% as of March 2012, a decline from 9.4% as of December 2010, but still high compared to recent historical levels. There remains significant uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in terms of the speed at which the economy will recover, the impact of the housing crisis on longer term economic growth, and the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth. The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.3

 

The major stock exchange indices have reflected little improvement over the last 12 months, reporting significant volatility and remaining trendless at the fiscal year end. As an indication of the changes in the nation's stock markets over the last 12 months, as of March 31, 2012, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 13,212.04, an increase of 7.24% from March 31, 2011, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 3,091.57, an increase of 11.16% over the same time period. The Standard & Poors 500 Index totaled 1,408.47 as of March 31, 2012, an increase of 6.23% from March 31, 2011.

Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, in the past year the number of housing foreclosures have reached historical highs, median home values remained well below historical highs in many areas of the country, and the housing construction industry has been severely limited. These factors have led to substantial losses at many financial institutions, and subsequent failures of institutions. Despite efforts by the federal and state governments to limit the impact of the housing crisis, there remain concerns about a “double-dip” housing recession, whereby another wave of foreclosures occurs. Therefore, the Company will continue to employ strict, prudent underwriting for such loans being placed into its portfolio, and will work to aggressively resolve substandard credits.

Based on the consensus outlook of 54 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in April 2012, economic growth is expected to improve from an annualized growth rate of 1.6% in 2011 to 3.0% in 2014. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will decrease from 2012 through 2014, but the pace of job growth will only serve to bring the unemployment rate down slowly. On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 6.8% by the end of 2014, with the economy adding around 2.3 million jobs from March 2012 to March 2013. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until the middle of 2013 and the yield on the 10-year Treasury would increase to 3.81% by the end of 2014. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain in the range of 2.3% to 2.6% through the end of 2014, and that the price of oil was expected to settle around $100 a barrel. The economists also forecasted home prices would increase by a modest 0.6% in 2012, as measured by the Federal Housing Finance Agency index. Housing starts were forecasted to increase modestly in 2012, but remain at historically depressed levels.

The 2012 housing forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for existing home sales to increase by approximately 6.3% from 2011 levels and new home sales were expected to increase by 11.8% in 2012 from were relatively depressed levels in 2011. The MBA forecast showed decreases in the median sale price for new and existing homes in 2012. Total mortgage production is forecasted to be down in 2012 to $1.1 trillion compared to $1.3 trillion in 2011. The reduction in 2012 originations is largely due to a 34% reduction in refinancing volume, with refinancing volume forecasted to total $566 billion in 2012. Comparatively, house purchase mortgage originations are predicted to increase by 3.9% in 2012, with purchase lending forecasted to total $483 billion in 2012.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.4

 

Interest Rate Environment

In terms of interest rates, through the first half of 2004, in a reaction to try to avoid a significant slowdown of the economy, the Federal Reserve lowered key market interest rates to historical lows not seen since the 1950s, with the federal funds rate equal to 1.00% and the discount rate equal to 2.00%. Beginning in June 2004, the Fed began slowly, but steadily increasing the federal funds and overnight interest rates in order to ward off any possibility of inflation. Through June 2006, the Fed had increased interest rates a total of 17 times, and as of June 2006, the Fed Funds rate was 5.25%, up from 1.00% in early 2004, while the Discount Rate stood at 6.25%, up from 2.00% in early 2004. The Fed then held these two interest rates steady until mid-2007, at which time the downturn in the economy was evident, and the Fed began reacting to the increasingly negative economic news. Beginning in August 2007 and through December 2008, the Fed decreased market interest rates a total of 12 times in an effort to stimulate the economy, both for personal and business spending.

As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. These historically low rates were intended to enable a faster recovery of the housing industry, while at the same time lower business borrowing costs, and such rates have remained in effect through early 2010. In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy. The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve. This low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at historical lows, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level. As of March 31, 2012, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.19% and 2.23%, respectively, compared to 0.30% and 3.47%, respectively, as of March 31, 2011. This has had a positive impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. However, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have given up some of this pickup in yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25% as of December 31, 2008, and has remained at that level since that date. Data on historical interest rate trends is presented in Exhibit II-2.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.5

 

Market Area Demographics

Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Bank’s market area from 2010 to 2011 and projected through 2016, with additional data shown in Exhibit II-3. Data for the nation and the state of Maryland is included for comparative purposes. The market area is characterized by two large, more populous but slower growth areas (Baltimore County and Baltimore City), and smaller, but faster growing Anne Arundel County. From 2010 to 2011, Baltimore City and Baltimore County’s population increased at 0.2% and 0.1% annual rates, while the annual population growth rate for Anne Arundel County 0.6%, which exceeded the comparable Maryland growth rate of 0.5% and paralleled the U.S. growth rate.

The stronger population growth experienced in Anne Arundel County was reflected in stronger household growth as well. These trends reflect urban flight to suburban markets for job opportunities, a lower cost of living and more affordable housing. Anne Arundel County, in particular, has become an attractive area to live with newer infrastructure and other amenities. The primary market area is projected to experience population and household growth in line with recent historical trends over the next five years, except for Baltimore City, which shows minimal declines.

Income levels in the market area tend to reflect the nature of the markets served, with higher income levels in the faster growing suburban markets. The greater wealth of the suburban markets is consistent with national trends, in which the white collar professionals who work in the cities generally reside in the surrounding suburbs. Additionally, much of the growth in white collar jobs in the Greater Baltimore area has been occurring in suburban markets.

The lowest per capita and median household incomes were in Baltimore City and were well below statewide measures as well, reflecting a higher concentration of blue collar workers, both skilled and unskilled, as well as some areas of poverty in Baltimore City. Household income distribution measures further underscore the greater affluence of the Anne Arundel County market.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.6

 

Table 2.1

Hamilton Bank

Summary Demographic/Economic Information

 

                          Growth     Growth  
     Year      Rate     Rate  
     2010      2011      2016      2010-2011     2011-2016  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population(000)

             

United States

     308,746         310,704         321,315         0.6     0.7

Maryland

     5,774         5,802         5,988         0.5     0.6

Baltimore (City) County

     621         622         617         0.2     -0.2

Baltimore County

     805         806         820         0.1     0.3

Anne Arundel County

     538         541         561         0.6     0.7

Households(000)

             

United States

     116,716         117,458         121,713         0.6     0.7

Maryland

     2,156         2,167         2,236         0.5     0.6

Baltimore (City) County

     250         250         249         0.2     -0.1

Baltimore County

     317         317         322         0.1     0.3

Anne Arundel County

     199         201         209         0.6     0.8

Median Household Income($)

             

United States

     NA       $ 50,227       $ 57,536         NA        2.8

Maryland

     NA         68,192         80,664         NA        3.4

Baltimore (City) County

     NA         35,844         39,570         NA        2.0

Baltimore County

     NA         63,157         77,032         NA        4.1

Anne Arundel County

     NA         79,692         89,637         NA        2.4

Per Capita Income($)

             

United States

     NA       $ 26,391       $ 30,027         NA        2.6

Maryland

     NA         34,171         39,475         NA        2.9

Baltimore (City) County

     NA         22,591         25,998         NA        2.8

Baltimore County

     NA         34,006         38,972         NA        2.8

Anne Arundel County

     NA         37,381         42,926         NA        2.8
     <$25,000     $25,001-
$50,000
    $50,001
$100,000
    >$100,000+  

2011 HH Income Dist.(%)

        

United States

     24.7     25.1     30.4     19.9

Maryland

     16.0     19.8     31.8     32.4

Baltimore (City) County

     36.7     27.1     23.7     12.5

Baltimore County

     15.3     22.6     33.7     28.4

Anne Arundel County

     10.3     17.4     34.5     37.9
       0-14 Yrs.     15-34 Yrs.     35-54 Yrs.     55+ Yrs.  

2011 Age Distribution (%)

        

United States

     19.7     27.5     27.7     25.2

Maryland

     19.1     27.1     29.2     24.6

Baltimore (City) County

     17.7     33.0     26.2     23.1

Baltimore County

     17.9     27.1     27.6     27.5

Anne Arundel County

     19.2     26.4     29.9     24.5

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.7

 

Regional/Local Economy

The market area contains a diverse cross section of employment sectors, with a mix of services, manufacturing, wholesale/retail trade, federal and local government, health care facilities and finance related employment, which partially mitigates the risk associated with a decline in any particular economic sector or industry. Like most previously industrial cities, Baltimore’s employment base has experienced a gradual shift away from manufacturing and heavy industry and toward services and retail trade. The city of Baltimore is now considered a major center for financial services and health services industries.

Located adjacent to major transportation corridors and Washington, DC, the Greater Baltimore region provides a diversified broad economic base and is a key economic center for the state of Maryland. The region is home to a highly-educated workforce and numerous prominent businesses of all sizes, providing a relatively low cost of living, compared to other major metro areas, and well-connected to urban regions along the Northeast Corridor.

Healthcare, financial services, information technology, defense, education, and life sciences/biotechnology are some of the key growth sectors that make up the region’s economy. Moreover, the primary occupations in the area are in legal, management, architecture, engineering, business and financial operations, computer and mathematical science, and life, physical and social science. The region’s top employers come from a wide range of industries and span both the public and private sectors, as shown in Table 2.2 on the following page.

Overall, service employment accounted for an average of 46% for the market area served, similar to the statewide average. The distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse and expanding economic environment, with government and wholesale and retail trade exhibiting the next the highest levels of employment in the Bank’s market area. In Anne Arundel County, the largest employers include Fort George Meade, which is a military installation for the federal government and Northrop Grumman, a manufacturer of electric surveillance products. In Baltimore City, the largest employers are Johns Hopkins University and Johns Hopkins Hospital & Health System, which support the education and healthcare industries in the region. Baltimore County’s largest employers include Aberdeen Proving Ground, a military installation for the federal government and the US Social Security Administration Center, which is also government employment.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.8

 

Table 2.2

Hamilton Bank

Top 25 Major Employers in Greater Baltimore

 

Rank

  

Company Name

   Employees  

1

   Ft. George G. Meade      44,541   

2

   Johns Hopkins University      22,000   

3

   Johns Hopkins Hospital & Health System 1/      16,552   

4

   Aberdeen Proving Ground (APG)      15,582   

5

   University System of Maryland 2/      15,567   

6

   US Social Security Administration      11,600   

7

   Northrop Grumman      9,350   

8

   University of Maryland Medical System 3/      8,900   

9

   Walmart/Sam’s Club      7,372   

10

   LifeBridge Health 5/      6,983   

11

   MedStar Health      6,294   

12

   Giant Food Stores/Martin's Food Markets      5,464   

13

   Constellation Energy/BGE      5,449   

14

   Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory      4,700   

15

   Verizon Wireless      4,486   

16

   T. Rowe Price Group      4,179   

17

   GBMC HealthCare      3,819   

18

   Franklin Square Hospital Center      3,500   

19

   Mercy Health Services      3,280   

20

   Home Depot      3,255   

21

   Southwest Airlines      3,200   

22

   Erickson Retirement Communities      3,070   

23

   St. Agnes Health Care      3,022   

24

   Target      3,015   

25

   Anne Arundel Health System      3,000   

 

Source: Compiled using regional county top employer lists from the Maryland Department of Business and Economic Development

 

Note: Community College employment has been included, but public school systems in the counties have been excluded. Contact the counties regarding employment in the public schools.

Employment Sectors

Employment data, presented in Table 2.3, indicates that similar to many areas of the country, services are the most prominent sector for the state of Maryland and the three market area counties, comprising an average of 46% of total employment, with an average of 30% of the service sector concentrated in the health care industry. Baltimore City and Anne Arundel County maintain the highest levels of government employment, while Baltimore County reported the highest level of wholesale and retail traded employment in the market area. Notably, after the nation’s capital, the Greater Baltimore region is the largest federal government hub in the United States, with over 73,000 residents employed by the Federal Government. Greater Baltimore also has the highest concentration of state government employees in the 25 largest metros. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse economic environment. Additional data is presented in Exhibit II-4.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.9

 

Table 2.3

Hamilton Bank

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

           Baltimore     Baltimore     Anne Arundel     Mkt Area  

Employment Sector

   Maryland     City     County     County     Average  
           (% of Total Employment)        

Services

     45.3     53.1     45.9     38.9     46.0

Government

     16.8     21.0     11.9     23.4     18.8

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     12.8     7.0     13.9     13.9     11.6

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     9.9     7.2     13.1     8.4     9.6

Manufacturing

     3.7     3.5     4.2     4.2     4.0

Transportation/Utility

     3.0     3.9     2.6     3.7     3.4

Construction

     6.1     3.0     6.0     5.7     4.9

Information

     1.7     1.3     2.0     1.3     1.5

Agriculture

     0.5     0.0     0.2     0.1     0.1

Other

     0.3     0.0     0.2     0.2     0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

 

Source: US Bureau of Statistics, 2010.

Unemployment Data and Trends

Table 2.4, provides unemployment data which shows that the unemployment rates in all of the comparative areas have decreased through March 2012 from March 2011, paralleling the changes in the state and national unemployment rates. Baltimore City and Baltimore County reported unemployment rates higher than the statewide average of 6.6% while Anne Arundel County reported a lower unemployment rate of 6.1%. Additionally, the aggregate unemployment rate for Maryland and Baltimore and Anne Arundel Counties were lower than the national unemployment rate of 8.2%. This data indicates that the suburban sectors of the Bank’s market area are reflective of the somewhat more favorable position of the local economies in those areas.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.10

 

Table 2.4

Hamilton Bank

Unemployment Trends

 

     March 2011     March 2012  

Region

   Unemployment     Unemployment  

United States

     8.9     8.2

Maryland

     8.0     6.6

Baltimore City

     10.4     10.0

Baltimore County

     7.6     7.1

Anne Arundel County

     6.4     6.1

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends

The Bank’s retail deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of the Greater Baltimore area and, in particular, the areas of the region that are nearby to each of the Bank’s five branch office facilities. Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2007 through June 30, 2011 for the three market area counties and the state of Maryland. Maryland bank and thrift deposits increased at a 5.1% annual rate during the four year period, with savings institutions declining by 17.4% and commercial banks reporting deposit growth of 8.4%, respectively. Importantly, the decline in savings institution deposits over the four year time period was largely due to the merger of Chevy Chase Bank into Capital One, which is a commercial bank. Overall, savings institutions held a market share of 6.7% of total deposits statewide as of June 30, 2011, indicating a relatively modest market position.

In terms of the Bank’s market area counties, deposit growth for bank and thrifts in Baltimore City and Anne Arundel County were above the Maryland state growth rate. Conversely, deposit growth in Baltimore County was notably below the Maryland growth rate. Commercial banks maintained a significantly larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in each of the market jurisdictions served by the Bank’s branches, with such market shares ranging from a low of 83.5% in Baltimore County to a high of 95.2% in Baltimore City.

Due to the overall size of the market area counties, Hamilton maintains relatively minor market shares in terms of market area deposits. The Bank’s largest deposit market share is in Baltimore County, where the Bank’s $111.5 million of deposits represented a 0.7% market share of bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011. The Bank’s $124.7 million of deposits at the Baltimore City branches represented a 0.6% market share of bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011. Additionally, at the Anne Arundel branch (purchased from K Bank in 2009), the Bank maintained $57.6 million in deposits for a deposit market share of 0.6%. This data indicates that additional deposit growth and increases in market share are possible.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.11

 

Table 2.5

Hamilton Bank

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2007      2011      Deposit  
            Market     No. of             Market No. of      Growth Rate  
     Deposits      Share     Branches      Deposits      Share Branches      2007-2011  
            (Dollars in Thousands)                   (%)  

Maryland

   $ 94,987,481         100.0     1,805       $ 115,942,755         100.0     1,785         5.1

Commercial Banks

     78,340,999         82.5     1,493         108,205,752         93.3     1,633         8.4

Savings Institutions

     16,646,482         17.5     312         7,737,003         6.7     152         -17.4

Baltimore City

   $ 13,507,651         100.0     122       $ 22,362,682         100.0     111         13.4

Commercial Banks

     12,084,031         89.5     93         21,285,600         95.2     88         15.2

Savings Institutions

     1,423,620         10.5     29         1,077,082         4.8     23         -6.7

Hamilton Bank

     121,372         0.9     2         124,683         0.6     2         0.7

Baltimore County

   $ 15,499,725         100.0     305       $ 16,354,064         100.0     281         1.4

Commercial Banks

     12,348,400         79.7     244         13,662,795         83.5     236         2.6

Savings Institutions

     3,151,325         20.3     61         2,691,269         16.5     45         -3.9

Hamilton Bank

     73,420         0.5     2         111,449         0.7     2         11.0

Anne Arundel County

   $ 7,741,931         100.0     177       $ 10,035,974         100.0     179         6.7

Commercial Banks

     6,200,158         80.1     144         8,687,794         86.6     159         8.8

Savings Institutions

     1,541,773         19.9     33         1,348,180         13.4     20         -3.3

Hamilton Bank

     —           0.0     —           57,552         0.6     1         NA   

 

Source: FDIC.

Competition

The competitive environment for financial institution products and services on a national, regional and local level can be expected to become even more competitive in the future. Consolidation in the banking and thrift industries provides economies of scale to the larger institutions, while the increased presence of investment options provides consumers with attractive investment alternatives to financial institutions. The Bank faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, including direct competition with financial institutions that primarily have a local, regional or national presence. Securities firms and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits. In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as the Bank. With regard to lending competition, the Bank encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services. In addition, the Bank competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and credit unions.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   MARKET AREA
   II.12

 

From a competitive standpoint, the Bank benefits from its status of a locally-owned financial institution, longstanding customer relationships, and continued efforts to offer competitive products and services. However, competitive pressures will also likely continue to build as the financial services industry continues to consolidate and as additional non-bank investment options for consumers become available. Table 2.6 lists the Bank’s largest competitors in the three counties currently served by its branches, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically. The proceeds from the proposed stock offering will enhance the Bank’s competitiveness by providing increased operating flexibility, including de novo branching, focus on cross-selling and marketing and potential acquisition.

Table 2.6

Hamilton Bank

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location

  

Name

Baltimore City                                                                  

   Bank of America, NA (43.27%)
   M& T Bank (35.75%)
   PNC Bank (9.11%)
   Hamilton Bank (0.56%) Rank: 10 of 36

Baltimore County

   Wells Fargo Bank, NA (18.88%)
   M& T Bank (16.69%)
   Bank of America, NA (15.80%)
   Hamilton Bank (0.68%) Rank: 22 of 42

Anne Arundel County

   M& T Bank (20.77%)
   Bank of America, NA (18.42%)
   BB&T (10.88%)
   Hamilton Bank (0.57%) Rank: 18 of 32

 

Source: FDIC, as of June 30, 2011.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of Hamilton’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Hamilton is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments to account for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Hamilton, individually or as a whole, key areas examined for differences to determine if valuation adjustments are appropriate were in the following areas: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than “non-listed thrifts” i.e., those listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or Pink Sheets, as well as those that are non-publicly traded and closely-held. Non-listed institutions are inappropriate since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies, and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. We typically exclude those that were converted less than one year as their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestment benefit and since the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are 132 publicly-traded thrift institutions nationally, which includes 23 publicly-traded MHCs. Given the


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.2

 

limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the “best fit” group. To the extent that key differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for such key differences. Since Hamilton will be a full stock public company upon completion of the ooffering, we considered only full stock companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.

From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of Hamilton. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

   

Screen #1 Mid-Atlantic institutions (excluding New York) with assets less than $650 million and positive earnings. Six companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all were included in the Peer Group.

 

   

Screen #2 Southeast institutions with assets less than $600 million and positive earnings. A total of four companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and all were included in the Peer Group.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-2 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Hamilton, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Hamilton’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Hamilton’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

   

Colonial Financial Services of NJ (“COBK”) is the largest company in the Peer Group in terms of total assets and operates through a total of 9 offices in southern New Jersey. COBK’s asset composition reflects a lower proportion of loans and a higher balance of cash and investments as compared to the Peer Group average. COBK’s funding composition revealed a higher level of deposits and lower level of borrowings in comparison to the Peer Group as a whole. Loan portfolio investment activities are concentrated in residential mortgage loans and MBS, with more limited loan diversification than the Peer Group. COBK recorded asset quality ratios that were less


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.3

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

May 25, 2012

 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

  Exchange     Primary Market   Operating
Strategy
    Total
Assets(1)
          Offices     Fiscal
Year
    Conv.
Date
    Stock
Price
    Market
Value
 
                                                      ($)     ($Mil)  

COBK

  Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ     NASDAQ      Bridgeton, NJ     Thrift      $ 639          9        12/31/12        Jul-10      $ 13.23      $ 52   

CFFC

  Community Fin. Corp. of VA     NASDAQ      Staunton, VA     Thrift        510        D        11        3/31/12        Mar-88        3.90        17   

ALLB

  Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA     NASDAQ      Broomall, PA     Thrift        484          9        12/31/12        Jan-11        11.88        65   

STND

  Standard Financial Corp. of PA     NASDAQ      Monroeville, PA     Thrift        449          12        9/30/12        Oct-10        16.75        57   

OBAF

  OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MD     NASDAQ      Germantown, MD     Thrift        392          5        6/30/12        Jan-10        15.05        63   

FFCO

  FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA     NASDAQ      Monessen, PA     Thrift        343          9        12/31/12        Sep-10        14.25        41   

LABC

  Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA     NASDAQ      Metairie, LA     Thrift        319          3        12/31/12        Jul-07        16.10        52   

WVFC

  WVS Financial, Corp. of PA     NASDAQ      Pittsburgh, PA     Thrift        307          6        6/30/12        Nov-93        7.72        16   

AFCB

  Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN     NASDAQ      Athens, TN     Thrift        294          7        12/31/12        Jan-10        15.00        40   

HFBL

  Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA     NASDAQ      Shereveport, LA     Thrift        266          5        6/30/12        Dec-10        14.60        43   

 

NOTES: (1)     Operating Strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.+Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversifield, and Ret.=Retail Banking
  (2)     Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma).

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.4

 

favorable to the Peer Group in terms of the level of NPAs and NPLs, as well as lower reserve coverage ratios. Trailing twelve month net income was slightly lower than the Peer Group average, caused in part by a low level of interest income and a low level of non-interest income, offset in part by a low operating expense ratio.

 

   

Community Fin. Corp of VA (“CFFC”) operates through 11 retail banking offices in northwestern and southeastern Virginia. The balance sheet reflects a high level of investment in loans receivable, funded with both deposits and borrowings. CFFC maintained the lowest equity/assets ratio of all Peer Group companies, and was one of two companies to report a reduction in assets over the past 12 months. Net income was below the Peer average, as a strong net interest income ratio was more than offset by the highest level of loan loss provisions of all Peer Group members. The loan portfolio was notably diversified into commercial real estate, commercial business, construction and consumer lending, with no investment in MBS. Asset quality ratios were less favorable than the Peer averages, including lower reserve coverage ratios.

 

   

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA (“ALLB”) was selected due to a Mid-Atlantic market area, ALLB also completed a second-step conversion in January 2011. Operates with a similar interest-earning asset composition as Hamilton and a relatively high level of deposits as a source of funds. ALLB’s equity/assets ratio is somewhat above the Peer Group average. ALLB reported a relatively low return on assets compared to the Peer Group average, caused by a low level of non-interest income and a provision for loan loss above the Peer Group average. Lending diversification was focused on commercial real estate loans. Asset quality ratios were less favorable than Peer Group averages.

 

   

Standard Financial Corp. of PA (“STND”) operates through 12 banking offices in western Pennsylvania. STND’s balance sheet structure is relatively similar to the Peer Group averages, including a modest reliance on borrowed funds. Net income for the trailing twelve month period is above the Peer average, supported by low operating expenses and more limited loan loss provisions. STND’s loan portfolio showed less diversification into non-residential loans. Asset quality ratios were more favorable than Peer Group averages, including reserve coverage ratios.

 

   

OBA Financial Services, Inc. of MD (“OBAF”) with assets of $392 million, operates in the suburban Washington DC area from a network of five offices. OBAF reported a loans/assets ratio in excess of the Peer average and the second highest level of cash and equivalents. Funding liabilities were lower than the Peer averages due to the highest equity/assets ratio of all Peer Group members. Trailing twelve month asset growth was third highest of the Peer Group. OBAF reported the lowest profitability of the Peer Group, caused by low non-interest income and higher than average operating expenses. Investment in loans included higher levels of commercial real estate and commercial business loans, resulting in the third highest risk weighted assets to assets ratio. Asset quality ratios were less favorable than the Peer Group averages, including low reserve coverage ratios.

 

   

FedFirst Financial Corp of PA (“FFCO”) operates through a total of nine offices in western Pennsylvania. FFCO’s balance sheet structure is relatively similar to the Peer Group averages, including a modest reliance on borrowed funds, along with an equity/assets ratio above the Peer Group average. FFCO recorded a decline in assets over the past twelve months. Profitability was slightly below the Peer average, caused by a higher level of interest expense and the second highest operating expense ratio of the Peer Group. Non-interest income was well above Peer averages. There is limited diversification of the loan portfolio into non-residential related assets. Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer averages, including a relatively low level of loan chargeoffs.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.5

 

   

Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA (“LABC”) reported assets of $319 million and operates out of three offices in the New Orleans/Metairie area of Louisiana. LABC’s balance sheet is characterized by higher than average borrowings, the second highest borrowings among all the Peer Group companies. Investment in loans receivable is slightly higher than the Peer averages. Earnings are supported by the third highest equity/assets ratio of the Peer Group. Net income was higher than the Peer average, due to somewhat lower operating expenses and gains on sale. Non-interest income was lower than the Peer averages. Lending was focused on residential assets, including the highest level of MBS of all Peer Group members. Loan diversification was concentrated in commercial real estate loans. As a result, LABC reported the second lowest risk weighted assets to asset ratio of all Peer Group companies. Asset quality ratios were among the strongest of all Peer Group companies.

 

   

WVS Financial Corp. of PA (“WVFC”) , the smallest Pennsylvania based Peer Group company, reported assets of $307 million and a network of six office locations. WVFS pursues a strategy of investment in securities, with only modest investment in loans receivable. Funding is concentrated in borrowed funds. WVFS reported the second lowest equity/asset ratio of the Peer Group. WVFS reported the most significant increase in assets over the past 12 months, led by an increase in investments funded with borrowings. Profitability somewhat above the Peer Group average was a result of the lowest operating expense ratio and the lowest interest expense ratio of the Peer Group. There was little non-interest income recorded. The concentration in investments was evident in the yield-cost spread, which was the lowest of all Peer Group companies. Given the focus on investments as earning assets, there was little investment in loans receivable, including modest diversification away from residential lending. Asset quality ratios were much more favorable than the Peer Group as a whole, although reserve coverage ratios were lower than the Peer Group.

 

   

Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN (“AFCB”) conducts operations out of 7 offices in southeastern Tennessee, serving suburban areas north of Chattanooga. AFCB reported relatively strong investment in loans receivable, and higher than average funding with deposits, along with an above average equity/assets compared to the Peer Group average. Trailing twelve month net income was higher than the Peer Group average, supported by a high level of interest income and a high level of non-interest income. Operating expenses were the highest of the all Peer Group members. The high interest income was evident as AFCB reported the highest yield on earning assets of all Peer Group members. The loan portfolio revealed higher than average investment in commercial real estate loans and construction/land loans. As a result, the risk weighted assets to asset ratio was well above the Peer average. AFCB also reported the highest loan servicing portfolio of the Peer Group. Asset quality ratios were less favorable than the Peer Group average, with the exception of the reserves/loans ratio.

 

   

Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA (“HFBL”), the smallest of the Peer Group, HFBL operates out of 5 offices in Louisiana. HFBL contained a balance sheet composition that was similar to the Peer Group averages, with the exception of the equity/assets ratio, which was the second highest of all Peer Group members. HFBL also reported the second highest asset growth rate of the Peer Group over the last twelve months. Profitability was the highest of all Peer Group members, supported by a high level of


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.6

 

interest income, a limited level of provisions for loan losses, and the highest level of net gains of all Peer Group members. The yield on earning assets was the second highest of all Peer Group members, while the cost of funds was the second lowest. Loan portfolio diversification was highest into construction/land lending, resulting in the lowest risk weighted assets to asset ratio of all Peer Group members. HFBL’s asset quality ratios were by far the lowest of the Peer Group, reporting essentially zero problem assets.

In the aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintain a higher tangible equity level, in comparison to the industry median (16.93% of assets versus 10.77% for all public companies) and generate the a slightly higher level of core profitability (0.33% of average assets for the Peer Group versus 0.29% for all public companies). The Peer Group companies reported a modest median core ROE, whereas all public companies have a median core ROE slightly higher than the Peer Group (1.87% for the Peer Group versus 2.21% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Group’s pricing ratios were at a slight discount to all full stock publicly traded thrift institutions on a P/TB basis, but were relatively similar on a P/E basis.

 

     All
Public-Thrifts
    Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Medians)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 900      $ 367   

Market Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 73      $ 47   

Tangible Equity/Assets (%)

     10.77     16.93

Core Return on Average Assets (%)

     0.29     0.33

Core Return on Average Equity (%)

     2.21     1.87

Pricing Ratios (Medians) (1)

    

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     18.35     18.41

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     82.89     78.98

Price/Assets (%)

     9.79     13.08

 

(1) Based on market prices as of May 25, 2012.

The thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to Hamilton in terms of all of the selection criteria and are considered the “best fit” group. While there are many similarities between Hamilton and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to valuation adjustments. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between Hamilton and the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.7

 

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Hamilton and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Bank’s and Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of March 31, 2012. On a reported and tangible basis, Hamilton’s equity-to-assets ratio and tangible equity to assets ratio of 11.0% and 10.1% were below the Peer Group’s median equity/assets ratio of 17.2% and 16.9%, respectively. The more modest differential in the tangible equity ratios reflects the higher proportion of goodwill and other intangible assets for Hamilton in comparison to the Peer Group (0.9% for Hamilton 0.0% and 0.3% for the Peer Group median and average).

The Bank’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Bank with an equity and tangible equity ratio that will be more in line with the Peer Group’s ratio. The increase in Hamilton’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Bank’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity. Both Hamilton’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements, with the Bank’s ratios currently lower than the Peer Group’s ratios. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s regulatory surpluses will become more significant.

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Bank and the Peer Group were similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both. The Bank’s loans-to-assets ratio of 53.4% was notably below the comparable Peer Group ratio of 64.7%, indicating a restriction on interest income as loans represent higher yielding assets than investment securities. At the same time, Hamilton’s level of cash and investments equal to 41.0% of assets was above the comparable Peer Group average and median of 33.8% and 25.0%. Hamilton also reported investment in BOLI of 2.6% of assets, above the 2.2% median ratio for the Peer Group. Overall, Hamilton’s interest-earning assets amounted to 97.0% of assets, which was slightly above the Peer Group’s average ratio of 96.8%.

Hamilton’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that relied more on deposits than the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Bank’s deposits equaled 88.2% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 70.4%. Comparatively, the Bank maintained a zero balance of borrowings, as the Peer Group reported average borrowings of 12.8% of assets, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Bank and the Peer Group, as a


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.8

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2012

 

    Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
    Cash &
Equivalents
    MBS &
Invest
    BOLI     Loans     Deposits     Borrowed
Funds
    Subd.
Debt
    Net
Worth
    Goodwill
& Intang
    Tng Net
Worth
    Assets     MBS, Cash &
Investments
    Loans     Deposits     Borrows.
&Subdebt
    Net
Worth
    Tng Net
Worth
    Tangible     Core     Reg.Cap.  

Hamilton Bank

                                       

March 31, 2012

    11.1     29.9     2.6     53.4     88.2     0.0     0.0     11.0     0.9     10.1     -5.06     -7.30     -4.49     -5.89     0.00     2.85     3.33     9.91     9.91     20.66

All Public Companies

                                       

Averages

    6.6     22.1     1.6     65.1     74.3     11.4     0.4     12.7     0.8     12.0     4.03     10.20     2.43     4.36     -6.67     2.44     2.29     11.80     11.70     20.09

Medians

    5.7     19.5     1.7     67.8     74.5     9.9     0.0     12.0     0.1     11.1     2.30     6.21     0.11     3.02     -7.99     2.08     2.38     11.78     11.74     18.31

State of MD

                                       

Averages

    8.6     16.8     1.9     67.3     68.4     15.0     0.9     15.2     0.0     15.2     -1.63     22.08     -6.92     0.18     -4.40     -0.94     -0.94     15.60     15.60     26.07

Medians

    11.7     10.9     2.3     72.0     67.0     14.1     0.0     14.4     0.0     14.4     -6.95     5.16     -9.42     -9.44     -2.68     -0.15     -0.15     15.60     15.60     26.07

Comparable Group

                                       

Averages

    7.0     26.8     1.8     61.2     70.4     12.8     0.0     15.6     0.3     15.4     6.79     19.52     2.94     5.42     -18.02     -0.03     0.09     15.49     15.49     24.16

Medians

    4.5     20.5     2.2     64.7     70.4     12.4     0.0     17.2     0.0     16.9     3.37     11.18     0.27     6.08     -15.93     0.75     0.75     14.86     14.86     24.58

Comparable Group

                                       

ALLB Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

    23.7     11.9     2.5     57.3     80.9     0.6     0.0     17.1     0.0     17.1     2.46     10.78     -3.49     3.59     -15.93     -3.33     -3.33     NA        NA        NA   

AFCB Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

    9.4     13.5     3.2     71.0     79.9     1.5     0.0     17.2     0.1     17.1     3.61     6.92     3.54     6.66     -54.93     1.67     1.84     13.83     13.83     21.54

COBK Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

    4.9     44.1     1.7     46.1     88.3     0.3     0.0     11.2     0.0     11.2     6.17     22.24     -7.13     7.78     -71.43     1.53     1.53     NA        NA        NA   

CFFC Community Fin. Corp. of VA (1)

    1.5     2.7     1.3     88.3     71.3     18.3     0.0     9.8     0.0     9.8     -3.45     76.28     -6.20     -5.98     4.09     2.03     2.03     NA        NA        13.08

FFCO FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA

    6.7     16.5     2.4     71.7     67.6     13.7     0.0     17.0     0.4     16.7     1.10     -5.34     3.46     6.60     -19.36     -1.61     -1.46     13.46     13.46     24.58

HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

    4.1     29.0     2.2     62.4     69.6     11.0     0.0     18.9     0.0     18.9     22.38     -8.67     43.41     30.53     22.35     -0.03     -0.03     16.08     16.08     29.80

LABC Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

    1.6     32.4     0.0     64.1     60.6     20.1     0.0     18.2     0.0     18.2     -1.59     -19.08     11.12     0.32     -4.88     -4.46     -4.46     14.86     14.86     29.79

OBAF OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MA

    12.2     10.9     2.3     72.0     65.8     14.1     0.0     19.4     0.0     19.4     10.07     65.06     0.05     19.60     -2.68     -6.24     -6.24     19.22     19.22     30.26

STND Standard Financial Corp. of PA

    4.1     24.6     2.2     65.2     73.6     7.8     0.0     17.6     2.1     15.5     3.13     11.57     0.48     5.57     -19.38     4.39     5.27     NA        NA        NA   

WVFC WVS Financial, Corp. of PA

    2.0     82.4     0.0     14.3     46.0     40.5     0.0     9.8     0.0     9.8     23.96     35.47     -15.90     -20.47     NM        5.74     5.74     NA        NA        20.10

 

(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.9

 

percent of assets, equaled 88.2% and 83.2%, respectively. Following the increase in capital provided by the net proceeds of the stock offering, the Bank’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets will likely be more in line with the Peer Group’s ratio. A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio is slightly lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 110.0% and 116.4%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will serve to strengthen Hamilton’s IEA/IBL ratio in comparison to the Peer Group ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items, with growth rates for both Hamilton and the Peer Group based on annual growth rates for the 12 months ended March 31, 2012. Hamilton recorded asset shrinkage of 5.1% compared to median asset growth of 3.4% for the Peer Group. The decline in the Bank’s assets was evident in the 7.3% decline in cash and investments, as well as 4.5% decline in loans. The absence of growth lessened the need for funding, as Hamilton’s deposits declined at a rate of 5.9%. The Peer Group recorded modest balance sheet growth, with most growth occurring in investment securities as loans were relatively unchanged. The Peer Group funded growth with deposits, as borrowings declined.

Reflecting the recent levels of net income, the Bank’s equity increased at a 2.85% annual rate, versus a 0.75% increase in equity balances for the Peer Group. The Peer Group’s minimal equity growth was lessened by dividend payments, while the Bank’s equity was only affected by the net income and changes to the other comprehensive income account. The increase in equity realized from stock proceeds will likely depress the Bank’s equity growth rate initially following the stock offering. Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines could also potentially slow the Bank’s equity growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for Hamilton and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. Hamilton reported a net income to average assets ratio of 0.04% versus the Peer Group’s ratios of 0.51% and 0.54% based on the average and median, respectively. The Bank’s lower return was caused by


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.10

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

           Net Interest Income           Other Income           G&A/Other Exp.     Non-Op. Items     Yields, Costs, and Spreads              
     Net
Income
    Income     Expense     NII     Loss
Provis.
on IEA
    NII
After
Provis.
    Loan
Fees
    R.E.
Oper.
    Other
Income
    Total
Other
Income
    G&A
Expense
    Goodwill
Amort.
    Net
Gains
    Extrao.
Items
    Yield
On Assets
    Cost
Of Funds
    Yld-Cost
Spread
    MEMO:
Assets/
FTE Emp.
    MEMO:
Effective
Tax Rate
 

Hamilton Bank

                                      

March 31, 2012

     0.04     3.81     1.18     2.63     0.83     1.80     0.00     0.00     0.17     0.17     2.04     0.04     0.12     0.00     4.01     1.39     2.62     6,244        NM   

All Public Companies

                                      

Averages

     0.26     4.24     1.12     3.12     0.51     2.60     0.02     -0.10     0.75     0.68     2.89     0.04     0.13     0.00     4.52     1.30     3.22     6,001        30.88

Medians

     0.38     4.18     1.05     3.09     0.29     2.65     0.00     -0.02     0.56     0.53     2.80     0.00     0.04     0.00     4.51     1.23     3.17     5,069        29.98

State of MD

                                      

Averages

     0.18     4.48     1.37     3.10     0.25     2.86     0.03     -0.24     0.72     0.52     3.27     0.00     0.20     0.00     4.83     1.62     3.21     5,508        39.45

Medians

     0.13     4.60     1.47     3.13     0.21     2.94     0.01     -0.19     0.70     0.60     3.12     0.00     0.10     0.00     5.03     1.71     3.19     5,848        38.33

Comparable Group

                                      

Averages

     0.51     4.33     1.07     3.26     0.42     2.83     0.00     -0.02     0.48     0.47     2.72     0.01     0.19     0.00     4.56     1.31     3.25   $ 5,285        31.00

Medians

     0.54     4.32     1.07     3.10     0.29     2.91     0.00     0.00     0.34     0.28     2.71     0.00     0.04     0.00     4.54     1.29     3.09   $ 5,260        32.50

Comparable Group

                                      

ALLB     Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

     0.21     3.91     0.81     3.09     0.69     2.40     0.00     0.00     0.16     0.16     2.39     0.00     0.00     0.00     4.18     1.01     3.17     5,260        NM   

AFCB     Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

     0.68     5.12     1.11     4.01     0.65     3.36     0.00     0.00     1.11     1.11     4.00     0.03     0.59     0.00     5.47     1.37     4.10     3,127        34.74

COBK     Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

     0.45     3.88     1.10     2.78     0.46     2.32     0.00     -0.01     0.27     0.27     2.04     0.00     0.06     0.00     4.08     1.25     2.82     6,264        25.50

CFFC     Community Fin. Corp. of VA (1)

     0.34     5.14     0.73     4.41     1.43     2.97     0.00     0.00     0.74     0.74     2.91     0.00     0.00     0.00     5.52     0.81     4.71     NM        22.61

FFCO     FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA

     0.31     4.46     1.36     3.10     0.22     2.88     0.00     -0.05     0.99     0.94     3.41     0.03     0.09     0.00     4.71     1.68     3.03     3,990        33.63

HFBL     Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     1.05     4.98     1.28     3.69     0.24     3.45     0.00     0.00     0.22     0.22     3.23     0.00     1.04     0.00     5.20     1.64     3.56     6,193        29.03

LABC     Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     0.65     4.59     1.53     3.06     0.02     3.03     0.00     -0.11     0.41     0.30     2.51     0.00     0.17     0.00     4.67     1.91     2.77     5,069        35.40

OBAF     OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MA

     0.08     4.18     1.03     3.15     0.21     2.94     0.01     -0.02     0.24     0.23     3.05     0.00     0.00     0.00     4.40     1.31     3.10     5,848        35.60

STND     Standard Financial Corp. of PA

     0.73     4.09     1.04     3.04     0.33     2.71     0.02     0.00     0.49     0.51     2.18     0.04     0.03     0.00     4.37     1.28     3.09     4,680        29.98

WVFC     WVS Financial, Corp. of PA

     0.63     2.94     0.70     2.25     -0.03     2.28     0.00     0.00     0.19     0.19     1.47     0.00     -0.05     0.00     2.99     0.80     2.19     7,133        32.50

 

(1) Financial information is for the 12 months ended December 31, 2011.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.11

 

a lower level of net interest income, higher provisions for loan losses and lower non-interest income. Offsetting these factors in part was a lower level of operating expense.

The Bank maintained a lower net interest income to average assets ratio, which was reflective of the Bank’s lower yield-cost spread, which equaled 2.62% versus 3.09% for the Peer Group. The Bank maintained a lower yield on interest-earning assets (4.01% versus 4.54% for the Peer Group), as well as a slightly higher cost of funds (1.39% versus a median of 1.29% for the Peer Group).

The impact of the foregoing characteristics of the Bank and the Peer Group’s yields and costs are reflected in the reported ratios of interest income and expense to average assets. In this regard, the Bank’s interest income to average assets fell short of the Peer Group, while the ratio of interest expense was higher in comparison to the Peer Group. Overall, the Bank’s ratio of net interest income to average assets, equal to 2.63% was lower than the Peer Group’s average and median ratios of 3.26% and 3.10%, respectively. The Bank’s lower interest income ratio may be partially reflective of the Bank’s loan portfolio composition, which is historically weighted towards low risk weight residential mortgage loans. The higher ratio of interest expense to average assets, historically, is partially attributable to the Bank’s higher proportion of funding with CDs, which are generally higher cost funds.

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Bank reported a lower ratio of operating expenses, 2.04% of average assets versus the Peer Group (2.71% of average assets). In addition, Hamilton maintained a comparatively higher number of employees relative to its asset size. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $6.2 million for the Bank, versus a comparable measure of $5.3 million for the Peer Group. On a post-offering basis, the Bank’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of the ESOP and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group’s operating expenses. At the same time, Hamilton’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be enhanced following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a savings institution’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Bank’s earnings were slightly more favorable than the Peer Group’s, based on respective expense coverage ratios of 1.29x for Hamilton and 1.20x for the Peer Group. A ratio less than 1.00x indicates that an institution depends on non-interest operating income to achieve profitable operations.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.12

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a higher contribution to the Peer Group’s earnings compared to the Peer Group. Non-interest operating income equaled 0.17% and 0.47% of Hamilton’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, Hamilton’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 72.9% was equal to the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio.

Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Bank’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Bank and the Peer Group equaling 0.83% and 0.42% of average assets, respectively. The impact of loan loss provisions on the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, particularly when taking into consideration the prevailing credit market environment for mortgage based lenders, were indicative of asset quality factors facing the overall thrift industry in the current operating environment.

For the 12 months ended March 31, 2012, the Bank reported net non-operating income equal to 0.12% of average assets, while the Peer Group reported 0.19% of average assets of net non-operating gains. Non-operating items for the Bank reflected primarily the gain recorded on the sale of investment securities ($0.4 million), along with a minimal level of income on the sale of loans. Typically, gains and losses generated from non-operating items are viewed as non-recurring in nature, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations. Comparatively, to the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor for an institution. However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Bank’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the Peer Group reported a median effective tax rate of 32.50%, while Hamilton reported a non meaningful effective tax rate due to the low level of pre-tax net income. As indicated in the prospectus, the Bank’s effective marginal tax rate is assumed to equal 34% when calculating the after tax return on conversion proceeds.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.13

 

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the comparative loan portfolio composition (including the investment in MBS) for Hamilton and the Peer Group. The Bank’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities relative to the Peer Group median (58.50% of assets versus 46.01% for the Peer Group). The Bank’s higher ratio was attributable to maintaining higher concentrations of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and higher MBS relative to the Peer Group’s ratios. The Bank did not report a balance of loans serviced for others, while only three members of the Peer Group reported balances of loans service for others. The Peer Group maintained a minimal average balance of loan servicing intangibles.

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Peer Group compared to the Bank, as total non-residential first mortgage loans equaled 29.34% of assets for the Peer Group and 19.85% of assets for the Bank. Hamilton’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio (51.02% versus 58.94% for the Peer Group). The Peer Group reported the most significant diversification into commercial real estate lending (20.21% of assets), followed by construction/land lending (3.97% of assets). The Bank’s highest level of lending diversification was also in commercial real estate lending (9.74% of assets), along with commercial business lending (8.53% of assets).

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Bank’s credit risk exposure was considered to be less favorable in comparison to the Peer Group’s. As shown in Table 3.5, the Bank’s non-performing assets/assets and non-performing loans/loans ratios equaled 3.00% and 5.06%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 2.68% and 3.42% for the Peer Group. The ratio of REO to assets was also higher for the Bank versus the Peer Group. Hamilton reported less favorable reserve coverage ratios compared to the Peer Group averages. Loan loss reserves maintained as a percent of net loans receivable were higher for the Bank, equaling 2.05% and 1.25% for the Bank and the Peer Group, however this advantage was more than offset by the higher levels of NPAs when calculating the reserve coverage ratios. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were lower for the Bank, as net loan charge-offs as a


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.14

 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2012

 

           Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                           

Institution

   MBS     1-4
Family
    Constr.
& Land
    5+Unit
Comm RE
    Commerc.
Business
    Consumer     RWA/
Assets
    Serviced
For Others
     Servicing
Assets
 
     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)      ($000)  

Hamilton Bank

     23.87     34.63     1.21     9.74     8.53     0.37     51.02   $ 0       $ 0   

All Public Companies

                   

Averages

     13.81     33.27     3.21     22.97     3.89     1.66     61.79   $ 860,963       $ 7,365   

Medians

     10.45     32.71     2.36     23.49     3.19     0.41     62.08   $ 3,830       $ 96   

State of MD

                   

Averages

     10.34     31.51     8.20     25.24     3.37     0.07     69.25   $ 33       $ 27   

Medians

     10.24     32.95     7.73     23.49     1.06     0.08     63.44   $ 0       $ 0   

Comparable Group

                   

Averages

     13.56     32.45     3.97     20.21     3.83     1.33     58.94   $ 13,923       $ 35   

Medians

     11.12     32.83     2.37     21.82     3.06     0.35     56.60   $ 0       $ 0   

Comparable Group

                   

ALLB Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

     2.12     24.65     2.36     27.94     1.90     1.30     55.74   $ 0       $ 0   

AFCB Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

     4.10     32.71     5.98     26.23     4.10     3.42     65.53   $ 97,190       $ 0   

COBK Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

     16.36     26.41     2.08     14.55     3.28     0.19     52.48   $ 0       $ 0   

CFFC Community Fin. Corp. of VA (1)

     0.00     35.73     9.81     26.98     9.43     6.85     84.18   $ 0       $ 0   

FFCO FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA

     12.00     49.94     2.38     15.96     2.83     0.50     57.46   $ 0       $ 0   

HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     27.92     28.01     10.63     19.58     4.61     0.20     48.90   $ 0       $ 0   

LABC Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     29.60     40.32     0.07     24.06     0.02     0.20     51.44   $ 26,280       $ 213   

OBAF OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MA

     10.24     32.94     1.78     29.23     8.76     0.00     63.44   $ 0       $ 80   

STND Standard Financial Corp. of PA

     9.88     47.60     1.41     13.70     2.47     0.51     58.38   $ 15,760       $ 55   

WVFC WVS Financial, Corp. of PA

     23.41     6.14     3.21     3.90     0.95     0.10     51.81   $ 0       $ 0   

(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.15

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2012 or Most Recent Date Available

 

Institution

   REO/
Assets
    NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets
    NPLs/
Loans
    Rsrves/
Loans
    Rsrves/
NPLs
    Rsrves/
NPAs &
90+Del
    Net Loan
Chargeoffs
     NLCs/
Loans
 
     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)      (%)  

Hamilton Bank

     0.24     3.00     5.06     2.05     40.43     37.23   $ 349         0.20

All Public Companies

                 

Averages

     0.52     3.56     4.39     1.51     52.33     44.89   $ 1,430         0.77

Medians

     0.19     2.60     3.32     1.33     37.89     32.46   $ 415         0.32

State of MD

                 

Averages

     1.25     8.28     11.06     2.14     20.71     20.89   $ 1,056         1.67

Medians

     1.53     9.39     13.09     1.82     22.84     22.76   $ 608         0.34

Comparable Group

                 

Averages

     0.44     2.68     3.42     1.25     57.13     94.03   $ 567         0.75

Medians

     0.14     2.16     3.23     1.12     41.11     36.46   $ 205         0.34

Comparable Group

                 

ALLB Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

     1.43     4.38     5.52     1.35     25.04     19.44     432         0.61

AFCB Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

     0.00     3.41     4.35     1.91     45.89     43.12     184         0.36

COBK Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

     0.51     4.40     8.38     0.96     11.51     10.19     3409         4.59

CFFC Community Fin. Corp. of VA (1)

     1.87     7.87     5.77     1.97     36.52     24.15     793         0.69

FFCO FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA

     0.11     1.33     1.69     1.25     73.85     67.81     155         0.25

HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     0.00     0.08     0.01     0.80     NA        549.75     0         0.00

LABC Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

     0.26     0.60     0.53     0.85     160.31     90.95     111         0.22

OBAF OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MA

     0.01     2.99     4.09     0.94     22.84     22.76     225         0.32

STND Standard Financial Corp. of PA

     0.18     1.15     1.48     1.44     97.09     82.30     357         0.48

WVFC WVS Financial, Corp. of PA

     0.08     0.60     2.36     0.99     41.11     29.79     0         0.00

 

(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

 

Source:

Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.16

 

percentage of loans for the Bank equaled 0.20% of loans versus 0.34% of loans for the Peer Group.

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Bank versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Hamilton’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group. The Bank’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios were lower than the Peer Group, thereby implying a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin for the Bank. The Bank also reported a higher level of non-interest earning assets, which provides an indication of the earnings capabilities and interest rate risk of the balance sheet. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with more favorable balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics than currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Bank’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Hamilton and the Peer Group. The relative fluctuations in the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio were considered to be higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, Hamilton was viewed as maintaining a higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The stability of the Bank’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Hamilton’s assets.

Summary

Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Hamilton. In those areas where notable differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in the next section.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.17

 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2012 or Most Recent Date Available

 

0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
    Balance Sheet Measures                                      
      Tangible
Equity/
Assets
    IEA/
IBL
    Non-Earn.
Assets/
Assets
    Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  

Institution

        3/31/2012     12/31/2011     9/30/2011     6/30/2011     3/31/2011     12/31/2010  
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  

Hamilton Bank

    10.1     107.0     5.6     13        -13        1        25        26        -7   

All Public Companies

    12.0     108.5     6.1     -3        -2        -1        5        0        1   

State of MD

    15.2     110.0     7.3     -2        -3        4        -12        8        -3   

Comparable Group

                 

Averages

    15.4     114.5     5.0     -6        -1        3        4        8        10   

Medians

    16.9     115.3     5.0     -6        1        6        0        7        4   

Comparable Group

                 

ALLB Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

    17.1     113.9     7.1     -6        -11        7        -1        1        -14   

AFCB Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

    17.1     115.3     6.1     -4        9        6        -2        9        31   

COBK Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

    11.2     107.3     4.9     -11        -26        27        -5        -4        -4   

CFFC Community Fin. Corp. of VA (1)

    9.8     103.3     7.6     NA        2        -9        20        30        6   

FFCO FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA

    16.7     116.6     5.1     -12        0        6        4        6        1   

HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

    18.9     118.4     4.5     -4        45        6        18        -20        -9   

LABC Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

    18.2     121.6     1.9     -3        6        6        -6        -5        -6   

OBAF OBA Financial Serv. Inc. of MA

    19.4     118.9     4.9     12        9        -8        -38        8        17   

STND Standard Financial Corp. of PA

    15.5     115.3     6.2     -9        0        -12        1        9        18   

WVFC WVS Financial, Corp. of PA

    9.8     113.9     1.4     -20        -45        -2        53        44        54   

 

(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

 

Source:

SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Bank’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The regulatory written appraisal guidelines as reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and which are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) specifies the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and, (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Bank’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Hamilton’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Hamilton’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.2

 

external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and Hamilton’s stock specifically; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Bank and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Hamilton Bancorp’s value, or Hamilton Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Bank’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Bank and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of Hamilton relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Bank coming to market at this time.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.3

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

   

Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank’s IEA composition was somewhat less favorable, reflecting a lower concentration of loans and a higher concentration of cash and investments. Lending diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group. This lower investment in loans and lower investment in higher risk loans resulted in Hamilton reporting a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio. The Bank’s IEA composition provided for a lower yield earned on IEA. The Bank’s cost of IBL was modestly higher than the Peer Group’s cost of funds, notwithstanding the Bank’s higher level of deposits and lower level of borrowings compared to the Peer Group. As a percent of assets, Hamilton maintained a similar level of IEA and a higher level of IBL, given the lower equity position of the Bank. The Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio of 110.0% was less favorable than the 116.4% ratio for the Peer Group. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio should be comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio.

 

   

Credit Quality. Hamilton’s ratios of NPAs/assets and NPLs/loans were less favorable than the comparable Peer Group ratios. Loan loss reserves as a percent of NPLs and NPAs were lower for the Bank, given the higher level of NPAs and NPLs maintained by the Bank. Hamilton reported a higher ratio of loan loss reserves as a percent of loans; however such ratio did not offset the higher levels of NPAs in the reserve coverage ratio calcluations. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans for the Bank fell between the average and median of the Peer Group. As noted above, Hamilton’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Balance Sheet Liquidity . Hamilton operated with a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group. Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Bank’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into shorter term investment securities while the Bank’s portion of the proceeds will also be deployed into investments pending the longer term reinvestment into loans. The Bank’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be greater than the Peer Group’s, given that no borrowings are currently utilized by the Bank in funding the asset base. Overall, RP Financial concluded that pro forma balance sheet liquidity was a positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Funding Liabilities . Hamilton’s IBL composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and no use of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios. Notwithstanding this funding structure, Hamilton’s cost of funds was somewhat higher than the Peer Group’s ratio. Total IBL as a percent of assets were higher for


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.4

 

the Bank as compared to the Peer Group’s ratio due to the lower pre-conversion equity ratio maintained by the Bank. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Bank’s equity position will reduce the level of IBL funding the Bank’s assets to a ratio that is in line with the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Tangible Equity . Hamilton currently operates with a lower tangible equity-to-assets ratio to the Peer Group. Following the stock offering, Hamilton’s pro forma tangible equity position is expected to approximate the Peer Group’s ratio, which will result in similar leverage potential. At the same time, the Bank’s more significant equity surplus will likely result in a lower ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded that equity strength was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

On balance, Hamilton’s balance sheet strength was considered to be somewhat less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a moderate downward adjustment was applied for the Bank’s financial condition.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of a financial institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings, heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

   

Reported Profitability . For the most recent 12 month period, Hamilton reported lower profitability than the Peer Group. The Bank’s lower return was attributable to a lower level of net interest income, higher loan loss provisions and lower non-interest income, which was partially offset by the Bank’s lower level of operating expenses, based on a comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. Reinvestment into IEA and leveraging of the pro forma equity position will serve to increase the Bank’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by implementation of additional stock benefit plans in connection with the stock offering.

 

   

Core Profitability . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of core profitability. Hamilton operated with a lower net interest income ratio and a lower level of non-interest operating income, based on a comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. However, the lower revenues were mitigated by the Bank’s lower operating expense ratio such that the Bank’s efficiency ratio was essentially equal to the Peer Group’s ratio. Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Bank’s earnings. Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Bank should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into IEA and leveraging of post-conversion equity, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans, as well as incremental costs associated with the growth oriented business plan, indicate that the Bank’s pro forma core profitability is expected to remain less favorable than the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.5

 

   

Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the net interest income ratio for Hamilton indicated a slightly higher degree of volatility. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as tangible equity, were less favorable than the Peer Group, while the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio was similar to the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios that will be comparable to the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Bank’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into IEA. On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a larger factor in the Bank’s income statement over the past 12 month time period. In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, Hamilton maintained a lower concentration of assets in loans and less lending diversification into higher credit risk loans. The Bank’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio. NPAs and NPLs were higher for the Bank compared to the Peer Group. Loss reserves were more favorable for the Bank in comparison to loans receivable, but less favorable with respect to NPAs and NPLs. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were higher for the Peer Group. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a slightly negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Earnings Growth Potential . Hamilton maintained a lower interest rate spread as compared to the Peer Group and the Bank’s net interest income has been more volatile. The infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Bank with similar leverage potential as the Peer Group. Over the past 12 months, Hamilton has reduced the asset base, while the Peer Group has expanded assets by an average of 6.8%.

 

   

Return on Equity . While the Bank’s trailing twelve month ROE is lower than the Peer Group’s ROE, on a pro forma basis, the Bank’s earnings increase will be limited whereas the equity will increase considerably, thus resulting in a lower pro forma ROE relative to the Peer Group. Accordingly, this was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

On balance, Hamilton’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a moderate downward adjustment was warranted for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3. Asset Growth

Hamilton reported a decline in assets over the last 12 months, while the Peer Group on average experienced growth in assets over the same time period. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be similar to the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating a comparable level of leverage capacity for both. On balance, no valuation adjustment was applied for asset growth.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.6

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Hamilton’s primary market area for loans and deposits is considered to be the Baltimore metropolitan area where the Company maintains its branch network. Within this market, the Bank faces significant competition for loans and deposits from both community based institutions and larger regional financial institutions, which provide a broader array of services and have significantly larger branch networks. However, the Peer Group companies by virtue of their relatively comparable size relative to Hamilton also face numerous and/or large competitors.

Demographic and economic trends and characteristics in the Bank’s primary market area are comparable to the primary market areas served by the Peer Group companies (see Exhibit III-2). In this regard, the total populations of Baltimore County and Baltimore City are higher than the average primary market of the Peer Group. At the same time, historical population growth rates in Baltimore County and Baltimore City reflect minimal growth of 0.1% and 0.2%, respectively, over the 2010-2011 period versus similar growth rates in the Peer Group market areas. Forecasted population growth rates are also relatively comparable for the Bank’s markets based on average and median projected growth of 1.7% and (0.8%) for the 2011 to 2016 period, which are in the range of the projected figures for the Peer Group average and median. Per capita income levels in Baltimore County were higher than the Peer Group’s markets, while income levels in Baltimore City were well below the comparable averages. The deposit market share exhibited by the Bank in both Baltimore County and Baltimore City were below the Peer Group average and median, indicative of the large market within which the Bank operates. Unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were less favorable than Baltimore County but more favorable than Baltimore City.

On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was appropriate for the Bank’s market area.

 

5. Dividends

At this time the Bank has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.7

 

Six of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.07% to 2.07%. The median dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 1.10% as of May 25, 2012, representing a median payout ratio of 27.40% of core earnings. As of May 25, 2012, approximately 62% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting a median yield of 1.25%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

The Bank has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting. The Bank will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $15.9 million to $65.0 million as of May 25, 2012, with average and median market values of $44.7 million and $47.5 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 2.1 million to 5.5 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 3.5 million and 3.3 million, respectively. The Bank’s conversion offering is expected to provide for pro forma shares outstanding that will be lower than the average and median shares outstanding indicated for the Peer Group companies. Likewise, the market capitalization of the Bank at the midpoint of the offering range will be lower than the Peer Group average and median values. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock is expected to be quoted on the NASDAQ following the conversion offering. Based on the lower pro forma market capitalization and shares outstanding relative to the Peer Group and the comparability of the anticipated trading market on NASDAQ, we have applied a slight downward adjustment for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.8

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Hamilton’s: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and, (C) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Maryland. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock.

A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. At the start of the fourth quarter of 2011, day-to-day fluctuations in the broader stock market continued to be dominated by news regarding Europe’s sovereign-debt problems. The S&P 500-stock index briefly moved into bear-market territory on fears of a European debt default, which was followed by a strong rebound after the leaders of France and Germany promised to strengthen European banks. A positive report on September U.S retail sales and more signs of progress in Europe’s sovereign-debt crisis helped to push the DJIA into positive territory in mid-October. Mixed third quarter earnings reports and ongoing euro-zone concerns provided for more volatility in the broader stock market through the end of October. Overall, the DJIA was up 9.5% for October, which was its best one-month performance in nine years. The broader stock market continued to perform unevenly throughout November, as investors reacted to ongoing developments concerning Europe’s sovereign debt and mixed economic data. Notably, the DJIA turned in its worst Thanksgiving week performance since the market began observing the holiday, as Europe’s debt problems


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.9

 

and lackluster economic data weighed on the broader stock market. Comparatively, stocks rallied strongly to close out November and into early-December, which was supported by news that major central banks agreed to act together to make it less costly for European banks to borrow U.S. dollars and a better-than-expected U.S. employment report for November. Stocks traded unevenly heading into mid-December, as investors reacted to the latest developments concerning Europe’s ability to tackle its debt crisis. Encouraging news coming out of Europe and some reports showing a pick-up in U.S. economic activity supported a positive trend in the broader stock market to close out 2011. For all of 2011, the DJIA ended 2011 with a gain of 5.5% and the NASDAQ Composite was down 1.8% for the year. Over the course of 2011, the S&P 500 had been up as much as 8.4% in late-April and down nearly 13% in early-October. For all of 2011, the S&P 500 was essentially unchanged.

More signs of an improving U.S. economy sustained a generally positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of 2012. Major stock indexes moved to six-month highs in mid-January, as investors responded to encouraging jobs data and solid fourth quarter earnings posted by some large banks. Disappointing economic data, including weaker than expected new home sales in December and fourth quarter GDP growth falling short of expectations, contributed to the DJIA posting its first weekly loss of 2012 in late-January. Notwithstanding the downward trend in late-January, gains in the major stock indexes for January were the largest in fifteen years. A strong jobs report for January helped stocks regain some traction in early-February, with the DJIA moving to its highest close since May 2008. The DJIA posted its sharpest one day decline for 2012 heading into mid-February, which was attributable to renewed fears of a Greek default and disappointing readings on the U.S. economy. Signs of an accelerating U.S. economic recovery and indications of progress toward an agreement on a bailout for Greece propelled the DJIA to a 52-week high in mid-February. In late-February, the DJIA closed above 13000 for the first time since the financial crisis and February marked the fifth straight month that the DJIA closed higher. Stocks faltered in early-March on worries about Greece and slower global economic growth, which was followed by a rebound going into mid-March. Some favorable economic reports, including solid job growth reflected in the February employment data, Greece moving closer to completing its debt restructuring and most of the largest U.S. banks passing the latest round of “stress tests” contributed to the rally that pushed the broader stock market to multi-year highs in mid-March. Concerns about slower growth in China pulled stocks lower heading into the close of the first quarter, while the broader stock market closed out the first quarter with a gain. Overall, the DJIA was up 8.1% for the first quarter, which was the best first quarter performance for the DJIA since 1998.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.10

 

Following the strong first quarter of 2012, stocks moved lower at the beginning of the second quarter. Among the factors contributing to the decline, included minutes from the latest Federal Reserve meeting that suggested further monetary stimulus was unlikely and a disappointing employment report for March, in which job growth was less than expected. The DJIA had its worst week for 2012 in mid-April, as worries over rising borrowings costs for European countries fueled the downturn. Stocks rebounded at the end of April and the DJIA moved to a four year high at the start of May, with some favorable first quarter earnings posted by some blue chip stocks and a stronger than expected reading for manufacturing activity in April, supporting the gains. A disappointing jobs report for April fueled a selloff in the broader stock market to close out the first week of May, with the DJIA recording its worst week of 2012 on heightened concerns that the economic recovery was heading for a slowdown. The downward in the broader stock market continued heading into mid-May, as concerns about Greece and Spain weighted on investor sentiment and a large trading loss disclosed by J.P. Morgan rattled financial markets. Overall, the market closed down for over the first three weeks of May with the DJIA falling by a total of 6.4% from May 1, 2012, through May 18, 2012. The broad market indices finally finished in positive territory for the trading week ended May 25, 2012, as a result of investors believing that the bear market may have been oversold and as commodity prices continued to tumble, which could favorably impact the economy and consumer spending. On May 25, 2012, the DJIA closed at 12454.83, an increase of 0.1% from one year ago and an increase of 1.9% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2837.53, an increase of 1.5% from one year ago and an increase of 8.9% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1317.82 on May 25, 2012, an decrease of 1.0% from one year ago and an increase of 4.8% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat volatile as well in recent quarters, but in general underperformed the broader stock market. Bank and thrift stocks led a sharp market downturn to start out the fourth quarter of 2011, as investors were unsettled when Greece’s government indicated that it would miss its deficit target in 2011. Indications that European policymakers were moving forward with plans to stabilize Europe’s banks and resolve Europe’s debt crisis pushed bank and thrift stocks along with the broader market higher heading into mid-October. Thrift stocks underperformed the broader stock market in mid-October, as third quarter earnings reports for some of the nation’s largest banks showed decreases in revenues. Shares of financial stocks rallied in late-October, as European leaders hashed out an


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.11

 

eleventh hour agreement to address the fallout from Greece’s debt woes. Volatility prevailed in bank and thrift stocks through most of November, which was largely tied to changes in sentiment over resolution of Europe’s sovereign debt problems. Thrift stocks traded lower along with the broader stock market Thanksgiving week and more than recovered those losses the following week, as financial shares were the strongest gainers on news about a coordinated plan by major central banks to cut short-term borrowings rates and as U.S. employment growth picked up speed in November. Thrift stocks were largely trendless heading into mid-December, as investors reacted to generally positive economic data and the conclusion of the European summit. A strong report on housing starts in November and Spain’s second successful debt auction boosted financials along with the broader stock market in late-December. Thrift stocks closed out 2011 generally trending higher, as financials benefitted from economic reports showing a brightening picture for the U.S. economy. For 2011 overall, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts showed a decline of 18.7%.

Some more encouraging news on the economy helped to sustain the advance in thrift stocks at the beginning of 2012. Bank and thrift stocks did not keep pace with the broader stock market heading into the second half of January, as financials traded in a narrow range on mixed fourth quarter earnings reports coming out of the sector. Financial stocks led the broader market lower in late-January, as investors focused on the standoff between Greece and its creditors and the cut in Bank of America’s rating by Goldman Sachs. The better-than-expected employment report for January boosted thrift stocks in early-February, which was followed by a slight pullback on some profit taking and renewed concerns about the Greek bailout. Bank and thrift stocks advanced in mid-February on increased optimism that Greece was close to getting approval of its bailout package. Financials traded in a fairly narrow range into late-February and then retreated along with the broader stock market in late-February and early-March, based on concerns related to the global economy. Generally favorable results from the Federal Reserve’s latest round of “stress tests” triggered a broad based rally for bank and thrift stocks in mid-March. Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range to close out the first quarter.

Thrift stocks tumbled along with stocks in general at the start of the second quarter 2012, as investors reacted to the weaker than expected job growth reflected in the March employment report and renewed concerns about Europe’s debt problems. The March consumer price index, which showed that core inflation was still above the Federal Reserve’s target range, also pressured thrift stocks lower in mid-April. Thrift stocks rebounded in late-April, as the Federal Reserve meeting concluded with no change in its target rate and reaffirmed


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.12

 

their plan to keep short-term rates near zero until late-2014. The disappointing employment report for April pushed thrift stocks lower to close out the first week of May, while the ongoing troubles in Europe and its potential impact on the economy and financial institutions abroad, as well as in the US, weighed heavily on thrift stocks through late May 2012. On May 25, 2012, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 505.5, a decrease of 8.5% from one year ago and an increase of 5.0% year-to-date.

B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Bank’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

Over the past three months, there were no conversion offerings completed. As shown in Table 4.1, two standard conversions and one second-step conversion have been completed during 2012. The two standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for our analysis. Both offerings were completed in January 2012. The two standard conversion offerings were completed at an average of 89% of the midpoint valuation range, raising an average of $18.1 million of gross proceeds. These two offerings closed at an average pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 53.8%, and closed at an average of 16.3% above the offering price after one week of trading. Through May 25, 2012, these two conversion stocks were trading at an average of 31.5% above the offering price.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.13

 

Table 4.1

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Recent Conversions Completed (Year to Date as of May 25, 2012)

 

Institutional Information

 

Pre-Conversion Data

  Offering Information  

Contribution to

 

Insider Purchases

     

Pro Forma Data

     

Post-IPO Pricing Trends

             

Financial Info.

 

Asset Quality

                 

Char. Found.

 

% Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares

     

Pricing Ratios(3)(6)

 

Financial Charac.

     

Closing Price:

                             

Excluding Foundation

     

% of

Public Off.

Excl. Fdn.

 

Benefit Plans

     

Initial

Div.

Yield

                             

First

Trading

Day

     

After

First

Week(4)

     

After

First

Month(5)

           

Institution

  Conversion
Date
    Ticker  

Assets

 

Equity/

Assets

 

NPAs/

Assets

 

Res.

Cov.

 

Gross

Proc.

 

%

Offer

 

% of
Mid.

 

Exp./
Proc.

 

Form

   

ESOP

 

Recog.

Plans

 

Stk

Option

 

Mgmt.

& Dirs.

   

P/TB

 

Core

P/E

 

P/A

 

Core

ROA

 

TE/A

 

Core

ROE

 

IPO

Price

   

%

Chge

   

%

Chge

   

%

Chge

 

Thru

5/25/12

 

%

Chge

              ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil.)   (%)   (%)   (%)       (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)(2)   (%)   (%)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)

Standard Conversions

                                                               

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.—MA(1)

    1/26/12     WEBK-NASDAQ   $274   8.07%   1.00%   118%   $ 22.5   100%   94%   5.5%   C/S   $225K/6.5%   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   11.1%   0.00%   58.7%   12.8x   8.2%   0.6%   14.0%   4.6%   $10.00   $12.00   20.0%   $12.10   21.0%   $12.29   22.9%   $14.50   45.0%

West End Indiana Bancshares, Inc.—IN*(1)

    1/11/12      WEIN-OTC-BB   $225   7.94%   1.46%   76%   $ 13.6   100%   85%   9.2%   C/S   $125K/2.7%   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   5.2%   0.00%   48.9%   105.3x   5.9%   0.1%   12.1%   0.5%   $10.00   $11.26   12.6%   $11.15   11.5%   $12.00   20.0%   $11.80   18.0%

Averages—Standard Conversions:

  $250   8.01%   1.23%   97%   $ 18.1   100%   89%   7.3%   N.A.   N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   8.2%   0.00%   53.8%   59.0x   7.1%   0.4%   13.1%   2.5%   $10.00   $11.63   16.3%   $11.63   16.3%   $12.15   21.5%   $13.15   31.5%

Medians—Standard Conversions:

  $250   8.01%   1.23%   97%   $ 18.1   100%   89%   7.3%   N.A.   N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   8.2%   0.00%   53.8%   59.0x   7.1%   0.4%   13.1%   2.5%   $10.00   $11.63   16.3%   $11.63   16.3%   $12.15   21.5%   $13.15   31.5%

Second Step Conversions

                                                               

Cheviot Financial Corp.,—OH*

    1/18/12      CHEV-NASDAQ   $601   12.02%   2.74%   27%   $ 37.4   62%   85%   6.7%   N.A.   N.A.   4.0%   4.0%   10.0%   1.9%   0.00%   65.6%   23.74   9.6%   0.4%   14.9%   2.5%   $8.00   $8.25   3.1%   $8.21   2.6%   $8.28   3.5%   $8.51   6.4%

Averages—Second Step Conversions:

  $601   12.02%   2.74%   27%   $ 37.4   62%   85%   6.7%   N.A.   N.A.   4.0%   4.0%   10.0%   1.9%   0.00%   65.6%   23.7x   9.6%   0.4%   14.9%   2.5%   $8.00   $8.25   3.1%   $8.21   2.6%   $8.28   3.5%   $8.51   6.4%

Medians—Second Step Conversions:

  $601   12.02%   2.74%   27%   $ 37.4   62%   85%   6.7%   N.A.   N.A.   4.0%   4.0%   10.0%   1.9%   0.00%   65.6%   23.7x   9.6%   0.4%   14.9%   2.5%   $8.00   $8.25   3.1%   $8.21   2.6%   $8.28   3.5%   $8.51   6.4%

Averages—All Conversions:

  $367   9.34%   1.76%   74%   $ 24.5   87%   88%   7.1%   N.A.   N.A.   6.7%   4.0%   10.0%   6.1%   0.00%   57.7%   47.3x   7.9%   0.4%   13.7%   2.5%   $9.33   $10.50   11.9%   $10.49   11.7%   $10.86   15.5%   $11.60   23.1%

Medians—All Conversions:

  $274   8.07%   1.66%   76%   $ 22.5   100%   85%   6.7%   N.A.   N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   5.2%   0.00%   58.7%   23.7x   8.2%   0.4%   14.0%   2.5%   $10.00   $11.26   12.6%   $11.15   11.5%   $12.00   20.0%   $11.80   18.0%

Note: *—Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

(1) Non-OTS regulated thrift.
(2) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(3) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(4) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(5) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(6) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(7) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(8) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(9) Former credit union.

May 25, 2012


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.14

 

C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Hamilton’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Maryland. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were three thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2007 through May 25, 2012. Additionally, there were seven acquisitions of commercial banks in Maryland over the corresponding timeframe. The recent acquisition activity may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Bank’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Bank’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Bank’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Hamilton Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Hamilton’s stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

* * * * * * * * * * *

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for standard conversions and the acquisition market. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8. Management

The Bank’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Hamilton’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Bank suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Bank’s present organizational structure. The Bank currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

Overall, the returns, equity positions, and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.15

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, Hamilton will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

   Moderate Downward

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   Moderate Downward

Asset Growth

   No Adjustment

Primary Market Area

   No Adjustment

Dividends

   No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

   Slight Downward

Marketing of the Issue

   Slight Downward

Management

   No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

   No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the OCC and adopted by the FRB, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Bank’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Bank’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.16

 

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

   

P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and we have given it the most significant weight among the valuation approaches. Given certain similarities between the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Bank; and (2) the Peer Group companies have had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

   

P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of a conversion offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

   

P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

The Bank has adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding, excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends, and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed previously, RP Financial concluded that as of May 25, 2012, the aggregate pro forma market value of Hamilton Bancorp’s conversion stock equaled $28.0 million at the midpoint, equal to 2,800,000 shares at $10.00 per share. The $10.00 per share price was determined by the Hamilton Board.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.17

 

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Bank’s reported earnings equaled $131,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. In deriving Hamilton’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate gains on the sale of investment securities ($386,000). We chose not to exclude gains on the sale of loans ($6,000), as this is a recurring event for the Bank. As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 34.0% for the earnings adjustments, the Bank’s core earnings were determined to equal a net loss of $124,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. (Note: see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).

 

     Amount  
     ($000)  

Net income(loss)

   $ 131   

Deduct: Gain on sale of investment securities

     (386

Tax effect (1)

     131   
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

   $ (124

(1) Tax effected at 34.0%.

Based on the Bank’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Bank’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples were deemed not meaningful due to the minimal balance of reported earnings and net loss on a core basis, thus we were unable to apply the P/E method in the valuation of Hamilton. The Peer Group exhibited average reported and core earnings multiples of 19.80 times and 19.28 times, respectively (see Table 4.2). In comparison, the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples were 18.36 times and 18.41 times, respectively.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Bank’s pro forma book value. Based on the $28.0 million midpoint valuation, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 47.78% and 50.30%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 72.98%


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.18

 

Table 4.2

Public Market Pricing

Hamilton Bank of MD and the Comparables

As of May 25, 2012

 

    Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
    Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(4)     Financial Characteristics(6)  
    Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(3)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported    

Core

 
    Share(1) Value     EPS(2)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/
Core
    Share     Yield     Ratio(5)     Assets     Assets     Assets     Assets     ROA     ROE     ROA     ROE  
    ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

Hamilton Bank

                                       

Superrange

  $ 10.00      $ 37.03      $ (0.12   $ 17.95        NM        55.71     10.58     58.28     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 350        19.00     18.16     2.73     -0.05     -0.26     -0.12     -0.64

Maximum

  $ 10.00      $ 32.20      $ (0.12     19.33        NM        51.73     9.32     54.29     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00     346        18.01     17.16     2.76     -0.04     -0.22     -0.11     -0.62

Midpoint

  $ 10.00      $ 28.00      $ (0.13     20.93        NM        47.78     8.19     50.30     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00     342        17.13     16.28     2.79     -0.03     -0.17     -0.10     -0.61

Minimum

  $ 10.00      $ 23.80      $ (0.13     23.08        NM        43.33     7.03     45.77     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00     338        16.24     15.37     2.82     -0.02     -0.12     -0.09     -0.58

All Non-MHC Public Companies(7)

                                       

Averages

  $ 12.20      $ 292.93      $ 0.13      $ 14.86        18.84x        79.31     9.78     85.86     19.53x      $ 0.21        1.67     25.22   $ 2,766        12.56     11.93     3.54     0.20     1.32     0.09     0.17

Medians

  $ 12.07      $ 73.35      $ 0.32      $ 13.99        17.75x        80.44     9.79     82.89     18.35x      $ 0.16        1.25     0.00   $ 900        11.62     10.77     2.52     0.40     3.00     0.29     2.21

All Non-MHC State of MD (7)

                                       

Averages

  $ 6.86      $ 37.58      $ (0.01   $ 10.91        17.81x        53.15     8.37     53.19     0.00x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 556        15.17     15.16     8.28     0.12     0.76     -0.01     -0.22

Medians

  $ 2.85      $ 27.08      $ 0.00      $ 7.80        17.81x        42.04     6.05     42.04     0.00x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 392        14.40     14.40     9.39     0.08     0.37     0.00     0.00

Comparable Group Averages

                                       

Averages

  $ 12.85      $ 44.66      $ 0.43      $ 17.19        19.80x        72.98     11.71     74.16     19.28x      $ 0.11        0.89     15.49   $ 400        15.62     15.41     2.68     0.51     3.27     0.37     2.45

Medians

  $ 14.43      $ 47.48      $ 0.31      $ 18.07        18.36x        75.46     13.08     78.98     18.41x      $ 0.16        1.10     0.10   $ 367        17.18     16.93     2.16     0.54     3.70     0.33     1.87

Peer Group

                                       

ALLB     Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

  $ 11.88      $ 65.03      $ 0.18      $ 15.14        NM        78.47     13.44     78.47     NM      $ 0.20        1.68     NM      $ 484        17.12     17.12     4.38     0.21     1.17     0.21     1.17

AFCB     Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN

  $ 15.00      $ 39.99      $ 0.31      $ 19.00        20.55x        78.95     13.61     79.49     NM      $ 0.20        1.33     27.40   $ 294        17.24     17.14     3.41     0.68     3.87     0.29     1.64

COBK     Colonial Financial Services, of NJ

  $ 13.23      $ 51.61      $ 0.64      $ 18.34        18.90x        72.14     8.08     72.14     20.67x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 639        11.20     11.20     4.40     0.45     3.82     0.41     3.49

CFFC     Community Financial Corp. of VA

  $ 3.90      $ 17.01      $ 0.23      $ 8.62        9.51x        45.24     3.34     45.24     16.96x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 510        9.82     9.82     7.87     0.34     3.58     0.19     2.01

FFCO     FedFirst Financial Corp of PA

  $ 14.25      $ 41.50      $ 0.29      $ 20.05        39.58x        71.07     12.09     72.56     NM      $ 0.16        1.12     44.44   $ 343        17.03     16.74     1.33     0.31     1.77     0.25     1.43

HFBL     Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of LA

  $ 14.60      $ 43.35      $ 0.30      $ 16.97        16.98x        86.03     16.28     86.03     NM      $ 0.24        1.64     27.91   $ 266        18.92     18.92     0.08     1.05     4.97     0.37     1.74

LABC     Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA

  $ 16.10      $ 52.15      $ 0.52      $ 17.98        25.16x        89.54     16.33     89.54     30.96x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 319        18.24     18.24     0.60     0.65     3.55     0.53     2.88

OBAF     OBA Financial Services, Inc. of MD

  $ 15.05      $ 62.86      $ 0.07      $ 18.15        NM        82.92     16.04     82.92     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 392        19.35     19.35     2.99     0.08     0.37     0.08     0.37

STND     Standard Financial Corp. of PA

  $ 16.75      $ 57.17      $ 0.91      $ 23.12        17.82x        72.45     12.72     82.19     18.41x      $ 0.18        1.07     19.15   $ 449        17.56     15.81     1.15     0.73     4.12     0.71     3.99

WVFC     WVS Financial Corp. of PA

  $ 7.72      $ 15.89      $ 0.82      $ 14.57        9.90x        52.99     5.18     52.99     9.41x      $ 0.16        2.07     20.51   $ 307        9.78     9.78     0.60     0.64     5.51     0.67     5.79

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.19

 

and 74.16%, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 34.5% on a P/B basis and a discount of 32.2% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 75.46% and 78.98%, respectively, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 36.7% and 36.3%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 55.71% and 58.28%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 23.7% and 21.4%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 26.2% for both, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable in consideration of the Bank’s higher pro forma equity ratio and in consideration of the trading of recent standard conversions.

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Bank’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio, which is computed herein. At the $28.0 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Bank’s value equaled 8.19% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 11.71%, which implies a discount of 30.1% has been applied to the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.08%, the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 37.4%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this section, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals), as well as the negative core earnings reported by the Bank for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. As discussed previously, two standard conversion offerings have been completed in 2012 and closed at an average of 89% of the midpoint valuation range, raising an average of $18.1 million of gross proceeds. These two offerings closed at an average pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 53.8%, and closed at an average of 16.3% above the offering price after one week of trading. Through May 25, 2012, these two conversion stocks were trading at an average of 31.5% above the offering price.


RP ® Financial, LC.

   VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.20

 

In comparison, the Bank’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the appraised midpoint value reflects a minimal discount of 6.5% and at the supermaximum of the range, reflects a premium of 8.3%.

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of May 25, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, equaled $28.0 million at the midpoint, equal to 2,800,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $23.8 million and a maximum value of $32.2 million. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 2,380,000 at the minimum and 3,220,000 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $37.0 million without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 3,703,000. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.2 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Exhibit 99.6

 

LOGO

March 9, 2012

Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, MD 21286

Dear Bob,

This letter sets forth the agreement (the “Agreement”) between A.G. Newcomb & Co. (“AGN”) and Hamilton Bank ("Bank"), whereby Bank has engaged AGN to provide consulting assistance (”Services”) in the preparation of a business plan (“Plan”) pursuant to the Bank’s application for conversion to a stock institution (“Application”).

The following describes AGN’s approach, expert team, professional fees and other terms:

 

I. Approach/Methodology

AGN working with the Bank and its officers and advisors will prepare the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Application. The following is an outline of the major components of the Plan. (A table of contents for the Plan that is typical for this type of Application can be found as an Exhibit).

 

  1. An Executive Summary prepared in a format that summarizes the content of the Plan.

 

  2. A Description of the Bank’s Business including market niche, corporate structure, a financial analysis of the Bank’s current condition, a review of strengths and weaknesses and an overview of the Bank’s expansion plans, if any.

 

  3. A Marketing Plan that will include a description of product strategy, summary policy statements, a market area analysis, a review of the economic forecast and an examination of the competitive environment.

 

  4. A Management Plan that provides an organizational structure, list of committees and addresses management succession. Transactions with affiliates, if any, will also be discussed.

 

  5. A Description of Records, Systems and Controls .

 

  6. A Financial Management Plan that addresses capital needs for the Bank and resulting holding company, earnings, growth, liquidity needs, interest rate risk, credit risk and a dividend policy for the Bank and holding company.


Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida

Page 2

March 9, 2012

 

  7. An Alternative Business Strategy that discusses alternative strategies should the Bank not reach its target goals or has certain material deviations.

 

  8. A description of the Bank’s plan to Monitor and Revise the Plan as necessary.

 

  9. Extensive Financial Projections that will include Bank only projections, holding company only projections and consolidated projections.

 

II. Expert Team

Anita Newcomb, President and Managing Director, will be the engagement manager on this project working with Kevin McAuliffe, Senior Consultant. Other AGN professionals may be used as necessary

 

III. Engagement Fees and Expenses

A. In consideration for AGN’s Services pursuant to Section I above, Bank agrees as follows:

(a) Bank will pay AGN $40,000 in professional fees for Services provided. Payment for professional fees will be made as follows:

 

  i. $15,000 upon signing of this Agreement,

 

  ii. $20,000 upon filing of the Application and

 

  iii. $5,000 upon approval of Application.

(b) Invoices for out-of-pocket expenses will be rendered monthly to Bank. Invoices will be payable upon receipt. Out-of-pocket expenses will not exceed $3,000 in the aggregate.

(c) In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue its need for a business plan and advisory services, the Bank agrees to compensate AGN according to AGN’s hourly billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expended not to exceed $35,000.

(d) If, during the course of the Bank’s business planning process, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature of the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of the contract shall be subject to revision by the Bank and AGN. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in procedures as they relate to business plans, major changes in management or financial condition, or a merger with another financial institution.

B. AGN’s ongoing role as strategic advisor to Bank will not be construed to be included in the professional fees associated with Services in Section I. AGN will continue to provide strategic advice and consultation to Bank associated with the overall conversion transaction, selection of experts, and other conversion activities that are in addition to the Services in this Agreement. For such advice and counsel, Bank will continue to pay AGN based upon hours worked at our customary hourly rates.


Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida

Page 3

March 9, 2012

 

IV. Agreements, Representations and Warranties, and Indemnification

AGN and Bank hereby further agree to the following:

(a) Bank will use all reasonable efforts to assure that Bank provides such documents and information as AGN may reasonably request and as may be material and relevant for AGN’s performance under this Agreement.

(b) Bank acknowledges that in performing the Services, AGN will rely upon the documents and information furnished to it pursuant to (a) above, to the extent such reliance is reasonable, and further acknowledges that AGN will not independently verify the accuracy or completeness of such documents or information. AGN may also use and rely on information from subscription data bases and publicly available sources that AGN reasonably believes to be accurate, reliable and truthful; however, AGN does not guarantee the accuracy, reliability or truthfulness of any such publicly available information.

(c) In consideration of the Bank providing AGN with Confidential Information, AGN agrees that: (i) the Confidential Information will be held and treated by AGN, our respective directors, our officers, employees, advisors, agents or representatives (collectively, our “Representatives”) in confidence and, except as hereinafter provided, will not be disclosed by AGN or respective Representatives in any manner whatsoever and will not be used by AGN or respective Representatives other than in connection with Services and this Agreement or in any way directly or indirectly detrimental to the Bank or its subsidiaries; and except as required by law and unless in the opinion of counsel such disclosure is required. As a condition to AGN being furnished information, we agree to treat any Confidential Information (as defined herein) furnished by Bank or on behalf of the Bank in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Confidential Information” means all customer information, other data, reports, interpretations, forecasts, agreements, files, computer tapes and records, written or oral, containing or reflecting information concerning the Bank, its affiliates and subsidiaries that is not available to the general public and that the Bank will provide us, including without limitation any and all information obtained by meeting with representatives or personnel of the Bank or its subsidiaries, together with analyses, compilations, studies or other documents, whether prepared by the Bank or others, that contain or otherwise reflect such information. “Confidential Information” does not include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Bank or Bank’s representatives, (ii) was within AGN’s possession prior to its being furnished to AGN by or on behalf of the Bank pursuant hereto, provided that the source of such information was not known by AGN to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the Bank or any other party with respect to such information, (iii) becomes available to AGN on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Bank or AGN Representatives, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Bank or any other party with respect to such information, or (iv) was independently developed by AGN without reference to the Confidential Information, provided such independent development can reasonably be proven by AGN by written records.


Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida

Page 4

March 9, 2012

Bank agrees that if AGN is asked to act for Bank in any capacity other than that contemplated by this Agreement, such further action(s) will be subject to a separate agreement containing provisions and terms to be mutually agreed upon.

(d) Bank shall indemnify AGN, its directors, officers, employees, and agents to the maximum extent permitted by law and hold AGN harmless from any losses, actions, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities related to or rising out of acts or decisions made by AGN in good faith and believed to be in the best interest of Bank. Bank will reimburse AGN for expenses as they are incurred by AGN in connection with investigating or defending any such actions or claims. This indemnification shall remain in full force and effect following completion or termination of AGN's engagement, unless the reason for such termination was AGN’s breach of this Agreement.

 

V. Termination and Survival

This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party upon written notice; provided, however, that notwithstanding such termination, AGN will be entitled to such fees and expenses as are due under the Section III of this Agreement.

This Agreement is governed and interpreted by the laws of the State of Maryland.

*            *             *            *

If this Agreement is acceptable, please sign both originals and return one to me. Thank you for this opportunity to work with you, your colleagues and Board once again.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Anita Gentle Newcomb

Anita Gentle Newcomb

President

Accepted this 30th day of April, 2012

 

HAMILTON BANK  
TOWSON, MARYLAND  
By:  

/s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida

 

President and CEO

 


LOGO

EXHIBIT A

Conversion Business Plan

Sample Table of Contents

SECTION ONE

I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Scope of Business Plan

Summary of Conversion and Stock Offering .

Reasons for Conversion and Stock Offering

Pro Forma Impact of Stock Offering

Convenience and Needs

Summary of Key Aspects of the Business Plan

Organization of Business Plan

II. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Description of Business/Identity

Measurable Goals

Legal Form of Ownership/Investment in Subsidiaries/Service Corporations

Present Financial Condition

Resources Available to the Institution

Independent Office Quarters

Plans for increasing or shrinking present branch structure

III. MARKETING PLAN

Product Strategy

Lending

Planned Lending Activities and Changes to Lending Activities

Normal Lending Territory (“NLT”) & Investments Outside of the NLT

Promotion of Home Financing

Mortgage Banking/Secondary Market Activity/Loan Participations

Methods Used and Planned to Generate Loans

Strategies to Minimize Non-Earning Assets

Credit Risk Assessment of the Current Loan Portfolio and Alternative Activities

Current and Planned Loan Pricing

Community Reinvestment Act of 1977

Deposits and Borrowings

Current and Planned Sources of Funds

Market Analysis/Economic Component

National Economic Factors as Reported by the Federal Reserve

Economic Assumptions Used in the Pro Forma Financial Statements

Local and Regional Market Conditions

Market Area Demographics

Competition

Summary


IV. MANAGEMENT PLAN

Directors and Officers

Transactions with Affiliates

V. RECORDS, SYSTEMS, AND CONTROLS

VI. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Capital Adequacy

Dividend Policy

Liquidity (Funds Management)

Interest Rate Risk Management

Borrowings

Other

Mergers

Investments

VIII. ALTERNATIVE BUSINESS STRATEGY

SECTION TWO

BANK

USE OF PROCEEDS

Assumptions

Interest Rates

Conversion Offering

Cash and Investment Securities

Lending

Non-Accruing Loans and REO

Deposit Trends

Stock Benefit Plans

Operating Expenses

Non-Interest Income

Valuation Allowances/Provisions

Dividends

Miscellaneous Assumptions

Discussion of Results

SECTION THREE

BANK HOLDING COMPANY

Introduction

Capitalization

Future Operations and Use of Proceeds

FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS

EXHIBITS

Exhibit 99.7

 

LOGO

CONFIDENTIAL

June 9, 2012

Mr. Robert A. DeAlmeida

President and Chief Executive Officer

Hamilton Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

Re:     Proposed Conversion – Records Processing Services

Dear Mr. DeAlmeida:

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this letter agreement setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement of Stifel Nicolaus as data processing records management agent (the “Records Agent”) for Hamilton Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the proposed mutual-to-stock conversion of the Bank and the concurrent sale of common stock of a new stock holding company (the “Stock Company”) to be formed in connection with the Conversion.

 

1. CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The Bank will effect the Conversion by undergoing a series of transactions and forming the Stock Company (the Bank and the Stock Company are together referred to herein as the “Company”). The common stock of the Stock Company (the “Common Stock”) will be offered for sale on a first priority basis in a subscription offering with any remaining shares expected to be sold in a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated community offering or pubic underwritten offering (collectively, the “Offering”). In connection therewith, the Bank’s Board of Directors will adopt a plan of conversion (the “Plan”). Stifel Nicolaus will act as Records Agent to the Company with respect to the subscription and community offerings. Specific terms of services shall be set forth in the Data Processing Records Management Engagement Terms (the “Terms”), which is an integral part of this letter and is incorporated herein. In the event of any conflict between this letter and the Terms, the Terms shall control.

Pursuant to a separate engagement letter by and between Stifel Nicolaus and the Bank, Stifel Nicolaus will serve as conversion advisor and marketing agent for the Company in connection with the Conversion and Offering.

 

LOGO


2. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS

In connection with the subscription and community offerings, Stifel Nicolaus will serve as Records Agent. A stock offering requires accurate and timely record keeping, processing and reporting. We will coordinate with the Bank’s data processing contacts and applicable members of the Conversion working group. We will also interface with and support the Stock Information Center, which will serve as the “command center” during a stock offering. Specifically, we will provide the records processing, proxy and stock order services described below, each as needed or reasonably requested by the Bank and the Company.

Preparation

 

   

Provide the Bank with an account record layout format and consult with the Bank's data processing contacts.

 

   

Read, edit, balance and convert the Bank’s customer account records (the “Account Records”) that are provided to Stifel Nicolaus.

 

   

Provide customer account totals based on the Account Records, for the Bank to balance to its internal records.

 

   

Identify accounts coded as “Bad Address” and “No Mail” and provide to the Bank.

 

   

Identify accounts that are eligible according to the Plan and consolidate like accounts in order to reduce printing costs.

 

   

Allocate votes according to the Plan.

 

   

“Household” consolidated accounts, where possible, in order to reduce printing/postage costs.

 

   

If the Account Records do not contain a high percentage of phone numbers, contact Telematch service bureau to locate customer phone numbers, with the Bank’s authorization.

 

   

Provide counsel with a list of aggregate accounts by state.

 

   

Provide the Stock Information Center with “Folio Views” computer record of customer account, household and vote information.

 

   

Provide financial printer with electronic information to imprint order forms/proxycards with name, address and codes.

 

   

Provide phone records for Stock Information Center personnel to use for customer proxy solicitation.

Processing and Reporting

 

   

Tabulate proxy votes.

 

   

Record stock order information and, in the event of oversubscription, allocate shares in accordance with the Plan.

 

   

Produce information for “unvoted” follow-up proxy calls/mailings, in selected vote range.

 

   

Provide the Company with up-to-date subscriber order totals.

 

   

Produce subscriber stock order acknowledgement letters, to be mailed.

 

   

Assign an individual to serve as the Inspector of Elections for the Special Meeting of Members.

 

   

Calculate interest/refund amounts and provide the Bank with records, for check imprinting.

 

   

Supply deposit account withdrawal records to the Bank.

 

   

Send transfer agent the new investor files for certificate preparation.

 

   

If requested, produce year end subscriber 1099-INT forms and electronically submit information to IRS.

 

2


3. RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED

In order to provide services effectively and efficiently, Stifel Nicolaus must be provided complete, accurate and timely record date customer account files as well as other information and responses to our inquiries. We must be notified promptly of Plan changes or other facts that impact our duties hereunder. Stifel Nicolaus will rely on the information provided without independently verifying same and will not assume responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of that information.

 

4. COMPENSATION

For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus a fee of $20,000. Additional fees may be negotiated, provided however any such fees shall not exceed $5,000, if significant additional work is required due to unexpected circumstances such as:

 

  a.) customer account records provided to us in a format substantially different than our requested format;

 

  b.) necessity to produce more than four accountholder files (three depositor eligibility dates plus a depositor “test date”), whether due to eligibility date changes, timetable changes or other circumstances requiring duplicate or additional processing;

 

  c.) untimely communication by the Company or its agents of material information, or untimely delivery of customer records, resulting in additional time or resources expended by Stifel Nicolaus;

 

  d.) processing of stock orders resulting from a resolicitation of subscribers by the Company; or

 

  e.) non-standard services requested by the Company.

The above compensation shall be paid as follows: an advance payment of $5,000 upon executing this letter and the balance upon the closing of the Offering. Year-end 1099 files related to interest earned by subscribers can be prepared for an additional fee.

If the Offering is not consummated for any reason, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain the advance payment described above and any additional fees earned hereunder through the termination date. Additionally, Stifel Nicolaus shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth and limited below, incurred through the termination date.

 

5. EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT

The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Conversion and the Offering. The Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the services contemplated hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, provided that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $5,000. Typical expenses include, but are not limited to, postage, overnight delivery, telephone and travel. Not later than two days before the Offering closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus, to be paid at closing.

 

3


6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This letter and the incorporated Terms reflect the entire agreement between us related to the services described herein. This agreement may be amended by a written document signed by both parties.

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $5,000. We look forward to working with you.

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

 

BY:  

/s/ David P. Lazar

  David P. Lazar
  Managing Director
HAMILTON BANK
BY:  

/s/ Robert A. DeAlmeida

  Robert A. DeAlmeida
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed to This 5th Day of April, 2012

.

 

4


STIFEL NICOLAUS

DATA PROCESSING RECORDS MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT TERMS

This document, which is integral to the Records Processing Services letter of the same date (together, the or this “Agreement”), applies to all records processing services (the “Services”) performed, unless a specific engagement letter is entered into for certain services. The Services are to be provided by Stifel Nicolaus (the “Agent”) to Hamilton Federal Bank and a new stock holding company to be formed (together, the “Company”) in connection with a mutual-to-stock conversion and related stock offering (the “Stock Offering”) to be conducted pursuant to a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”).

Section 1 - DUTIES OF STIFEL NICOLAUS

a.) The Agent hereby agrees to perform the Services set forth in this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner, to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from previously identified duly authorized representatives of the Company. The Agent makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, noninfringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that the Agent shall act as the exclusive data processing records management agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with the Agent and to promptly provide the Agent with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause the Agent to have adequate notice of, and permit the Agent to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where the Agent’s attendance is, in the discretion of the Agent, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause the Agent to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan, the mutual-to-stock conversion and the Stock Offering, to the extent the Agent believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for the Agent to perform the Services and (iv) cause the Agent to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan, the proposed Services or the Stock Offering timetable. Failure by the Company to keep the Agent timely and adequately informed or to provide the Agent with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse the Agent’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for the Agent to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

b.) The actions to be taken by the Agent hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to the Agent. The Agent may rely on records and information received and is not responsible for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of the accountholder records provided or processed.

c.) The Agent may rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. The Agent shall

 

1


not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. The Agent shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.

d.) The Agent may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and the Agent shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.

e.) The Agent expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing. Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Confidentiality (Section 3), Consumer Privacy (Section 4) and Process (Section 5).

f.) Neither Stifel Nicolaus nor any of its directors, managers, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries or agents nor any of their respective controlling persons, heirs, representatives, estates, successors and assigns shall be liable, directly or indirectly, for any losses, claims, judgments, damages or expenses suffered or incurred by the Company, or any person claiming through it, arising out of or relating to the Services provided, other than for, subject to Section 1 g.) below, direct damages or expenses directly related solely to the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Moreover, Stifel Nicolaus shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting the Agent or the Company.

g.) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it or for any error or judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except for acts or omissions directly relating solely to the Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction . In no event shall the Agent be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of the Agent shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to the Agent for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

h.) The duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Agent shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though

 

2


reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise be set forth herein, the Agent shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

i.) The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.

j.) In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Agent hereunder, the Agent will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved the Agent may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until the Agent receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and the Agent shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made herein or affected hereby, the Agent shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and the Agent shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, the Agent may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in the Agent’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as the Agent deems appropriate, and thereupon the Agent shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive the Agent of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and the Agent shall not be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. The Agent shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve the Agent in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to the Agent, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. The Agent shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.

Section 2 - COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by the Agent constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to the Agent. This Agreement may only

 

3


be terminated by the Agent in the event of: one or more of the following: (i) termination of the separate agreement designating the Agent as conversion advisor and marketing agent related to the mutual-to-stock conversion and related Stock Offering; (ii) circumstances described in Section 1 j.) hereof; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in Section 1 a.) hereof) or failure to pay the fees and expenses of the Agent) which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by Stifel Nicolaus to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.

Section 3 - CONFIDENTIALITY

a.) The parties hereto will: (a) hold, and will cause their respective employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives (including attorneys, advisors and agents) to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial, regulatory or administrative process and then (i) only with written notice prior to disclosure to the disclosing party and (ii) still maintaining the confidential status of any such documents and information, all documents and information, in any medium (the “Information”), concerning the disclosing party, whether the Information is furnished to the receiving party by the disclosing party or its representatives in connection with this Agreement or the Information is received, transmitted, created, generated or otherwise processed by the receiving party based, in whole or in part, upon the Information of the disclosing party, except to the extent that such Information can be shown to have been (iii) previously known by the receiving party other than through a breach of a confidentiality agreement by a third party; (iv) in the public domain through no fault of the receiving party or (v) later lawfully acquired by the receiving party from other sources) (the “Confidential Information”), and (b) not use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth herein and (c) unless prior written consent is obtained, release Confidential Information only to persons described in this Section 3 (a). It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.

b.) The parties hereto agree to the use of facsimile, email and voicemail as means to communicate both sensitive and non-sensitive information related to the Services.

Section 4 - CONSUMER PRIVACY

a.) In connection with this Agreement, the Company will cause the Agent to be provided Information, which will include nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records. Unless required by law or unless prior written consent is obtained from the Company, the Agent will not knowingly disclose any such nonpublic personal data except to persons described in Section 3 a.), in connection with performing the Services.

b.) The Agent (or its agents) has implemented and will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, and to ensure the proper disposal, of nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank accounts records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, given the nature of electronic communications and the Internet, the Agent makes no absolute guarantees regarding the safety and security of any data transmitted over or accessible via the Internet or any other public networks.

 

4


c.) Upon consummation of the Stock Offering, termination of this Agreement or other reasonable time, at the written request of the Company, and at its sole expense, the Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to transfer to the Company or destroy all physical or electronic Confidential Information, including nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records (excluding data, software and documentation proprietary to the Agent (or its agents)) and shall not retain copies of such data and documentation; provided however, that the Agent (and its agents) may retain copies to the extent necessary, but only for as long as necessary, to comply with legal, regulatory and archival requirements.

Section 5 - PROCESS

If at any time the Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, the Agent is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If the Agent complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, the Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

Section 6 - INDEMNIFICATION

The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents, and each of their controlling persons, if any (within the meaning of Section 15 or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns (together, the “Agent Group”) against any loss, liability, claim or expense ("Loss"), joint or several, to which the Agent Group may become subject, under any federal or state law or regulation, at common law, in equity or otherwise, insofar as such Loss (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based on or is in connection with or is related to this Agreement and the Services, except to the extent the Agent is finally found, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have engaged in bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company agrees to advance or reimburse the Agent Group (or any one or more of them) within fifteen (15) business days of a written request therefor in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action by the Agent Group (or any one or more of them). The indemnification obligations of the Company as provided above are in addition to any liabilities that the Company may have under other agreements, under common law or otherwise.

Section 7 - LIMIT OF LIABILITY

The Agent will provide the Services with due care, in a timely manner, so the provisions of this section establishing a limit of liability will not apply if, as determined in a judicial proceeding, we performed our services with bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. However, our engagement with you is not intended to shift risks normally borne by you to us. With respect to

 

5


any services or work product or this engagement for Services in general, the liability of the Agent and its personnel shall not exceed the fees we receive for the portion of the work giving rise to liability nor include any special, consequential, incidental, or exemplary damages or loss nor any lost profits, savings, or business opportunity. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to the Agent by the Company for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.

Section 8 - SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS

The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including Sections 6 and 7 above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement, and the Agent Group shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.

Section 9 - AGREEMENT

a.) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which Stifel Nicolaus is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity. Except for Section 1 e) of this Agreement, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Stifel Nicolaus has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from Stifel Nicolaus serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to a separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to Stifel Nicolaus serving in such dual capacity.

b.) This Agreement may be enforced only by the parties hereto and shall be interpreted, construed, enforced and administered in accordance with the internal substantive laws (and not the choice of law rules) of the State of Maryland. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the personal jurisdiction of, and each agrees that all proceedings relating hereto shall be brought in, courts located within the State of Maryland. Each of the parties waives the right to a trial by a jury. To the extent that in any jurisdiction any party hereto may be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether before or after judgment) or other legal process, each hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby waives, such immunity. Each party hereto waives personal service of process and consents to service of process by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to it at the address last specified for notices hereunder.

c.) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for

 

6


the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.

d.) This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a Stifel Nicolaus affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

e.) No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent, and the Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and the Agent shall have no duty to inquire into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.

f.) Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable Stifel Nicolaus or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

g.) The Agent, in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. The Agent does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. The Agent has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by the Agent under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that the Agent may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit the Agent from performing such services for others.

h.) All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7


Section 10 - NOTICES

Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:

 

  (a) If to the Agent:

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

1600 Market Street, Suite 1210

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Attn: Michelle Darcey

Telephone: (215) 861-7158

Fax: (215) 861-7149

With a copy to:

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

1600 Market Street, Suite 1210

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Attn: David P. Lazar

Telephone: (215) 861-7179

Fax: (215) 861-7149

If to the Company:

Hamilton Federal Bank

501 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 200

Towson, Maryland 21286

Attn: Robert A. DeAlmeida

Telephone: (410) 823-4510

Fax: (410) 823-4518

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided.

 

8